2016 Hyundai Genesis Coupe Owner's Manual

OWNER'S MANUAL

OperationMaintenanceSpecifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publi-cation. However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at anytime so that our policy of continual product improvement may be car-ried out.

This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descrip-tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. Asa result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply toyour specific vehicle.

F2

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affectthe performance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditionsof the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violationof regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal orstate agencies.

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It ispossible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adverselyaffect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radiomanufacturer's instructions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures orspecial instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

F3

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.These titles indicate the following:

✽✽ NOTICEThis indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

WARNING This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to youor other persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with thewarning.

CAUTIONThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipmentif the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

F4

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people whodrive Hyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something ofwhich we're very proud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that youread it carefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from yournew car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorizedHyundai dealer. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistancethat may be required.

HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, pleaseleave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

Copyright 2015 Hyundai Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored inany retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai MotorAmerica.

CAUTIONSevere engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that donot meet Hyundai specifications.You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifi-cations listed on Page 8-4 in the Vehicle Specifications and consumer information section of the Owner'sManual.

F5

Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts1. What are Hyundai Genuine

Parts?Hyundai Genuine Parts are thesame parts used by Hyundai MotorCompany to manufacture vehicles.They are designed and tested for theoptimum safety, performance, andreliability to our customers.

2. Why should you use genuineparts?Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi-neered and built to meet rigid man-ufacturing requirements. Damagecaused by using imitation, counter-feit or used salvage parts is notcovered under the Hyundai NewVehicle Limited Warranty or anyother Hyundai warranty.

In addition, any damage to or fail-ure of Hyundai Genuine Partscaused by the installation or failureof an imitation, counterfeit or usedsalvage part is not covered by anyHyundai Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are pur-chasing Hyundai GenuineParts? Look for the Hyundai GenuineParts Logo on the package (seebelow).Hyundai Genuine Parts exportedto are packaged with labels writtenonly in English.Hyundai Genuine Parts are onlysold through authorized HyundaiDealerships.

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

IntroductionHow to use this manual / Fuel requirements / Vehicle break-in process / Vehicle data collection and event data recorders / Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster

Your vehicle at a glanceExterior overview / Interior overview / Instrument panel overview / Engine compartment

Safety features of your vehicleSeats / Seat belts / Child restraint system / Air bag

Features of your vehicleKeys / Door locks / Trunk / Windows / Hood / Fuel filler lid / Sunroof / Steering wheel / Mirrors /Instrument cluster / Multigauge / Lighting / Wipers & Washers / Climate control system / Etc.

Driving your vehicleBefore driving / Engine start/stop button / Transmission / Brake system / Cruise control system / Winter driving / Vehicle load limit / Etc.

What to do in an emergencyRoad warning / Emergency while driving / Emergency starting / Engine overheat / TPMS / Flat tire / Towing / Etc.

MaintenanceEngine compartment / Maintenance service / Engine oil / Engine coolant / Brake fluid / Washer fluid /Parking brake / Air cleaner / Wiper blades / Battery / Tire and wheels / Fuses / Light bulbs / Etc.

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Index

table of contents

1

Introduction

How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2• Symbols used in this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . 1-4• Do not use methanol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4• Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5• Operation in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Vehicle data collection and event data recorders . 1-7Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster . . . . 1-8

Introduction

21

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from yourvehicle. Your Owner’s Manual canassist you in many ways. We strong-ly recommend that you read theentire manual. In order to minimizethe chance of death or injury, youmust read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the wordsin this manual to best explain how toenjoy your vehicle. By reading yourmanual, you learn about features,important safety information, anddriving tips under various road condi-tions.The general layout of the manual isprovided in the Table of Contents. Agood place to start is the index; it hasan alphabetical listing of all informa-tion in your manual.Sections: This manual has eight sec-tions plus an index. Each sectionbegins with a brief list of contents soyou can tell at a glance if that sectionhas the information you want.

You will find various WARNINGs,CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in thismanual.These WARNINGs were pre-pared to enhance your personal safe-ty. You should carefully read and fol-low ALL procedures and recommen-dations provided in these WARN-INGS, CAUTIONS and NOTICES.

Symbols used in this manualWarnings, cautions and Notices

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting orhelpful information is being provided.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situationin which harm, serious bodilyinjury or death could result if thewarning is ignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situationin which damage to your vehiclecould result if the caution isignored.

1 3

Introduction

Symbols used in illustrations

Safety symbol The symbol means to "Avoid"or "Do not do something".

ArrowsIndicates the location.

Indicates the action (pressing,turning, etc.) or outcome of anoperation.

Your new vehicle is designed to useonly unleaded fuel having a pumpoctane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 orhigher. (Do not use methanol blend-ed fuels.)

Your new vehicle is designed toobtain maximum performance withUNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-mize exhaust emissions and sparkplug fouling.

CAUTIONNever add any fuel systemcleaning agents to the fuel tankother than what has been speci-fied. (Consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for details.)

WARNING• Do not "top off" after the noz-

zle automatically shuts offwhen refueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicksonce, otherwise the MalfunctionIndicator Light “ ” will illumi-nate.

• Always check that the fuel capis installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage in the eventof an accident.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

Introduction

41

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolDo not use gasohol containing morethan 10% ethanol, and do not usegasoline or gasohol containing anymethanol. Either of these fuels maycause drivability problems and dam-age to the fuel system, engine con-trol system and emission control sys-tem.Discontinue using gasohol of anykind if drivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or drivability prob-lems may not be covered by themanufacturer’s warranty if they resultfrom the use of:1. Gasohol containing more than

10% ethanol.2. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15percent gasoline, and is manufac-tured exclusively for use in FlexibleFuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati-ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85”may result in poor engine perform-ance and damage to your vehicle'sengine and fuel system. HYUNDAIrecommends that customers do notuse fuel with an ethanol contentexceeding 10 percent.

Other fuels Using fuels such as;- Silicone (Si) contained fuel,- Ferrocene (Fe) contained fuel, and- Other metalic additives contained

fuels,may cause vehicle and engine dam-age or cause plugging, misfiring,poor acceleration, engine stalling,catalyst melting, abnormal corrosion,life cycle reduction, etc.Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp(MIL) may illuminate.

✽✽ NOTICEDamage to the fuel system or per-formance problem caused by the useof these fuels may not be covered byyour New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. CAUTION

Never use gasohol which con-tains methanol. Discontinue useof any gasohol product whichimpairs drivability.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle LimitedWarranty does not cover damageto the fuel system or any per-formance problems caused bythe use of “E85” fuel.

1 5

Introduction

Gasoline containing MMTSome gasoline contains harmfulmanganese-based fuel additivessuch as MMT(Methylcyclopentadienyl ManganeseTricarbonyl).HYUNDAI does not recommend theuse of gasoline containing MMT.This type of fuel can reduce vehicleperformance and affect your emis-sion control system.The malfunction indicator lamp onthe cluster may come on.

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (woodalcohol) should not be used in yourvehicle. This type of fuel can reducevehicle performance and damagecomponents of the fuel system,engine control system and emissioncontrol system.

Fuel AdditivesHYUNDAI recommends that you usegood quality gasolines treated withdetergent additives such as TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline, whichhelp prevent deposit formation in theengine. These gasolines will help theengine run cleaner and enhance per-formance of the Emission ControlSystem. For more information onTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline,please go to the website (www.top-tiergas.com).

For customers who do not use TOPTier Detergent Gasoline regularly,and experience difficulty in startingthe engine or other fuel relatedengine conditions, approved fueladditives may be added to the gaso-line. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasolineis not available, Hyundai recom-mends an approved fuel additive beadded to the fuel tank at every7,500mile or every engine oilchange. Additives are available fromyour authorized Hyundai dealeralong with information on how to usethem.

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehiclein another country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding

registration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is

available.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle LimitedWarranty may not cover damageto the fuel system and any per-formance problems that arecaused by the use of fuels con-taining methanol.

Introduction

61

No special break-in period is need-ed. By following a few simple precau-tions for the first 600 miles (1,000km) you may add to the perform-ance, economy and life of your vehi-cle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine

speed (rpm, or revolutions perminute) between 2,000 rpm and4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed forlong periods of time, either fast orslow. Varying engine speed isneeded to properly break-in theengine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-gencies, to allow the brakes to seatproperly.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first1,200 miles (2,000 km) of opera-tion.

PROPOSITION 65WARNING

Items contained in motor vehi-cles or emitted from them areknown to the State of Californiato cause cancer and birthdefects or reproductive harm.These include:• Gasoline and its vapors• Engine exhaust• Used engine oil• Interior passenger compart-

ment components and materi-als

• Component parts which aresubject to heat and wear

In addition, battery posts, termi-nals and related accessoriescontain lead, lead compoundsand other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and reproductive harm.

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS

1 7

Introduction

This vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as anair bag deployment or hitting aroad obstacle, data that will assistin understanding how a vehicle'ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safety sys-tems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:• How various systems in your

vehicle were operating;• Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

• How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the acceleratorand/or brake pedal; and,

• How fast the vehicle was travel-ing.

These data can help provide a bet-ter understanding of the circum-stances in which crashes andinjuries occur. NOTE: EDR dataare recorded by your vehicle onlyif a non-trivial crash situationoccurs; no data are recorded bythe EDR under normal drivingconditions and no personal data(e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, could combinethe EDR data with the type of per-sonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crash investiga-tion.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, suchas law enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

Exterior overview I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Exterior overview II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

2

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Exterior overview (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

2


22

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (FRONT)

1. Removable towing hook.......................6-21

2. Windshield wiper ..................................4-87

3. Outside rearview mirror .......................4-43

4. Door lock..............................................4-16

5. Head lights ...........................................4-82

6. Front fog lamp ......................................4-86

7. Hood ...................................................4-26

8. Tire & wheel..................................7-23, 8-3

9. Parking assist system ..........................4-76

OBK012005L

2 3


EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (REAR)

1. Glass antenna....................................4-128

2. Rear window defroster .........................4-91

3. Fuel filler lid..........................................4-27

4. Rear combination lights .......................7-71

5. Rear parking assist system..................4-73

6. Removable towing hook.......................6-21

7. Trunk ....................................................4-20

8. Windows...............................................4-22

OBK012006


42

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Door lock/unlock button ....................4-18

2. Power window switches ....................4-22

3. Outside rearview mirror control switch ................................................4-44

4. Trunk lid release switch ....................4-20

5. Fuel filler lid release button...............4-27

6. Hood release lever............................4-26

7. Brake pedal.......................................5-25

8. Accelerator pedal

9. ESC OFF button ...............................5-31

10. Steering wheel tilt ..........................4-33

11. Instrument panel illumination control knob ....................................4-46

12. Light control/Turn signals................4-82

13. Steering wheel ................................4-33

14. Shift lever...............................5-13, 5-17

15. Parking brake lever .........................5-27

16. Parking assist system off button.....4-76

17. Multi gauges ...................................4-71

OBK012001N

2 5


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Instrument cluster.............................4-45

2. Horn .................................................4-34

3. Driver’s front air bag.........................3-48

4. Wiper/Washer...................................4-87

5. Ignition switch or engine start/stop button ..........................5-5, 5-8

6. Hazard warning flasher switch..4-81, 6-2

7. Climate control system .........4-92, 4-102

8. Shift lever ................................5-13, 5-17

9. Seat warmer.....................................3-10

10. Passenger’s front air bag ...............3-48

11. Glove box .....................................4-120

OBK012002N


62

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

1. Negative battery terminal..................7-38

2. Positive battery terminal ...................7-38

3. Fuse and relay box ...........................7-55

4. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-30

5. Power steering fluid reservoir ...........7-29

6. Air cleaner.........................................7-32

7. Radiator cap .....................................7-27

8. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-23

9. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-23

10. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir .............7-28

11. Engine coolant reservoir .................7-26

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OBK012004

Safety features of your vehicle

Seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2• Front seat adjustment (manual) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4• Front seat adjustment (power) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5• Rear seat entry (walk in device) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12• Rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16• Seat belt restraint system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16• Shoulder belt extension guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20• Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20• Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23• Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26

Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27• Using a child restraint system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

- Automatic locking mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30- Tether Anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32- Lower anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34

Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system . 3-36• How does the air bag system operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37• SRS components and functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39• Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40• Occupation classification system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43• Driver's and passenger's front air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48• Side impact air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52• Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54• SRS care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60• Additional safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61• Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63

3


23

Driver’s seat(1) Forward and backward(2) Seatback angle(3) Seat cushion height(4) Lumbar support(5) Walk - in seat(6) Seat warmer(7) Headrest

Front passenger’s seat(8) Forward and backward(9) Seatback angle(10) Walk-in seat(11) Seat warmer(12) Headrest

Rear seat(13) Seatback locking knob

(in the trunk)(14) Seatback locking strap

(in the vehicle)

SEATS

OBK032001

3 3


WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust the

seat while the vehicle is mov-ing.This could result in loss ofcontrol, and an accident caus-ing death, serious injury, orproperty damage.

• Do not allow anything to inter-fere with the normal positionof the seatback. Storing itemsagainst a seatback or in anyother way interfering withproper locking of a seatbackcould result in serious or fatalinjury in a sudden stop or col-lision.

• Always drive and ride with yourseatback upright and the lapportion of the seat belt snugand low across the hips. Thisis the best position to protectyou in case of an accident.

(Continued)

WARNING - Looseobjects

Loose objects in the driver’sfoot area could interfere withthe operation of the foot pedals,possibly causing an accident.Do not place anything under thefront seats.

WARNING - Driverresponsibility for passen-gers

Riding in a vehicle with theseatback reclined could lead toserious or fatal injury in an acci-dent. If a seat is reclined duringan accident, the occupant’ships may slide under the lapportion of the seat belt applyinggreat force to the unprotectedabdomen. Serious or fatal inter-nal injuries could result. Thedriver must advise the passen-ger to keep the seatback in anupright position whenever thevehicle is in motion.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatbackto its upright position, hold theseatback return it slowly and besure there are no other occu-pants around the seat. If theseatback is returned withoutbeing held and controlled, theback of the seat could springforward resulting in accidentalinjury to a person struck by theseatback.

WARNINGDo not use a sitting cushion thatreduces friction between theseat and passenger.The passen-ger's hips may slide under thelap portion of the seat belt dur-ing an accident or a suddenstop. Serious or fatal internalinjuries could result because theseat belt can't operate normally.


43

Front seat adjustment - manualForward and rearwardTo move the seat forward or rear-ward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment

lever up and hold it.2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire.3. Release the lever and make sure

the seat is locked in place.Adjust the seat before driving, andmake sure the seat is locked secure-ly by trying to move forward and rear-ward without using the lever. If theseat moves, it is not locked properly.

WARNINGAfter adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely lockedinto place by attempting to movethe seat forward or rearwardwithout using the lock releaselever. Sudden or unexpectedmovement of the driver's seatcould cause you to lose controlof the vehicle resulting in anaccident.

WARNING• Use extreme caution so that

hands or other objects are notcaught in the seat mecha-nisms while the seat is mov-ing.

• Use extreme caution so thathands or other objects are notcaught in the seat mecha-nisms.

(Continued)• In order to avoid unnecessary

and perhaps severe air baginjuries, always sit as far backas possible from the steeringwheel while maintaining com-fortable control of the vehicle.We recommend that your chestbe at least 10 inches (250 mm)away from the steering wheel.

OBK032002

3 5


Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the

seatback recline lever.2. Carefully lean back on the seat

and adjust the seatback of theseat to the position you desire.

3. Release the lever and make surethe seatback is locked in place.(The lever MUST return to its orig-inal position for the seatback tolock.)

Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat)To change the height of the seatcushion, push the lever upwards ordownwards.• To lower the seat cushion, push the

lever down several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull the

lever up several times.

Front seat adjustment - power(for driver’s seat) (if equipped)The front seat can be adjusted byusing the control knob located on theoutside of the seat cushion. Beforedriving, adjust the seat to the properposition so as to easily control thesteering wheel, pedals and switcheson the instrument panel.

OBK032003 OBK032004 WARNINGThe power seat is operable withthe ignition OFF, therefore, chil-dren should never be left unat-tended in the car.


63

Forward and rearward Push the control knob forward orrearward to move the seat to thedesired position. Release the knobonce the seat reaches the desiredposition.

Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the

seatback recline lever.2. Carefully lean back on the seat

and adjust the seatback of theseat to the position you desire.

3. Release the lever and make surethe seatback is locked in place.(The lever MUST return to its orig-inal position for the seatback tolock.)

CAUTION• The power seat is driven by an

electric motor. Stop operatingonce the adjustment is com-pleted. Excessive operationmay damage the electricalequipment.

• When in operation, the powerseat consumes a large amountof electrical power. To preventunnecessary charging systemdrain, don’t adjust the powerseat longer than necessarywhile the engine is not running.

• Do not operate two or morepower seat control knobs at thesame time. Doing so may resultin power seat motor or electri-cal component malfunction.

OBK032060 OBK032061

3 7


Seat cushion height Pull the front portion of the controlknob up to raise or push down tolower the front part of the seat cush-ion. Pull the rear portion of the con-trol knob up to raise or push down tolower the rear part of the seat cush-ion. Release the knob once the seatreaches the desired position.

HeadrestThe driver's and front passenger'sseats are equipped with a headrestfor the occupant's safety and com-fort.The headrest not only provides com-fort for the driver and front passen-ger, but also helps protect the headand neck in the event of a collision.

OBK032062 OBK039051N

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the head-rest should be adjusted so themiddle of the headrest is atthe same height of the centerof gravity of an occupant'shead. Generally, the center ofgravity of most people's headis similar with the height ofthe top of their eyes. Also,adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. Forthis reason, the use of a cush-ion that holds the body awayfrom the seatback is not rec-ommended.

• Do not operate the vehiclewith the headrests removed.Severe injury to the occu-pants may occur in the eventof an accident. Headrests mayprovide protection againstneck injuries when properlyadjusted.

• Do not adjust the headrestposition of the driver’s seatwhile the vehicle is in motion.


83

Forward and rearward adjustment

The headrest may be adjusted for-ward to 3 different positions bypulling the headrest forward to thedesired detent. To adjust the head-rest to it’s furthest rearward position,pull it fully forward to the farthestposition and release it. Adjust theheadrest so that it properly supportsthe head and neck.

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower theheadrest, push and hold the releasebutton (2) on the headrest supportand lower the headrest to the desiredposition (3).

OBK039005 OBK039006

CAUTION

If you recline the seatbacktowards the front with the head-rest and seat cushion raised,the headrest may come in con-tact with the sunvisor or otherparts of the vehicle.

OYFH034205

3 9


Removal/Reinstall

To remove the headrest:1. Recline the seatback (2) with the

recline lever or switch (1).2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.3. Press the headrest release button

(3) while pulling the headrest up(4).

To reinstall the headrest :1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the

holes while pressing the releasebutton (1).

2. Recline the seatback (4) with therecline lever or switch (3).

3. Adjust the headrest to the appro-priate height.

Active headrest (if equipped)

The active headrest is designed tomove forward and upward during arear impact. This helps prevent thedriver's and front passenger’s headsfrom moving backward and thushelps minimize neck injuries.

OBK033069 OBK033070 HNF2041-1

WARNINGNEVER allow anyone to ride in aseat with the headrest removed.

WARNINGAlways make sure the headrestlocks into position after rein-stalling and adjusting it properly.


103

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat, if equipped)The lumbar support can be adjustedby pressing the lumbar supportswitch on the side of the drivers seat.Press the front portion of the switchto increase support, or the rear por-tion of the switch, to decrease sup-port.

Seat warmer (if equipped)The seat warmers are provided towarm the front seats during coldweather. While the engine is running,push either of the switches to warmthe driver's seat or the front passen-ger's seat.During mild weather or under condi-tions where the operation of the seatwarmer is not needed, keep theswitches in the OFF position.• Each time you press the button,

the temperature setting of the seatwill change as follows

• The seat warmer defaults to theOFF position whenever the ignitionswitch is turned on.

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in theON position, the heating system inthe seat turns off or on automatical-ly depending on the seat tempera-ture.

OBK034009

OFF → HIGH( ) → LOW( )

→

OBK032063

3 11


Seatback pocketThe seatback pocket is provided onthe back of the front passenger’s anddriver’s seatbacks.

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warm-ers due to the possibility ofexcess heating or burns. Theoccupant must turn the seatwarmer off if the seat is becom-ing too warm. The seat warmermay cause burns even at lowtemperatures, especially if usedfor long periods of time.In particular, the driver mustexercise extreme care for thefollowing types of passengers:1. Infants, children, elderly or

disabled persons, or hospitaloutpatients

2. Persons with sensitive skinor those that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills,cold tablets, etc.)

OBK032066

WARNING - Seatbackpockets

Do not put heavy or sharpobjects in the seatback pockets.In an accident they could comeloose from the pocket andinjure vehicle occupants.

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do

not use an organic solventsuch as paint thinner, ben-zene, alcohol or gasoline.Doing so may damage the sur-face of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating theseat warmer, do not place any-thing on the seats that insu-lates against heat, such asblankets, cushions or seatcovers while the seat warmeris in operation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to theseat warming componentscould occur.


123

Rear seat entry (Walk in device)The driver and front passenger'sseatbacks should be tilted to enterthe rear seat.

Driver’s seatBy pulling up the seatback reclinelever or the walk in device lever (1)the seatback will tilt forward. Thenpull the seat slide adjustment leverup or push the control knob forwardto move the seat forward.After getting in or out, recline andreturn the seatback to the originalposition. Make sure that the seat islocked in place.

Front passenger’s seatBy pulling up the walk in device lever(1) on the back of the front passen-ger’s seatback, the seatback will tiltforward. Then push the seat forwardto allow the occupants to enter.

By pulling up the seatback, the seat-back is reclined and returned to theoriginal position.

OBK032017

WARNINGDon't drive with the passengerside seatback reclined. It is dan-gerous to move it while driving.Be sure the seatback is uprightbefore driving.

WARNING• Never attempt to adjust the

seat while the vehicle is mov-ing or the front seats areoccupied as the seat may sud-denly move and cause thepassenger on the seat to beinjured.

• Do not put your hands under-neath the seat while adjustingit.OBK032068

3 13


Rear seatFolding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks may be folded tofacilitate carrying long items or toincrease the luggage capacity of thevehicle.

To fold down the rear seatback:

1. Set the front seatback to theupright position and if necessary,slide the front seat forward.

2. Pull out the seatback locking knob(1) in the trunk or the strap (2) atthe center of the rearseat.

WARNING The purpose of the fold-downrear seatbacks is to allow you tocarry longer objects than couldotherwise be accommodated.Never allow passengers to siton top of the folded down seat-back while the car is moving asthis is not a proper seatingposition and no seat belts areavailable for use. This couldresult in serious injury or deathin case of an accident or sud-den stop. Objects carried on thefolded down seatback shouldnot extend higher than the topof the front seats. This couldallow cargo to slide forward andcause injury or damage duringsudden stops.

OBK039014

OBK039032

CAUTIONTo discourage theft, only usethe seatback locking strap(2) atthe center of the rear seat in anemergency situation(The bat-tery is discharged). Hide thestrap so it is not always visible.


143

3. Remove the belt webbing from therear shoulder belt guide and movethe rear belt webbing to the out-side so it does not interfere withthe seatback when folding.

4. Fold the seat toward the front ofthe vehicle.

5. When returning the seatback to itsupright position, always be sure ithas locked into position by firmlypushing on the top of the seat-back.

6. Insert the belt webbing in the rearshoulder belt guide.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the seat belt locks when the seat-back is folded, and pull out thelocked seat belt then release it.

OBK032015OBK032067

WARNING When you return the rear seat-back to its upright position afterbeing folded down:Be careful not to damage theseat belt webbing or buckle. Donot allow the seat belt webbingor buckle to get caught orpinched in the rear seat. Ensurethat the seatback is completelylocked into its upright positionby pushing on the top of theseatback. Otherwise, in an acci-dent or sudden stop, the seatcould fold down and allowcargo to enter the passengercompartment, which couldresult in serious injury or death.

3 15


WARNING - CargoCargo should always besecured to prevent it from beingthrown about the vehicle in acollision and causing injury tothe vehicle occupants. Do notplace objects on the rear seats,since they cannot be properlysecured and may hit the frontseat occupants in a collision.

WARNING - Rear seatbelts

• When returning the rear seat-backs to the upright position,remember to return the rearshoulder belts to their properposition.

• After returning the rear seat-backs to the upright position,check that the rear seats aresecure.

WARNING - Cargo load-ing

Make sure the engine is off, theautomatic transmission is in P(Park) or the manual transmis-sion is in reverse, and the park-ing brake is securely appliedwhenever loading or unloadingcargo. Failure to take thesesteps may allow the vehicle tomove if the shift lever is inad-vertently moved to anotherposition.


163

Seat belt restraint systemSEAT BELTS

WARNINGSeat belts are designed to bearupon the bony structure of thebody, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis, orthe pelvis, chest and shoulders,as applicable; wearing the lapsection of the belt across theabdominal area must be avoided.Seat belts should be adjustedas firmly as possible, consis-tent with comfort, to provide theprotection for which they havebeen designed.

(Continued)

(Continued)A slack belt will greatly reducethe protection afforded to thewearer.Care should be taken to avoidcontamination of the webbingwith polishes, oils and chemi-cals and particularly batteryacid. Cleaning may safely becarried out using mild soap andwater. The belt should bereplaced if webbing becomesfrayed, contaminated or dam-aged. It is essential to replacethe entire assembly after it hasbeen worn in a severe impacteven if damage to the assemblyis not obvious. Belts should notbe worn with straps twisted.Each seat belt assembly mustonly be used by one occupant;it is dangerous to put a beltaround a child being carried onthe occupant's lap.

(Continued)• Avoid wearing twisted seat

belts. A twisted belt can't doits job as well. In a collision, itcould even cut into you. Besure the belt webbing isstraight and not twisted.

• Be careful not to damage thebelt webbing or hardware. Ifthe belt webbing or hardwareis damaged, replace it.

WARNING• For maximum restraint system

protection, the seat belts mustalways be used whenever thecar is moving.

• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.

• Children age 12 and undermust always be properlyrestrained in the rear seat.Never allow children to ride inthe front passenger seat. If achild over 12 must be seated inthe front seat, he/she must beproperly belted and the seatshould be moved as far back aspossible.

• Never wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly posi-tioned shoulder belt can causeserious injuries in a crash. Theshoulder belt should be posi-tioned midway over your shoul-der across your collarbone.

(Continued)

3 17


Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat)As a reminder to the driver, the seatbelt warning light will blink forapproximately 6 seconds each timeyou turn the ignition switch ONand/or START regardless of belt fas-tening.

If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned ONand/or START, the seat belt warninglight and the seat belt warning chimewill operate for approximately 6 sec-onds. If the driver’s seat belt is fas-tened within the 6 seconds, thewarning light will blink during the 6seconds and the warning chime willturn off immediately.If the driver's seat belt is disconnect-ed after the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approxi-mately 6 seconds until the belt is fas-tened. If the driver's seat belt is notfastened when the vehicle speedexceeds 6 mph (10 km/h), the seatbelt warning light and chime willoperate for approximately 10 timeswith a pattern of 6 seconds on and24 seconds off until the belt is fas-tened or the vehicle speed decreas-es below 3 mph (5 km/h).

WARNING• No modifications or additions

should be made by the userwhich will either prevent theseat belt adjusting devicesfrom operating to removeslack, or prevent the seat beltassembly from being adjustedto remove slack.

• When you fasten the seat belt,be careful not to latch the seatbelt in buckles of other seat. It'svery dangerous and you maynot be protected by the seatbelt properly.

• Do not unfasten and fasten theseat belt repeatedly while driv-ing. This could result in loss ofcontrol, and an accident caus-ing death, serious injury, orproperty damage.

• When fastening the seat belt,make sure that the seat beltdoes not pass over objects thatare hard or can break easily.

• Make sure there is nothing inthe buckle. The seat belt maynot be fastened securely.

1GQA2083


183

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point systemwith emergency locking retractorTo fasten your seat belt:

To fasten your seat belt, pull it out ofthe retractor and insert the metal tab(1) into the buckle (2). There will bean audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts tothe proper length only after the lapbelt portion is adjusted manually sothat it fits snugly around your hips. Ifyou lean forward in a slow, easymotion, the belt will extend and letyou move around. If there is a sud-den stop or impact, however, the beltwill lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

If you are not able to pull out the seatbelt from the retractor, firmly pull thebelt out and release it. Then you willbe able to pull the belt out smoothly.

WARNINGFailure to replace seat beltsafter an accident could leaveyou with damaged seat beltsthat will not provide protectionin the event of another collisionleading to personal injury ordeath. Replace your seat beltsas soon as possible after beingin an accident.

B200A02NF

WARNINGYou should place the lap beltportion as low as possible andsnugly across your hips, not onyour waist. If the lap belt islocated too high on your waist,it may increase the chance ofinjury in the event of a collision.Both arms should not be underor over the belt. Rather, oneshould be over and the otherunder, as shown in the illustra-tion.Never wear the seat belt underthe arm nearest the door.

B180A01NF-1

3 19


Seat belts - Front passenger andrear seat 3-point system withcombination locking retractorTo fasten your seat belt:

Combination retractor type seat beltsare installed in the rear seat posi-tions to help accommodate theinstallation of child restraint systems.Although a combination retractor isalso installed in the front passengerseat position, it is strongly recom-mended that children always beseated in the rear seat. NEVERplace any infant restraint system inthe front seat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines thefeatures of both an emergency lock-ing retractor seat belt and an auto-matic locking retractor seat belt. Tofasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab intothe buckle. There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into thebuckle. When not securing a childrestraint, the seat belt operates in thesame way as the driver's seat belt(Emergency Locking Retractor Type).

It automatically adjusts to the properlength only after the lap belt portionof the seat belt is adjusted manuallyso that it fits snugly around your hips.When the seat belt is fully extendedfrom the retractor to allow the instal-lation of a child restraint system, theseat belt operation changes to allowthe belt to retract, but not to extend(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).Refer to “Using a child restraint sys-tem” in this section.

✽✽ NOTICEAlthough the combination retractorprovides the same level of protectionfor seated passengers in either emer-gency or automatic locking modes, itis recommended that seated passen-gers use the emergency locking fea-ture for improved convenience. Theautomatic locking function isintended to facilitate child restraintinstallation. To convert from theautomatic locking feature to theemergency locking operation mode,allow the unbuckled seat belt to fullyretract.

To release the seat belt:

The seat belt is released by pressingthe release button (1) in the lockingbuckle. When it is released, the beltshould automatically draw back intothe retractor.If this does not happen, check thebelt to be sure it is not twisted, thentry again.

B210A01NF-1


203

Shoulder belt extension guide You can adjust the position of theshoulder belt extension guide foreasier access to the shoulder belt.Set the belt extension guide to theposition (1~3) when using the seatbelt.

Pre-tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver'sand front passenger's pre-tensionerseat belts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make sure that theseat belts fit tightly against the occu-pant's body in certain frontal colli-sions. The pre-tensioner seat beltsmay be activated in certain frontalcollisions.

OFS031034 OED030300

WARNING • Verify the shoulder belt exten-

sion guide is locked into posi-tion at the appropriate height.Never position the shoulderbelt across your neck or face.Improperly positioned seatbelts can cause seriousinjuries in an accident.

• Failure to replace seat beltsafter an accident could leaveyou with damaged seat beltsthat will not provide protec-tion in the event of anothercollision leading to personalinjury or death. Replace yourseat belts after being in anaccident as soon as possible.

3 21


When the vehicle stops suddenly, orif the occupant tries to lean forwardtoo quickly, the seat belt retractor willlock into position. In certain frontalcollisions, the pre-tensioner will acti-vate and pull the seat belt into tightercontact against the occupant's body.If the system senses excessive ten-sion on the driver or passenger'sseat belt when the pre-tensioner acti-vates, the load limiter inside the pre-tensioner will release some of thepressure on the affected seat belt. The seat belt pre-tensioner system

consists mainly of the following com-ponents.Their locations are shown inthe illustration:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

OBH038100

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefitfrom a pre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seat belt must be worn

correctly and adjusted to theproper position. Please readand follow all of the importantinformation and precautionsabout your vehicle’s occu-pant safety features – includ-ing seat belts and air bags –that are provided in this man-ual.

2. Be sure you and your passen-gers always wear seat beltsproperly.

WARNINGDo not put anything near thebuckle. Placing objects near thebuckle can adversely affect thebuckle pre-tensioner and mayincrease the risk of personalinjury in the event of a collision.

WARNINGFor your safety, be sure that thebelt webbing is not loose ortwisted and always sit propertyon your seat.


223

✽✽ NOTICE• Both the driver's and front pas-

senger's pre-tensioner seat beltsmay be activated in certain frontalcollisions.

• When the pre-tensioner seat beltsare activated, a loud noise may beheard and fine dust, which mayappear to be smoke, may be visiblein the passenger compartment.These are normal operating condi-tions and are not hazardous.

• The fine dust may cause skin irri-tation and should not be breathedfor prolonged periods. Wash allexposed skin areas thoroughlyafter an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated.

✽✽ NOTICEBecause the sensor that activates theSRS air bag is connected with thepre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS airbag warning light on the instru-ment panel will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds after theignition switch has been turned tothe ON position, and then it shouldturn off.

CAUTIONIf the pre-tensioner seat belt isnot working properly, this warn-ing light will illuminate even ifthere is no malfunction of theSRS air bag. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illumi-nate when the ignition switch isturned ON, or if it remains illu-minated after illuminating forapproximately 6 seconds, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, have an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer inspectthe pre-tensioner seat belt andSRS air bag system as soon aspossible.

WARNING• Pre-tensioners are designed

to operate only one time. Afteractivation, pre-tensioner seatbelts must be replaced. Allseat belts, of any type, shouldalways be replaced after theyhave been worn during a colli-sion.

• The pre-tensioner seat beltassembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do nottouch the pre-tensioner seatbelt assemblies for several min-utes after they have been acti-vated.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must bedone by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not strike the pre-tension-er seat belt assemblies.

• Do not attempt to service orrepair the pre-tensioner seatbelt system in any manner.

(Continued)

3 23


Seat belt precautions Infant or small childAll 50 states have child restraintlaws. You should be aware of thespecific requirements in your state.Child and/or infant seats must beproperly placed and installed in therear seat. For more informationabout the use of these restraints,refer to “Child restraint system” in thissection.

WARNINGAll occupants of the vehiclemust wear their seat belts at alltimes. Seat belts and childrestraints reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries for alloccupants in the event of a col-lision or sudden stop. Without aseat belt, occupants could beshifted too close to a deployingair bag, strike the interior struc-ture or be thrown from the vehi-cle. Properly worn seat beltsgreatly reduce these hazards.Even with advanced air bags,unbelted occupants can beseverely injured by a deployingair bag.Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags andoccupant seating contained inthis manual.

WARNINGEvery person in your vehicleneeds to be properly restrainedat all times, including infantsand children. Never hold a childin your arms or lap when ridingin a vehicle. The violent forcescreated during a crash will tearthe child from your arms andthrow the child against the inte-rior. Always use a child restraintappropriate for your child'sheight and weight.

(Continued)• Improper handling of the pre-

tensioner seat belt assem-blies, and failure to heed thewarnings not to strike, modify,inspect, replace, service orrepair the pre-tensioner seatbelt assemblies may lead toimproper operation or inad-vertent activation and seriousinjury.

• Always wear the seat beltswhen driving or riding in amotor vehicle.

• If the vehicle or pre-tensionerseat belt must be discarded,contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.


243

✽✽ NOTICESmall children are best protectedfrom injury in an accident whenproperly restrained in the rear seatby a child restraint system thatmeets the requirements of theFederal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. Before buying any childrestraint system, make sure that ithas a label certifying that it meetsFederal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard 213. The restraint must beappropriate for your child's heightand weight. Check the label on thechild restraint for this information.Refer to “Child restraint system” inthis section.

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should alwaysoccupy the rear seat and use theavailable lap/shoulder belts. The lapportion should be fastened andsnugged on the hips and as low aspossible. Check if the belt fits period-ically. A child's squirming could putthe belt out of position. Children aregiven the most safety in the event ofan accident when they are restrainedby a proper restraint system in therear seat. If a larger child (over age12) must be seated in the front seat,the child should be securelyrestrained by the available lap/shoul-der belt and the seat should beplaced in the rearmost position.Children age 12 and under should berestrained securely in the rear seat.NEVER place a child age 12 andunder in the front seat. NEVER placea rear facing child seat in the frontseat of a vehicle.

If the shoulder belt portion slightlytouches the child’s neck or face, tryplacing the child closer to the center ofthe vehicle. If the shoulder belt stilltouches their face or neck they need tobe returned to a child restraint system.

WARNING - Shoulderbelts on small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt tobe in contact with a child’sneck or face while the vehicleis in motion.

• If seat belts are not properlyworn and adjusted on chil-dren, there is a risk of death orserious injury.

3 25


Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wearlap/shoulder belt assemblies when-ever possible according to specificrecommendations by their doctors.The lap portion of the belt should beworn AS SNUGLY AND LOW ASPOSSIBLE on the hips, not cross theabdomen.

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you shouldconsult a physician for recommenda-tions.

One person per beltTwo people (including children)should never attempt to use a singleseat belt. This could increase theseverity of injuries in case of an acci-dent.

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries inthe event of an accident and toachieve maximum effectiveness ofthe restraint system, all passengersshould be sitting up and the frontseats should be in an upright posi-tion when the car is moving. A seatbelt cannot provide proper protectionif the person is lying down in the rearseat or if the front seats are in areclined position.

WARNINGRiding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seri-ous or fatal injuries in the eventof a collision or sudden stop.The protection of your restraintsystem (seat belts and air bags)is greatly reduced by recliningyour seat. Seat belts must besnug against your hips andchest to work properly. Themore the seatback is reclined,the greater the chance that anoccupant's hips will slide underthe lap belt causing seriousinternal injuries or the occu-pant's neck could strike theshoulder belt. Drivers and pas-sengers should always sit wellback in their seats, properlybelted, and with the seatbacksupright.

WARNING - Pregnantwomen

Pregnant women must neverplace the lap portion of thesafety belt over the area of theabdomen where the fetus islocated or above the abdomenwhere the belt could crush thefetus during an impact.


263

Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never bedisassembled or modified. In addi-tion, care should be taken to assurethat seat belts and belt hardware arenot damaged by seat hinges, doorsor other abuse.

Periodic inspectionAll seat belts should be inspectedperiodically for wear or damage ofany kind. Any damaged parts shouldbe replaced as soon as possible.

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean anddry. If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solu-tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,strong detergents or abrasivesshould not be used because theymay damage and weaken the fabric.

When to replace seat beltsEntire in-use seat belt assembly orassemblies should be replaced if thevehicle has been involved in an acci-dent. This should be done even if nodamage is visible. Additional ques-tions concerning seat belt operationshould be directed to an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING When you return the rear seat-back to its upright position afterthe rear seatback has been fold-ed down, be careful not to dam-age the seat belt webbing orbuckle. Be sure that the web-bing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rearseat. A seat belt with damagedwebbing or buckle could possi-bly fail during a collision or sud-den stop, resulting in seriousinjury. If the webbing or bucklesare damaged, get them replacedimmediately.

3 27


CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMChildren riding in the car should sit inthe rear seat and must always beproperly restrained to minimize therisk of injury in an accident, suddenstop or sudden maneuver. Accordingto accident statistics, children aresafer when properly restrained in therear seats than in the front seat.Larger children not in a child restraintshould use one of the seat belts pro-vided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your state. Childand/or infant safety seats must beproperly placed and installed in therear seat. You must use a commer-cially available child restraint systemthat meets the requirements of theFederal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (FMVSS).Child restraint systems are designedto be secured in vehicle seats by lapbelts or the lap belt portion of alap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH sys-tem (if equipped).

Children could be injured or killed ina crash if their restraints are notproperly secured. For small childrenand babies, a child seat or infant seatmust be used. Before buying a par-ticular child restraint system, makesure it fits your car seat and seatbelts, and fits your child. Follow allthe instructions provided by the man-ufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

WARNING• A child restraint system must

be placed in the rear seat.Never install a child or infantseat on the front passenger'sseat. Should an accidentoccur and cause the passen-ger-side air bag to deploy, itcould severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in aninfant or child seat. Thus onlyuse a child restraint in therear seat of your vehicle.

(Continued)

(Continued)• A seat belt or child restraint

system can become very hotif it is left in a closed vehicleon a sunny day, even if theoutside temperature does notfeel hot. Be sure to check theseat cover and buckles beforeplacing a child there.

• When the child restraint sys-tem is not in use, store it inthe luggage area or fasten itwith a seat belt so that it willnot be thrown forward in thecase of a sudden stop or anaccident.

• Children may be seriouslyinjured or killed by an inflatingair bag. All children, even thosetoo large for child restraints,must ride in the rear seat.


283

(Continued)• Never put a seat belt over your-

self and a child. During a crash,the belt could press deep intothe child causing serious inter-nal injuries.

• Never leave children unattend-ed in a vehicle – not even for ashort time.The car can heat upvery quickly, resulting in seri-ous injuries to children inside.Even very young children mayinadvertently cause the vehi-cle to move, entangle them-selves in the windows, or lockthemselves or others insidethe vehicle.

• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the sameseat belt.

• Children often squirm andreposition themselves improp-erly. Never let a child ride withthe shoulder belt under theirarm or behind their back.Always properly position andsecure children in the rear seat.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never allow a child to stand-up

or kneel on the seat or floor ofa moving vehicle. During a col-lision or sudden stop, the childcan be violently thrown againstthe vehicle’s interior, resultingin serious injury.

• Never use an infant carrier or achild safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in anaccident.

• Seat belts can become veryhot, especially when the car isparked in direct sunlight.Always check seat belt bucklesbefore fastening them over achild.

• After an accident, have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealercheck the child restraint sys-tem, seat belt, tether anchorand lower anchor.

• If there is not enough space toplace the child restraint systembecause of the driver's seat,install the child restraint sys-tem in the rear right seat.

WARNINGTo reduce the chance of seriousor fatal injuries:• Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rearseat. A child riding in thefront passenger seat can beforcefully struck by an inflat-ing air bag resulting in seri-ous or fatal injuries.

• Always follow the childrestraint system manufactur-er’s instructions for installa-tion and use of the childrestraint.

• Always make sure the childseat is secured properly in thecar and your child is securelyrestrained in the child seat.

• Never hold a child in yourarms or lap when riding in avehicle.The violent forces cre-ated during a crash will tearthe child from your arms andthrow the child against thecar’s interior.

(Continued)

3 29


Using a child restraint systemFor small children and babies, theuse of a child seat or infant seat isrequired. This child seat or infantseat should be of appropriate size forthe child and should be installed inaccordance with the manufacturer'sinstructions.

For safety reasons, we recommendthat the child restraint system beused in the rear seats.

Since all passenger seat belts movefreely under normal conditions andonly lock under extreme or emer-gency conditions (emergency lockingmode), you must manually changethese seat belts to the automaticlocking mode to secure a childrestraint.

CRS09

OBK039018

Forward-facing child restraint system

Rearward-facing child restraint system

WARNING - Child seatinstallation

• A child can be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collisionif the child restraint is notproperly anchored to the carand the child is not properlyrestrained in the childrestraint. Before installing thechild restraint system, readthe instructions supplied bythe child restraint systemmanufacturer.

• If the seat belt does not oper-ate as described in this sec-tion, have the system checkedimmediately by your author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Failure to observe this manu-al's instructions regardingchild restraint systems andthe instructions provided withthe child restraint systemcould increase the chanceand/or severity of injury in anaccident.

(Continued)

WARNINGNever place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger thatan inflating passenger-side airbag could impact the rear-fac-ing child restraint and kill thechild.


303

Placing a passenger seat beltinto the automatic locking mode The automatic locking mode will helpprevent the normal movement of thechild in the vehicle from causing theseat belt to loosen and compromisethe child restraint system. To securea child restraint system, use the fol-lowing procedure.

To install a child restraint system onthe rear seats, do the following:1. Place the child restraint system on

the seat and route the lap/shoul-der belt around or through therestraint, following the restraintmanufacturer’s instructions. Besure the seat belt webbing is nottwisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latchinto the buckle. Listen for the dis-tinct “click” sound.

Position the release button so that itis easy to access in case of an emer-gency.

E2MS103005 OEN036101

(Continued)• If the vehicle headrest pre-

vents proper installation of achild seat, the headrest of therespective seating positionshall be readjusted or entirelyremoved.

3 31


3. Pull the shoulder portion of theseat belt all the way out. When theshoulder portion of the seat belt isfully extended, it will shift theretractor to the “AutomaticLocking” (child restraint) mode.

4. Slowly allow the shoulder portionof the seat belt to retract and listenfor an audible “clicking” or “ratchet-ing” sound. This indicates that theretractor is in the “AutomaticLocking” mode. If no distinct soundis heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

5. Remove as much slack from thebelt as possible by pushing downon the child restraint system whilefeeding the shoulder belt back intothe retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seatbelt is holding it firmly in place. If itis not, release the seat belt andrepeat steps 2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor isin the “Automatic Locking” modeby attempting to pull more of theseat belt out of the retractor. If youcannot, the retractor is in the“Automatic Locking” mode.

OBH039103OBH039102 OEN036104


323

To remove the child restraint, pressthe release button on the buckle andthen pull the lap/shoulder belt out ofthe restraint and allow the seat beltto retract fully.

When the seat belt is allowed toretract to its fully stowed position,the retractor will automaticallyswitch from the “AutomaticLocking” mode to the emergencylocking mode for normal adultusage.

Securing a child restraint seatwith “Tether Anchor” system Child restraint hook holders arelocated on the package tray.

OBK039034

WARNING - Auto lockmode

The lap/shoulder belt automati-cally returns to the “emergencylock mode” whenever the belt isallowed to retract fully.Therefore, the preceding sevensteps must be followed eachtime a child restraint isinstalled.If the retractor is not in theAutomatic Locking mode, thechild restraint can move whenyour vehicle turns or stops sud-denly. A child can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the childrestraint is not properlyanchored to the car, includingsetting the retractor to theAutomatic Locking mode.

3 33


1. Route the child restraint seat teth-er strap over the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable head-rests, route the tether strap underthe headrest and between theheadrest posts, otherwise routethe tether strap over the top of theseatback.

2. Connect the tether strap hook tothe appropriate child restrainthook holder and tighten to securethe child restraint seat.

WARNING• When using the vehicle's

"Tether Anchor" system toinstall a child restraint systemin the rear seat, all unusedvehicle rear seat belt metallatch plates or tabs must belatched securely in their seatbelt buckles and the seat beltwebbing must be retractedbehind the child restraint toprevent the child from reach-ing and taking hold of unre-tracted seat belts. Unlatchedmetal latch plates or tabs mayallow the child to reach theunretracted seat belts whichmay result in strangulationand a serious injury or deathto the child in the childrestraint.

• Do not place anything aroundthe lower anchors. Also makesure that the seat belt is notcaught in the lower anchors.

WARNING - Tether strapNever mount more than onechild restraint to a single tetheror to a single lower anchoragepoint. The increased loadcaused by multiple seats maycause the tethers anchor orlower anchorage points tobreak, causing serious injury ordeath.

WARNINGA child can be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if thechild restraint is not properlyanchored to the car and thechild is not properly restrainedin the child restraint. Always fol-low the child seat manufactur-er’s instructions for installationand use.

OBK039035


343

Securing a child restraint seatwith child seat lower anchor sys-temSome child seat manufacturersmake child restraint seats that arelabeled as LATCH or LATCH-com-patible child restraint seats. LATCHstands for "Lower Anchors andTethers for Children". These seatsinclude two rigid or webbing mount-ed attachments that connect to twoLATCH anchors at specific seatingpositions in your vehicle. This type ofchild restraint seat eliminates theneed to use seat belts to attach thechild seat in the rear seats.

Child restraint symbols are locatedon the left and right rear seat backsto indicate the position of the loweranchors for child restraints.LATCH anchors have been providedin your vehicle. The LATCH anchorsare located in the left and right out-board rear seating positions. Theirlocations are shown in the illustra-tion.The LATCH anchors are located onthe back of the rear seat cushion ofthe rear seat left and right outboardseating positions.Follow the child seat manufacturer’sinstructions to properly install childrestraint seats with LATCH orLATCH-compatible attachments.

OBK039036 OBK032037ISOFIX Anchor

ISOFIX AnchorPosition Indicator

WARNING - Child restraint anchorage

• Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand onlythose loads imposed by cor-rectly fitted child restraints.Under no circumstances arethey to be used for adult seatbelts or harnesses or forattaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

• The tether strap may not workproperly if attached some-where other than the correcttether anchor.

WARNING - Childrestraint check

Check that the child restraintsystem is secure by pushingand pulling it in different direc-tions. Incorrectly fitted childrestraints may swing, twist, tipor separate causing death orserious injury.

3 35


Once you have installed the LATCHchild restraint, assure that the seat isproperly attached to the LATCH andtether anchors.Also, test the child restraint seatbefore you place the child in it. Tiltthe seat from side to side. Also try totug the seat forward. Check to see ifthe anchors hold the seat in place.

✽✽ NOTICEThe recommended weight for theLATCH system is under 65 lbs (30kg).How to calculate the child restraintweight :Child restraint weight = 65 lbs (30 kg) - Child weight

WARNINGIf the child restraint is notanchored properly, the risk of achild being seriously injured orkilled in a collision greatlyincreases.

WARNING - LATCH loweranchors

LATCH lower anchors are onlyto be used with the left and rightrear outboard seating positions.

WARNING When using the vehicle's"LATCH" system to install achild restraint system in therear seat, all unused vehiclerear seat belt metal latch platesor tabs must be latched secure-ly in their seat belt buckles andthe seat belt webbing must beretracted behind the childrestraint to prevent the childfrom reaching and taking holdof unretracted seat belts.Unlatched metal latch plates ortabs may allow the child toreach the unretracted seat beltswhich may result in strangula-tion and a serious injury ordeath to the child in the childrestraint.

CAUTIONDo not allow the rear seat beltwebbing to get scratched orpinched by the child-seat latchand LATCH anchor during theinstallation.


363

(1) Driver’s front air bag(2) Passenger’s front air bag(3) Side impact air bag(4) Curtain air bag

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

WARNINGEven in vehicles with air bags,you and your passengers mustalways wear the seat belts pro-vided in order to minimize therisk and severity of injury in theevent of a collision or rollover.

OBK032019

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

3 37


How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able to

inflate if necessary) only when theignition switch is turned to the ONor START position.

• Air bags inflate in the event of aserious frontal or side collision inorder to help protect the occupantsfrom serious physical injury.

• There is no single speed at whichthe air bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate based upon the severity of acollision and its direction. Thesetwo factors determine whether thesensors produce an electronicdeployment/ inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and thedensity and stiffness of the vehi-cles or objects which your vehiclehits in the collision. The determin-ing factors are not limited to thosementioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.It is virtually impossible for you tosee the air bags inflate during anaccident.It is much more likely that you willsimply see the deflated air bagshanging out of their storage com-partments after the collision.

• In order to help provide protectionin a severe collision, the air bagsmust inflate rapidly. The speed ofair bag inflation is a consequenceof the extremely short time inwhich a collision occurs and theneed to inflate the air bag betweenthe occupant and the vehicle struc-tures before the occupant impactsthose structures. This speed ofinflation reduces the risk of seriousor life-threatening injuries in asevere collision and is thus a nec-essary part of air bag design.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which can includefacial abrasions, bruises and bro-ken bones because the inflationspeed also causes the air bags toexpand with a great deal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the airbag can cause fatal injuries,especially if the occupant ispositioned excessively close tothe air bag.

WARNING• To avoid severe personal

injury or death caused bydeploying air bags in a colli-sion, the driver should sit asfar back from the steeringwheel air bag as possible (atleast 10 inches (250 mm)away). The front passengersshould always move theirseats as far back as possibleand sit back in their seat.

• Air bags inflate instantly in theevent of collision, and passen-gers may be injured by the airbag expansion force if they arenot in proper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries including facial orbodily abrasions, injuriesfrom broken glasses or burns.


383

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they makea loud noise and they leave smokeand powder in the air inside of thevehicle. This is normal and is a resultof the ignition of the air bag inflator.After the air bag inflates, you mayfeel substantial discomfort in breath-ing due to the contact of your chestwith both the seat belt and the airbag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. Open yourdoors and/or windows as soon aspossible after impact in order toreduce discomfort and preventprolonged exposure to the smokeand powder.Though the smoke and powder arenon-toxic, they may cause irritationto the skin (eyes, nose and throat,etc). If this is the case, wash andrinse with cold water immediatelyand consult a doctor if the symptompersists.

Do not install a child restraint on thefront passenger’s seat.Never place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passenger’sseat. If the air bag deploys, it wouldimpact the rear-facing child restraint,causing serious or fatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facingchild restraints in the front passen-ger’s seat either. If the front passen-ger air bag inflates, it could causeserious or fatal injuries to the child.

1JBH3051

WARNINGWhen the air bags deploy, theair bag related parts in thesteering wheel and/or instru-ment panel and/or in both sidesof the roof rails above the frontand rear doors and in the frontseatbacks are very hot. To pre-vent injury, do not touch the airbag storage area’s internalcomponents immediately afteran air bag has inflated.

3 39


SRS components and func-tionsThe SRS consists of the followingcomponents:1. Driver's front air bag module2. Passenger's front air bag module3. Side impact air bag modules4. Curtain air bag modules5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies6. Air bag warning light7. SRS control module (SRSCM)8. Front impact sensors9. Side impact sensors10. PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF"

indicator (Front passenger’s seatonly)

11. Occupant classification system(Front passenger’s seat only)

The SRSCM continually monitors allSRS components while the ignitionswitch is ON to determine if a crashimpact is severe enough to requireair bag deployment or pre-tensionerseat belt deployment.

OBK039059N

WARNING• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a

rearward facing child restrainton a seat protected by an airbag in front of it!

• Never put a child restraint inthe front passenger’s seat. Ifthe front passenger air baginflates, it can cause seriousor fatal injuries.


403

Air bag warning lightThe SRS air bag warning light " "on the instrument panel will illumi-nate for about 6 seconds after theignition switch is turned to the ONposition, after which the SRS air bagwarning light " " should go out.If any of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunctionof the SRS. Have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect the air bagsystem as soon as possible.• The light does not turn on briefly

when you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating

for approximately 6 seconds.

• The light comes on while the vehi-cle is in motion.

• The light blinks when you turn theignition ON.

The front air bag modules are locat-ed both in the center of the steeringwheel and in the front passenger'spanel above the glove box. When theSRSCM detects a sufficiently severeimpact to the front of the vehicle, itwill automatically deploy the front airbags.

W7-147 B240B01L

Driver’s front air bag (1)

3 41


Upon deployment, tear seams mold-ed directly into the pad covers willseparate under pressure from theexpansion of the air bags. Furtheropening of the covers then allows fullinflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combina-tion with a properly worn seat belt,slows the driver's or the passenger'sforward motion, reducing the risk ofhead and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating,enabling the driver to maintain for-ward visibility and the ability to steeror operate other controls.

B240B02L B240B03L

Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)

WARNING • Do not install or place any

accessories (drink holder, CDholder, sticker, etc.) on the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box in a vehicle with apassenger's air bag. Suchobjects may become danger-ous projectiles and causeinjury if the passenger's air baginflates.

(Continued)

B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag


423

WARNING• If an air bag deploys, there

may be a loud noise followedby a fine dust released in thevehicle. These conditions arenormal and are not hazardous- the air bags are packed in thisfine powder. The dust generat-ed during air bag deploymentmay cause skin or eye irrita-tion as well as aggravate asth-ma for some persons. Alwayswash all exposed skin areasthoroughly with lukewarmwater and a mild soap after anaccident in which the air bagswere deployed.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The SRS can function only

when the ignition switch is inthe ON position. If the SRS airbag warning light " " doesnot illuminate, or continuous-ly remains on after illuminat-ing for about 6 seconds whenthe ignition switch is turned tothe ON position, or after theengine is started, comes onwhile driving, the SRS is notworking properly. If thisoccurs, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Before you replace a fuse ordisconnect a battery terminal,turn the ignition switch to theLOCK position and removethe ignition key. Never removeor replace the air bag relatedfuse(s) when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.Failure to heed this warningwill cause the SRS “AIR BAG”warning light to illuminate.

(Continued)• When installing a container of

liquid air freshener inside thevehicle, do not place it nearthe instrument cluster nor onthe instrument panel surface.It may become a dangerousprojectile and cause injury if thepassenger's air bag inflates.

3 43


Occupant classification sys-temYour vehicle is equipped with anoccupant classification system in thefront passenger's seat.The occupant classification systemis designed to detect the presence ofa properly-seated front passengerand determine if the passenger'sfront air bag should be enabled (mayinflate) or not. The driver's front airbag is not affected or controlled bythe occupant classification system.

Main components of occupantclassification system• A detection device located within

the front passenger seat track.• Electronic system to determine

whether the passenger air bagsystems should be activated ordeactivated.

• A warning light located on theinstrument panel which illuminatesthe words PASSENGER AIR BAG"OFF" indicating the front passen-ger air bag system is deactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag warn-ing light is interconnected with theoccupant classification system.

If the front passenger seat is occu-pied by a person that the systemdetermines to be of adult size, andhe/she sits properly (sitting uprightwith the seatback in an upright posi-tion, centered on the seat cushionwith their seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet on thefloor), the PASSENGER AIR BAG"OFF" indicator will be turned off andthe front passenger's air bag will beable to inflate, if necessary, in frontalcrashes.

You will find the PASSENGER AIRBAG "OFF" indicator on the centerfacia panel. This system detects theconditions 1~4 in the following tableand activates or deactivates the frontpassenger air bag based on theseconditions.

OBK032058N


443

Always be sure that you and all vehi-cle occupants are seated andrestrained properly (sitting upright withthe seat in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion, with theperson's legs comfortably extended,feet on the floor, and wearing the safe-ty belt properly) for the most effectiveprotection by the air bag and the safe-ty belt.• The OCS may not function proper-

ly if the passenger takes actionswhich can affect the detection sys-tem. These include:(1) Failing to sit in an upright posi-

tion.(2) Leaning against the door or

center console.(3) Sitting towards the sides or the

front of the seat.(4) Putting legs on the dashboard

or resting them on other loca-tions which reduce the passen-ger weight on the front seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safetybelt.

(6) Reclining the seat back.

Condition and operation of the front passenger occupant classificationsystem

*1) The system judges a person ofadult size as an adult. When asmaller adult sits in the front pas-senger seat, the system may rec-ognize him/her as a child depend-ing on his/her physique and pos-ture.

*2) Do not allow children to ride in thefront passenger seat. When asmaller child than the same agesits in the front passenger seat,the system may recognizehim/her as an infant depending onhis/her physique or posture.

*3) Never install a child restraint sys-tem on the front passenger seat.

WARNINGRiding in an improper positionor placing weight on the frontpassenger's seat when it isunoccupied by a passengeradversely affects the occupantclassification system (OCS).

(Continued)

Condition detected bythe occupant classifica-

tion system

1. Adult *1

2. Child *2 *3 of about 36

months old and

younger with child

restraint system

3. Unoccupied

4. There is a malfunc-

tion in the system

Off

On

On

Off

Off

Off

Off

On

Activated

Deactivated

Deactivated

Activated

PASSENGER AIR BAG"OFF" indicator light

SRS warning lightFront passenger air

bag

Indicator/Warning light Devices

3 45


1KMN3663

1KMN3664

1KMN3665

- Never sit with hips shiftedtowards the front of the seat.

- Never lean on the the door orcenter console.

- Never sit on one side of thefront passenger seat.

- Never place feet on the dash-board.

OVQ036013N

1KMN3662

- Never put a heavy load in thefront passenger seat or seat-back pocket.

- Never excessively recline thefront passenger seatback.

OVQ036014N

- Never place feet on the frontpassenger seatback.

(Continued)


463

When an adult is seated in the frontpassenger seat, if the PASSENGERAIR BAG "OFF" indicator is on, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCK posi-tion and ask the passenger to sitproperly (sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position, centeredon the seat cushion with their seatbelt on, legs comfortably extendedand their feet on the floor). Restartthe engine and have the personremain in that position for about 30seconds.This will allow the system todetect the person and to enable thepassenger air bag.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF"indicator is still on, ask the passen-ger to move to the rear seat.

✽✽ NOTICEThe PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF"indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-onds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position or afterthe engine is started. If the frontpassenger seat is occupied, the occu-pant classification sensor will thenclassify the front passenger afterseveral more seconds.

B990A01O

WARNINGDo not allow an adult passengerto ride in the front seat when thePASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF"indicator is illuminated becausethe air bag will not deploy in theevent of a crash. If the PASSEN-GER AIR BAG "OFF" indicatorremains illuminated after theadult passenger repositionsthemselves properly and the caris restarted, it is recommendedthat passenger move to the rearseat because the passenger'sfront air bag will not deploy.Front seat passengers muststay properly seated to avoidserious injury from a deployingair bag.

Proper position

3 47


(Continued)• Air bags can only be used

once – have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer replace theair bag immediately afterdeployment.

• A smaller-stature adult who isnot seated correctly (for exam-ple: seat excessively reclined,leaning on the door or centerconsole, or hips shifted for-ward in the seat) can cause acondition where the advancedfrontal air bag system sensesless weight than if the occu-pant were seated properly (sit-ting upright with the seatbackin an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withtheir seat belt on, legs com-fortably extended and theirfeet on the floor).This condition can result in anadult potentially being mis-classified and illumination ofthe PASSENGER AIR BAG"OFF" indicator.

(Continued)• Do not modify or replace the

front passenger seat. Don'tplace anything on or attachanything such as a blanket orseat heater to the front passen-ger seat. This can adverselyaffect the occupant classifica-tion system.

• Do not sit on sharp objectssuch as tools when occupyingthe front passenger seat. Thiscan adversely affect the occu-pant classification system.

• Do not use accessory seat cov-ers on the front seats.

• Accident statistics show thatchildren are safer if they arerestrained in the rear, asopposed to the front seat. It isrecommended that childrestraints be secured in a rearseat, including an infant ridingin a rear-facing infant seat, achild riding in a forward-facingchild seat and an older childriding in a booster seat.

(Continued)

WARNING• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupantclassification system, neverinstall a child restraint systemin the front passenger's seat.A deploying air bag can force-fully strike a child resulting inserious injuries or death. Anychild age 12 and under shouldride in the rear seat. Childrentoo large for child restraintsshould use the availablelap/shoulder belts. No matterwhat type of crash, children ofall ages are safer whenrestrained in the rear seat.

• If the PASSENGER AIR BAG"OFF" indicator is illuminatedwhen the front passenger'sseat is occupied by an adultand he/she sits properly (sit-ting upright with the seatbackin an upright position, centeredon the seat cushion with theirseat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on thefloor), have that person sit inthe rear seat.

(Continued)


483

Driver's and passenger's front airbagYour vehicle is equipped with aSupplemental Restraint (Air Bag)System and lap/shoulder belts at boththe driver and passenger seating posi-tions. The indications of the system'spresence are the letters "SRS AIRBAG" embossed on the air bag padcover in the steering wheel and thepassenger's side front panel pad abovethe glove box.

The SRS consists of air bags installedunder the pad covers in the center ofthe steering wheel and the passenger'sside front panel above the glove box.

The purpose of the SRS is to providethe vehicle's driver and/or the frontpassenger with additional protectionthan that offered by the seat belt sys-tem alone in case of a frontal impactof sufficient severity. The SRS usessensors to gather information aboutthe impact severity.

WARNINGIf the occupant classificationsystem is not working properly,the SRS air bag warning lighton the instrument panel will illu-minate because the passenger'sfront air bag is connected withthe occupant classification sys-tem. If there is a malfunction ofthe occupant classification sys-tem, the PASSENGER AIR BAG"OFF" indicator will not illumi-nate and the passenger's frontair bag will inflate in frontalimpact crashes even if there isno occupant in the front passen-ger's seat. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illuminatewhen the ignition switch isturned to the ON position,remains illuminated after approx-imately 6 seconds when the igni-tion switch is turned to the ONposition, or if it illuminates whilethe vehicle is being driven, havean authorized HYUNDAI dealerinspect the occupant classifica-tion system and the SRS air bagsystem as soon as possible.

OBK032020

Driver’s front air bag

OBK032021

Passenger’s front air bag

3 49


The advanced SRS offers the abilityto control the air bag inflation withintwo levels. A first stage level is pro-vided for moderate-severity impacts.A second stage level is provided formore severe impacts.The front passenger air bag isdesigned to help reduce the injury ofchildren through interaction with thefront passenger air bag by being tooclose to the instrument panel in thelow speed collisions. But children aresafer if they are restrainted in therear seat.

According to the impact severity, theSRSCM (SRS Control Module) con-trols the air bag inflation. Failure toproperly wear seat belts canincrease the risk or severity of injuryin an accident.

Additionally, your vehicle is equippedwith an occupant classification sys-tem in the front passenger's seat.The occupant classification systemdetects the presence of a passengerin the front passenger's seat and willturn off the front passenger's air bagunder certain conditions. For moredetails, see "Occupant classificationsystem" in this section.

✽✽ NOTICE• Be sure to read information about

the SRS on the labels provided onthe sun visor.

• Advanced air bags are combinedwith pre-tensioner seat belts tohelp provide enhanced occupantprotection in frontal crashes.Front air bags are not intended todeploy in collisions in which pro-tection can be provided by the pre-tensioner seat belt.

WARNINGIf you are considering modifica-tion of your vehicle due to a dis-ability, please contact theHyundai Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-633-5151.


503

(Continued)• No objects should be placed

over or near the air bag mod-ules on the steering wheel,instrument panel, and the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box, because any suchobject could cause harm if thevehicle is in a crash severeenough to cause the air bags todeploy.

• Never place covers, blankets orseat warmers on the passengerseat as these may interfere withthe occupant classification sys-tem.

• Do not tamper with or discon-nect SRS wiring or other com-ponents of the SRS system.Doing so could result in injury,due to accidental deployment ofthe air bags or by rendering theSRS inoperative.

• If the SRS air bag warning lightremains illuminated while thevehicle is being driven, have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealerinspect the air bag system assoon as possible.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Front and side air bags can

injure occupants improperlypositioned in the front seats.

• Move your seat as far back aspractical from the front airbags, while still maintainingcontrol of the vehicle.

• You and your passengersshould never sit or leanunnecessarily close to the airbags. Improperly positioneddriver and passengers can beseverely injured by inflatingair bags.

• Never lean against the door orcenter console – always sit inan upright position.

• Do not allow a passenger toride in the front seat when thePASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF"indicator is illuminated,because the air bag will notdeploy in the event of a mod-erate or severe frontal crash.

(Continued)

WARNINGAlways use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, everytime, everyone! Air bags inflatewith considerable force and inthe blink of an eye. Seat beltshelp keep occupants in properposition to obtain maximumbenefit from the air bag. Evenwith advanced air bags, improp-erly belted and unbelted occu-pants can be severely injuredwhen the air bag inflates.Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags andoccupant safety contained inthis manual.To reduce the chance of seriousor fatal injuries and receive themaximum safety benefit fromyour restraint system:• Never place a child in any

child or booster seat in thefront seat.

• ABC – Always BuckleChildren in the back seat. It isthe safest place for children ofany age to ride.

(Continued)

3 51


(Continued)• Air bags can only be used

once – have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer replace theair bag immediately afterdeployment.

• The SRS is designed todeploy the front air bags onlywhen an impact is sufficientlysevere. Additionally, the airbags will only deploy once.Seat belts must be worn at alltimes.

• Front air bags are not intend-ed to deploy in side-impact,rear-impact or rollover crash-es. In addition, front air bagswill not deploy in frontalcrashes below the deploy-ment threshold.

(Continued)

OBK039044

OBK032045L

OBK039050

Rear impact

Side impact

Rollover

(Continued)• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupantclassification system, do notinstall a child restraint systemin the front passenger seatposition. A child restraint sys-tem must never be placed inthe front seat. The infant orchild could be severely injuredor killed by an air bag deploy-ment in case of an accident.

• Children age 12 and undermust always be properlyrestrained in the rear seat.Never allow children to ride inthe front passenger seat. If achild over 12 must be seatedin the front seat, he or shemust be properly belted andthe seat should be moved asfar back as possible.

(Continued)


523

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.

Side impact air bagYour vehicle is equipped with a sideimpact air bag in each front seat. Thepurpose of the air bag is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front pas-senger with additional protection thanthat offered by the seat belt alone.

(Continued)• For maximum safety protec-

tion in all types of crashes, alloccupants including the driv-er should always wear theirseat belts whether or not anair bag is also provided attheir seating position to mini-mize the risk of severe injuryor death in the event of acrash. Do not sit or leanunnecessarily close to the airbag while the vehicle is inmotion.

• Sitting improperly or out ofposition can result in seriousor fatal injury in a crash. Alloccupants should sit uprightwith the seatback in anupright position, centered onthe seat cushion with theirseat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on thefloor until the vehicle isparked and the ignition key isremoved.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The SRS air bag system must

deploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If anoccupant is out of positionbecause of not wearing a seatbelt, the air bag may forcefullycontact the occupant causingserious or fatal injuries.

OBK032022

OBK039038

Front

3 53


The side impact air bags aredesigned to deploy only during cer-tain side-impact collisions, depend-ing on the crash severity, angle,speed and point of impact. The sideimpact air bags are not designed todeploy in all side impact situations.

(Continued)• Use of seat covers could

reduce or prevent the effective-ness of the system.

• Do not install any accessorieson the side or near the sideimpact air bag.

• Do not place any objects overthe air bag or between the airbag and yourself.

• Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) betweenthe door and the seat. Suchobjects may become danger-ous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental sideimpact air bag inflates.

• To prevent unexpected deploy-ment of the side impact air bagthat may result in personalinjury, avoid impact to the sideimpact sensor when the igni-tion switch is on.

• If the seat or seat cover is dam-aged, have the vehicle checkedand repaired by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer because yourvehicle is equipped with sideimpact air bags and an occu-pant classification system.

WARNING• The side impact air bag is sup-

plemental to the driver’s andthe front passenger’s seat beltsystems and is not a substi-tute for them. Therefore yourseat belts must be worn at alltimes while the vehicle is inmotion. The air bags deployonly in certain side impactconditions severe enough tocause significant injury to thevehicle occupants.

• For best protection from theside impact air bag systemand to avoid being injured bythe deploying side impact airbag, all seat occupants shouldsit in an upright position withthe seat belt properly fas-tened. The driver's handsshould be placed on the steer-ing wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00positions. The passenger'arms and hands should beplaced on their laps.

• Do not use any accessory seatcovers.

(Continued)


543

❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.

Curtain air bagCurtain air bags are located alongboth sides of the roof rails above thedoors.They are designed to help protectthe heads of the front seat occupantsin certain side impact collisions.

The curtain air bags are designed todeploy only during certain sideimpact collisions, depending on thecrash severity, angle, speed andimpact. The curtain air bags are notdesigned to deploy in all side impactsituations, collisions from the front orrear of the vehicle or in most rolloversituations.

WARNING• In order for side and curtain

air bags to provide the bestprotection, both front seatoccupants should sit in anupright position with the seatbelts properly fastened.Children should sit in a prop-er child restraint system in therear seat.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not allow the passengers

to lean their heads or bodiesonto doors, put their arms onthe doors, stretch their armsout of the window, or placeobjects between the doorsand passengers when they areseated on seats equipped withside and/or curtain air bags.

• Never try to open or repair anycomponents of the side cur-tain air bag system. Thisshould only be done by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Failure to follow the aboveinstructions can result in injuryor death to the vehicle occu-pants in an accident.

OBK039039

OBK039040

3 55


Why didn’t my air bag go off in acollision? (Airbags are notdesigned to inflate in every colli-sion.)There are certain types of acci-dents in which the air bag wouldnot be expected to provide addi-tional protection to the vehiclesoccupants.These include rear impacts, sec-ond or third collisions in multipleimpact accidents, as well as lowspeed impacts.

Air bag collision sensors(1) SRS control module(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor (4) Side impact sensor

OBK032023L/OBK032024/OBK032025L/OBK039054/OBK039055

1 2 3 4


563

Air bag inflation conditionsFront air bags

Front air bags are designed to inflatein moderate to severe frontal colli-sions within a limited range ofangles. The impact forces measuredby the front impact sensors and SRScontrol module determine whether ornot to inflate the front airbags.

WARNING• Do not hit or allow any objects

to impact the locations whereair bags or sensors areinstalled.This may cause unexpectedair bag deployment, whichcould result in serious per-sonal injury or death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is alteredin any way, the air bags maydeploy when they should notor they may not deploy whenthey should, causing severeinjury or death.Therefore, do not try to per-form maintenance on oraround the air bag sensors.Have the vehicle checked andrepaired by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Problems may arise if the sen-

sor installation angles arechanged due to the deforma-tion of the front bumper, bodyor B and C pillars where sidecollision sensors areinstalled. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Your vehicle has beendesigned to absorb impactand deploy the air bag(s) incertain collisions. Installingbumper guards or replacing abumper with non-genuineparts may adversely affectyour vehicle’s collision and airbag deployment performance.

OBK039041

3 57


Side impact and curtain air bags

Side impact and curtain air bags aregenerally designed to inflate in mod-erate to severe side collisions. Theimpact forces measured by the sideimpact sensors and SRS controlmodule determine whether or not toinflate the side impact airbags.Although the front air bags (driver’sand front passenger’s air bags) aredesigned to inflate only in frontal col-lisions, they also may inflate in othertypes of collisions if the front impactsensors detect a sufficient impact.Side impact and curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate only in sideimpact collisions, but they may inflatein other collisions if the side impactsensors detect a sufficient impact.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimprovedroads, the air bags may deploy. Drivecarefully on unimproved roads or onsurfaces not designed for vehicletraffic to prevent unintended air bagdeployment.

Air bag non-inflation conditions• In certain low-speed collisions the

air bags may not deploy. The airbags are designed not to deploy insuch cases because they may notprovide occupants protectionbeyond the protection of the seatbelts in such collisions.

OBK039043

OBK032045L

OBK039040

OBK039038


583

• Frontal air bags are not designedto inflate in rear collisions, becauseoccupants are moved backward bythe force of the impact. In thiscase, inflated air bags would not toprovide additional occupant pro-tection.

• Front air bags are not designed toinflate in side impact collisions,because frontal air bag deploy-ment would not provide additionaloccupant protection.

• In an angular collision, the force ofimpact may direct the occupants ina direction where the air bagswould not provide additional occu-pant protection, and thus the sen-sors may not deploy any air bags.

OBK039046OBK032045LOBK039044

3 59


• Frontal airbags may not inflate in"under-ride" collisions where thecollision energy is absorbed abovethe vehicle's front bumper.

• Side impact and curtain air bagsmay not inflate in a rollover acci-dent unless the side of the vehicleis struck with sufficient force tocause air bag inflation to occur.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehi-cle collides with objects such as autility pole or tree, where the pointof impact is concentrated and thecollision energy is absorbed by thevehicle structure.

OBK039047 OBK039050 OBK032049L


603

SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-free and there are no parts you cansafely service by yourself. If the SRSair bag warning light " " does notilluminate, when you turn the ignitionon, or continuously remains on, haveyour vehicle immediately inspectedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, suchas removing, installing, repairing, orany work on the steering wheel, thefront passenger's panel, front seatsand roof rails must be performed byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.Improper handling of the SRS sys-tem may result in serious personalinjury.

WARNING• Modification to SRS compo-

nents or wiring, including theaddition of any kind of badgesto the pad covers or modifica-tions to the body structure,can adversely affect SRS per-formance and lead to possibleinjury.

• For cleaning the air bag padcovers, use only a soft, drycloth or one which has beenmoistened with plain water.Solvents or cleaners couldadversely affect the air bagcovers and proper deploy-ment of the system.

• No objects should be placedover or near the air bag mod-ules on the steering wheel,instrument panel, and thefront passenger's panel abovethe glove box, because anysuch object could cause harmif the vehicle is in a crashsevere enough to cause theair bags to inflate.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the air bags inflate, they

must be replaced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not tamper with or discon-nect SRS wiring, or othercomponents of the SRS sys-tem. Doing so could result ininjury, due to accidental infla-tion of the air bags or by ren-dering the SRS inoperative.

• If components of the air bagsystem must be discarded, orif the vehicle must bescrapped, certain safety pre-cautions must be observed.An authorized HYUNDAI deal-er knows these precautionsand can give you the neces-sary information. Failure tofollow these precautions andprocedures could increasethe risk of personal injury.

• If your car was flooded andhas soaked carpeting or wateron the flooring, you shouldn'ttry to start the engine; havethe car towed to an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

3 61


Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupantsshould sit upright, fully back in theirseats with their seat belts on andtheir feet on the floor.

• Passengers should not moveout of or change seats while thevehicle is moving. A passengerwho is not wearing a seat belt dur-ing a crash or emergency stop canbe thrown against the inside of thevehicle, against other occupants,or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If morethan one person uses the sameseat belt, they could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision.

• Do not use any accessories onseat belts. Devices claiming toimprove occupant comfort or repo-sition the seat belt can reduce theprotection provided by the seat beltand increase the chance of seriousinjury in a crash.

• Passengers should not placehard or sharp objects betweenthemselves and the air bags.Carrying hard or sharp objects onyour lap or in your mouth can resultin injuries if an air bag inflates.

• Keep occupants away from theair bag covers. All occupantsshould sit upright, fully back in theirseats with their seat belts on andtheir feet on the floor. If occupantsare too close to the air bag covers,they could be injured if the air bagsinflate.

• Do not attach or place objectson or near the air bag covers.Any object attached to or placedon the front or side air bag coverscould interfere with the properoperation of the air bags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seatscould interfere with the operation ofthe supplemental restraint systemsensing components or side airbags.

• Do not place items under thefront seats. Placing items underthe front seats could interfere withthe operation of the supplementalrestraint system sensing compo-nents and wiring harnesses.

• Never hold an infant or child onyour lap. The infant or child couldbe seriously injured or killed in theevent of a crash. All infants and chil-dren should be properly restrainedin appropriate child safety seats orseat belts in the rear seat.


623

Adding equipment to or modifyingyour air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by chang-ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys-tem, front end or side sheet metal orride height, this may affect the oper-ation of your vehicle's air bag sys-tem.

WARNING• Sitting improperly or out of

position can cause occupantsto be shifted too close to adeploying air bag, strike theinterior structure or be thrownfrom the vehicle resulting inserious injury or death.

• Always sit upright with theseatback in an upright posi-tion, centered on the seatcushion with your seat belton, legs comfortably extendedand your feet on the floor.

3 63


OBK032027L/OBK039029

Air bag warning labelsAir bag warning labels, some required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), areattached to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system.

(if equipped)

(if equipped)

Features of your vehicle

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3• Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3• Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6• Smart key functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6• Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8• Door lock/unlock in an emergency situation . . . . . . 4-10

Remote keyless entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11• Remote keyless entry system operations. . . . . . . . . . 4-11• Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

• Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16• Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18• Speed sensing door lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33

• Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33• Tilt and telescope steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34• Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35• Outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44

Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45• Instrument panel illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46• LCD display

- Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49- User settings mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53- LCD display warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56

• Instrument cluster warning and indicators . . . . . . . 4-61Multi gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71Rear parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73Parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76Rear camera display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80Hazard warning flasher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81

4

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82• Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82• Headlight (Headlamp) escort function . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82• Headlight (Headlamp) welcome function . . . . . . . . . 4-82• Daytime running light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83• Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83• High beam operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85• Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85• Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86

Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89

• Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89• Trunk room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90• Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90• Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90

Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92Automatic climate control system. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . 4-114Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120

• Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121

Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121• Cigarette lighter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121• Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122• Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123• Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123• Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124• Digital clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124• Outside thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125• Floor mat anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125• Luggage net (holder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126• Aux, USB and iPod® port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127

Audio system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128• Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128• Steering wheel audio control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129• Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145• Bluetooth® wireless technology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-178

4


4 3


Record your key numberThe key code number is stamped orprinted on the key code tag attachedto the key set. Should you lose yourkeys, this number will enable anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer to dupli-cate the keys easily. Remove the keycode tag and store it in a safe place.Also, record the key code numberand keep it in a safe place (not in thevehicle).

Key operationsUsed only to start the engine andlock and unlock the door.

KEYS

WARNING - Ignition key(Smart key)

Leaving children unattended ina vehicle with the ignition key(smart key) is dangerous even ifthe key is not in the ignitionswitch or the ENGINESTART/STOP button is ACC orON position. Children copyadults and they could place thekey in the ignition switch orpress the ENGINE START/STOPbutton. The ignition key (smartkey) would enable children tooperate power windows orother controls, or even makethe vehicle move, which couldresult in serious bodily injury oreven death. Never leave thekeys in your vehicle with unsu-pervised children, when theEngine is running.

WARNINGUse only HYUNDAI originalparts for the ignition key in yourvehicle. If an aftermarket key isused, the ignition switch maynot return to ON after START. Ifthis happens, the starter willcontinue to operate causingdamage to the starter motorand possible fire due to exces-sive current in the wiring.OBK049113N


44

Immobilizer system (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with anelectronic engine immobilizer systemto reduce the risk of unauthorizedvehicle use.Your immobilizer system is com-prised of a small transponder in theignition key and electronic devicesinside the vehicle.With the immobilizer system, when-ever you insert your ignition key intothe ignition switch and turn it to ON,it checks and determines and verifiesthat the ignition key is valid.If the key is determined to be valid,the engine will start.

If the key is determined to be invalid,the engine will not start.

To deactivate the immobilizersystem:Insert the ignition key into the keycylinder and turn it to the ON position.

To activate the immobilizer sys-tem:Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi-tion. The immobilizer system acti-vates automatically. Without a validignition key for your vehicle, theengine will not start.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not usethe key with other immobilizer keysaround. Otherwise the engine maynot start or may stop soon after itstarts. Keep each key separate inorder to avoid a starting malfunc-tion.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you need additional keys or loseyour keys, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

WARNINGIn order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keysanywhere in your vehicle. YourImmobilizer password is a cus-tomer unique password andshould be kept confidential. Donot leave this number anywherein your vehicle.

OHD046100

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessoriesnear the ignition switch.Metal accessories may interruptthe transponder signal and mayprevent the engine from beingstarted.

4 5


This device complies with Part 15of the FCC rules.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1. This device may not cause harm-

ful interference, and 2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesiredoperation.

CAUTIONThe transponder in your ignitionkey is an important part of theimmobilizer system. It isdesigned to give years of trou-ble-free service, however youshould avoid exposure to mois-ture, static electricity and roughhandling. Immobilizer systemmalfunction could occur.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjustthe immobilizer system becauseit could cause the immobilizersystem to malfunction andshould only be serviced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.Malfunctions caused by improp-er alterations, adjustments ormodifications to the immobilizersystem are not covered by yourvehicle manufacturer warranty.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliancecould void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment. If thekeyless entry system is inoper-ative due to changes or modifi-cations not expressly approvedby the party responsible forcompliance, it will not be cov-ered by your manufacturer’svehicle warranty.


64

SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)

With a smart key, you can lock orunlock a door and even start theengine without inserting the key.The functions of the buttons on asmart key are similar to the remotekeyless entry. (Refer to the “Remotekeyless entry” in this section.)

Smart key functionsWith the smart key, you can lock andunlock the vehicle doors, and thesmart key enables starting of theengine as well. Detailed informationfollows:

Locking Pressing the button of the outsidedoor handles with all doors closedand any door unlocked, locks all thedoors. The hazard warning lightsblink and the chime sounds once toindicate that all doors are locked.Thebutton will only operate when thesmart key is within 28~40 in. (0.7~1m) from the outside door handle. Ifyou want to make sure that a doorhas locked or not, you should checkthe door lock button inside the vehi-cle or pull the outside door handle.

Even though you press the outsidedoor handle buttons, the doors willnot lock and the chime will sound for3 seconds if any of following occur:• The smart key is in the vehicle.• The ignition switch is in ACC or ON

position.• Any door except the trunk is open.

OYF049211 OBK049002

4 7


Unlocking Pressing the button of the driver’soutside door handle with all doorsclosed and locked, unlocks the dri-ver’s door. The hazard warning lightsblink and the chime sounds twice toindicate that the driver’s door isunlocked. All doors are unlocked ifthe button is pressed once morewithin 4 seconds. The hazard warn-ing lights will blink and the chime willsound twice to indicate that all doorsare unlocked.Pressing the button of the front pas-senger’s outside door handle with alldoors closed and locked, unlocks alldoors. The hazard warning lightsblink and the chime sounds once toindicate that all doors are unlocked.The button will only operate whenthe smart key is within 28~40 in.(0.7~1 m) from the outside door han-dle.When the smart key is recognized inthe area of 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) fromthe front outside door handle, otherpeople can also open the doors with-out possession of the smart key.

Start-upYou can start the engine withoutinserting the key. For detailed infor-mation refer to the “Engine start/stopbutton” in section 5.

Smart key precautions✽✽ NOTICE• If, for some reason, you happen to

lose your smart key, you will notbe able to start the engine. Towthe vehicle, if necessary, and con-tact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• A maximum of 2 smart keys canbe registered to a single vehicle. Ifyou lose a smart key, you shouldimmediately take the vehicle andkey to your authorized HYUNDAIdealer to protect it from potentialtheft.

• The smart key will not work if anyof following occur:- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio sta-tion or an airport which caninterfere with normal operationof the smart key.

- You keep the smart key near amobile two-way radio system ora cellular phone.

- Another vehicle’s smart key isbeing operated close to yourvehicle.

(Continued)


84

(Continued)When the smart key does not workcorrectly, open and close the doorwith the mechanical key. If youhave a problem with the smartkey, contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• If the smart key is in close proxim-ity to your cell phone or smartphone, the signal from the smartkey could be blocked by normaloperation of your cell phone orsmart phone. This is especiallyimportant when the phone isactive such as making call, receiv-ing calls, text messaging, and/orsending/ receiving emails. Avoidplacing the smart key and yourcell phone or smart phone in thesame pants or jacket pocket andmaintain adequate distancebetween the two devices.




Battery replacementA smart key battery should last forseveral years, but if the smart key isnot working properly, try replacingthe battery with a new one. If you areunsure how to use your smart key orreplace the battery, contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONKeep the smart key away fromwater or any liquid and fire. Ifthe inside of the smart key getsdamp (due to drinks or mois-ture), or is heated, internal cir-cuit may malfunction, excludingthe car from the warranty.

CAUTIONChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliancecould void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment. If thekeyless entry system is inopera-tive due to changes or modifica-tions not expressly approved bythe party responsible for com-pliance, it will not be covered byyour manufacturer’s vehiclewarranty.

4 9


1. Insert a slim tool into the slot andgently pry open the cover.

2. Replace the battery with a newbattery (CR2032). When replacingthe battery, make sure the batteryposition.

3. Install the battery in the reverseorder of removal.

• The smart key is designed to giveyou years of trouble-free use, how-ever it can malfunction if exposedto moisture or static electricity. Ifyou are unsure how to use orreplace the battery, contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Using the wrong battery can causethe smart key to malfunction. Besure to use the correct battery.

• If you suspect that your smart keymight have sustained some dam-age, or you feel your smart key isnot working correctly, contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• An inappropriately disposed bat-tery can be harmful to the environ-ment and human health. Disposethe battery according to your locallaw(s) or regulation.

OHG040009OHG041215A

Front Cover

Battery

Rear Cover

CAUTION - Smart keydamage

Do not drop, get wet or exposethe smart key to heat or sun-light, or it will be damaged.


104

✽✽ NOTICE• Using the wrong battery can cause

the smart key to malfunction. Besure to use the correct battery.

• Circuits inside the smart key maydevelop problems when dropped,exposed to moisture or static elec-tricity.

• If you suspect that your smart keymight have sustained some dam-age, or you feel your smart key isnot working correctly, contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Door lock/unlock in an emer-gency situationIf the smart key does not operatenormally, you can lock or unlock thedoors by using the mechanical key.1.Depress and hold the release but-

ton (1) and remove the mechanicalkey (2).To reinstall the mechanical key, putthe key into the hole and push ituntil a click sound is heard.

2. Turn the key toward the rear of thevehicle to unlock and toward thefront of the vehicle to lock.

OYF049212 OBK049003

WARNINGAn inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful to theenvironment and human health.Dispose the battery according toyour local law(s) or regulation.

4 11


Remote keyless entry systemoperationsLock (1)All doors are locked if the lock buttonis pressed.If all doors are closed, the hazardwarning lights blink (and the chimesounds (if equipped)) once to indi-cate that all doors are locked.

However, if any door (or trunk)remains open, the hazard warninglights (and the chime (if equipped))will not operate. If all doors (andtrunk) are closed after the lock buttonis pressed, the hazard warning lightsblink.

Unlock (2) The driver's door is unlocked if theunlock button is pressed once. Thehazard warning lights will blink (andthe chime sounds (if equipped))twice to indicate that the driver's dooris unlocked.All doors are unlocked if the unlockbutton is pressed once more within 4seconds. The hazard warning lightswill blink (and the chime will sound (ifequipped)) twice again to indicatethat all doors are unlocked.After depressing this button, thedoors will be locked automaticallyunless you open any door within 30seconds.

✽✽ NOTICEYou can change the system to unlockall doors by one pressing the unlockbutton (Central Door Unlock Mode).Unlock mode can be switchedbetween Two Stage Unlock Modeand Central Door Unlock Mode asfollows:Press the lock button (1) and unlockbutton (2) at the same time for 5 sec-onds or more. The hazard warninglights will blink four times.

Trunk unlock (3)The trunk is unlocked if the button ispressed for more than 1 second.Also, once the trunk is opened andthen closed, the trunk will be lockedautomatically.

Panic (4)The horn sounds and hazard warn-ing lights flash for about 30 secondsif this button is pressed for more than0.5 second. To stop the horn andlights, press any button on the trans-mitter (or the smart key).

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY

OBK049114N

OYF049213

■ Type A

■ Type B


124

Transmitter precautions✽✽ NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if anyof the following occur:• The ignition key is in ignition

switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 90 feet [30 m]).• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio stationor an airport which can interferewith normal operation of thetransmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the doorwith the ignition key. If you have aproblem with the transmitter, contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the transmitter is in close prox-

imity to your cell phone or smartphone, the signal from the trans-mitter could be blocked by normaloperation of your cell phone orsmart phone. This is especiallyimportant when the phone is activesuch as making call, receivingcalls, text messaging, and/or send-ing/receiving emails. Avoid placingthe transmitter and your cellphone or smart phone in the samepants or jacket pocket and main-tain adequate distance between thetwo devices.




CAUTIONKeep the transmitter away fromwater or any liquid and fire. Ifthe inside of the transmittergets damp (due to drinks ormoisture), or is heated, internalcircuit may malfunction, exclud-ing the car from the warranty.

CAUTIONChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliancecould void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment. If thekeyless entry system is inopera-tive due to changes or modifica-tions not expressly approved bythe party responsible for com-pliance, it will not be covered byyour manufacturer’s vehiclewarranty.

4 13


Battery replacementThe transmitter uses a 3 volt lithiumbattery which will normally last forseveral years. When replacement isnecessary, use the following proce-dure.1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and

gently pry open the transmittercenter cover.

2. Replace the battery with a newbattery (CR2032). When replacingthe battery, make sure the batteryposition.

3. Install the battery in the reverseorder of removal.

For replacement transmitters, see anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer fortransmitter reprogramming.

CAUTION• The keyless entry system

transmitter is designed to giveyou years of trouble-free use,however it can malfunction ifexposed to moisture or staticelectricity. If you are unsurehow to use your transmitter orreplace the battery, contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Using the wrong battery cancause the transmitter to mal-function. Be sure to use thecorrect battery.

• To avoid damaging the trans-mitter, don't drop it, get it wet,or expose it to heat or sunlight.

WARNINGAn inappropriately disposed bat-tery can be harmful to the envi-ronment and human health.Dispose the battery according toyour local law(s) or regulation.

ONF048120 HNF2005


144

This system is designed to provideprotection from unauthorized entryinto the car. This system is operatedin three stages: the first is the"Armed" stage, the second is the"Theft-alarm" stage, and the third isthe "Disarmed" stage. If triggered,the system provides an audiblealarm with blinking of the hazardwarning lights.

Armed stagePark the car and stop the engine.Arm the system as described below.1. Remove the ignition key from the

ignition switch or turn off theengine.

2. Make sure that all doors, theengine hood and trunk lid areclosed and latched.

3. • Lock the doors by depressing thedoor lock button on the transmit-ter (or smart key).After completion of the stepsabove, the hazard warning lightswill blink once to indicate that thesystem is armed.If any door, trunk lid or enginehood remains open, the hazardwarning lights won’t operate andtheft-alarm will not arm. After this,if all doors, trunk lid and enginehood are closed, the hazardwarning lights blink once.

• Lock the doors by pressing thebutton in the front outside doorhandles with the smart key inyour possession.After completion of the stepsabove, the hazard warning lightswill blink once to indicate that thesystem is armed.If any door, trunk lid or enginehood remains open, the hazardwarning lights won’t operate andtheft-alarm will not arm. To armthe system close all the doors,trunk lid and engine hood, and tryagain to lock the doors.

Do not arm the system until allpassengers have left the vehicle. Ifthe system is armed while a pas-senger(s) remains in the vehicle,the alarm may be activated whenthe remaining passenger(s) leavethe vehicle. If any door (or trunk)or engine hood is opened within30 seconds after the systementers the armed stage, the sys-tem is disarmed to prevent anunnecessary alarm.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

Armed

stage

Theft-alarm

stage

Disarmed

stage

4 15


Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any ofthe following occurs while the systemis armed.• A door is opened without using the

transmitter (or smart key).• The trunk is opened without using

the transmitter (or smart key).• The engine hood is opened.The horn will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuouslyfor approximately 30 seconds, andthe alarm will repeat once moreunless the system is disarmed. Toturn off the system, unlock the doorswith the ignition key or transmitter.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the trunk is opened by using thetransmitter (or smart key), thealarm will not be activated, butdoors, hood, and ignition switchkeep arming condition. Once thetrunk is opened and then closed, thetrunk will be locked and armedautomatically.

Disarmed stageThe system will be disarmed whenthe doors are unlocked with thetransmitter (or smart key).After depressing the unlock button,the hazard warning lights will blinkand the chime will sound twice toindicate that the system is disarmed.After depressing the unlock button, ifany door is not opened within 30seconds, the system will be rearmed.

✽✽ NOTICE• Avoid trying to start the engine

while the alarm is activated. Thevehicle starter motor is disabledduring the theft-alarm stage.If the system is not disarmed withthe transmitter, insert the key intothe ignition switch, turn the igni-tion switch to the ON position andwait for 30 seconds. Then the sys-tem will be disarmed. (if equipped)

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjustthe theft-alarm system becauseit could cause the theft-alarmsystem to malfunction. The sys-tem should only be serviced byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.Malfunctions caused by improp-er alterations, adjustments ormodifications to the theft-alarmsystem are not covered by yourvehicle manufacturer warranty.


164

Security indicator (if equipped)When you arm the system, the secu-rity indicator (1) turns on for about 30seconds. After then, the security indi-cator blinks continuously.When you disarm the system andturn the ignition switch to the ACC orON position, the security indicatorturns off. Operating door locks from

outside the vehicle • Turn the key toward the rear of the

vehicle to unlock and toward thefront of the vehicle to lock.

• If you lock the door with a key, allvehicle doors will lock automatically.

• From the driver’s door, turn the keyto the right once to unlock the dri-ver’s door and once more within 4seconds to unlock all doors.

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter (orsmart key).

• If the smart key does not operatenormally, you can lock or unlockthe door by using the mechanicalkey. Depress and hold the releasebutton(1) and remove the mechan-ical key(2).

• Once the doors are unlocked, theymay be opened by pulling the doorhandle.

• When closing the door, push thedoor by hand. Make sure thatdoors are closed securely.

DOOR LOCKS

OBK049133N

OBK049003N

OYF049212

if equipped

■ Type A

■ Type B

LocLockk

LocLockk

UnlocUnlockk

UnlocUnlockk

4 17


✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door

locks and door mechanisms maynot work properly due to freezingconditions.

• If the door is locked/unlockedmultiple times in rapid successionwith either the vehicle key or doorlock switch, the system may stopoperating temporarily in order toprotect the circuit and preventdamage to system components.

• If you open the door when the win-dow is closed completely, the win-dow will go down slightly. If youclose the door when the window isclosed completely, the window willgo up slightly. It is to reduce the airflow noiseand prevent water leakage by clos-ing the door completely.Mechanical noise may be heardwhen you close and open the door,but this condition is normal.

• To lock a door without the key,push the inside door lock button (1)or central door lock switch (2) tothe “Lock” position and close thedoor (3).

• If you lock the door with the centraldoor lock switch (2), all vehicledoors will lock automatically.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways remove the ignition key, firm-ly engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.

OBK042004

WARNING• If you don't close the door

securely, the door may openagain.

• Be careful that someone'sbody and hands are nottrapped when closing thedoor.


184

Operating door locks frominside the vehicleWith the door lock button• To unlock a door, push the door

lock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi-tion. The red mark (2) on the doorlock button will be visible.

• To lock a door, push the door lockbutton (1) to the “Lock” position. Ifthe door is locked properly, the redmark (2) on the door lock buttonwill not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door han-dle (3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the dri-ver’s (or front passenger’s) door ispulled when the door lock button isin lock position, the button isunlocked and door opens.

• Doors cannot be locked if the igni-tion key is in the ignition switch (orif the smart key is in the vehicle)and any door is open.

With central door lock switchOperate by depressing the centraldoor lock switch.• When pushing down on the right

portion (1) of the switch for thedriver or the left portion (3) of theswitch for the front passenger, allvehicle doors will lock.

OBK049005

Lock Unlock

WARNING - Door lockmalfunction

If a power door lock ever fails tofunction while you are in thevehicle, try one or more of thefollowing techniques to exit:• Operate the door unlock fea-

ture repeatedly (both electron-ic and manual) while simulta-neously pulling on the doorhandle.

• Operate the other door locksand handles.

• Lower a front window and usethe key to unlock the doorfrom outside.

OBK049006N

Driver’s door

OBK049136N

Passenger’s door

4 19


• When pushing down on the leftportion (2) of the switch for thedriver or the right portion (4) of theswitch for the front passenger, allvehicle doors will unlock.

• If the key is in the ignition switch orthe smart key is in the vehicle, andany door is open, the doors will notlock when the central door lockswitch is pressed.

Speed sensing door lock sys-tem (if equipped)Type AAll doors will be automatically lockedwhen the vehicle speed exceeds 24mph.

Type BAll doors will be automatically lockedwhen the vehicle speed exceeds 9mph.

And all doors will be automaticallyunlocked after you turn the engine offor when you remove the ignition key.(if equipped)

✽✽ NOTICEAn authorized HYUNDAI dealercan change the speed of the speedsensing door lock system fromapproximately 12 mph to approxi-mately 25 mph or disable the sys-tem.

WARNING - Unlockedvehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlockedcan invite theft or possible harmto you or others from someonehiding in your vehicle while youare gone. Always remove theignition key, engage the parkingbrake, close all windows andlock all doors when leavingyour vehicle unattended.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle canbecome extremely hot, causingdeath or severe injury to unat-tended children or animals whocannot escape the vehicle.Furthermore, children mightoperate features of the vehiclethat could injure them, or theycould encounter other harm,possibly from someone gainingentry to the vehicle. Never leavechildren or animals unattendedin your vehicle.

WARNING - Doors• The doors should always be

fully closed and locked whilethe vehicle is in motion to pre-vent accidental opening of thedoor. Locked doors will alsodiscourage potential intruderswhen the vehicle stops orslows.

• Be careful when openingdoors and watch for vehicles,motorcycles, bicycles orpedestrians approaching thevehicle in the path of the door.Opening a door when some-thing is approaching cancause damage or injury.


204

TRUNK

Opening the trunk• To open the trunk, press the trunk

unlock button on the transmitter formore than 1 second (or smart key).

• To open the trunk from inside thevehicle, pull the trunk lid releaselever.

• If the trunk is unlocked, it can beopened by pulling the trunk lid up.

• Once the trunk is opened and thenclosed, the trunk is locked auto-matically.

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, door locksand door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

Closing the trunkTo close the trunk, lower and pushdown the trunk lid, until it locks. To besure the trunk lid is securely fastened,always check by trying to pull it up.

OBK049007

CAUTIONMake certain that you close thetrunk before driving your vehi-cle. Possible damage may occurto the trunk lift cylinders andattached hardware if the trunk isnot closed prior to driving.

WARNINGMake sure no objects or peopleare near the rear of the vehiclewhen opening the trunk.

WARNINGThe trunk lid should be alwayskept completely closed whilethe vehicle is in motion. If it isleft open or ajar, poisonousexhaust gases may enter thecar and serious illness or deathmay result.

4 21


Emergency trunk safetyreleaseYour vehicle is equipped with anemergency trunk release cable locat-ed inside the trunk. The lever glowsin the dark when the trunk lid isclosed. If someone is inadvertentlylocked in the trunk, pulling this han-dle will release the trunk latch mech-anism and open the trunk.

OBK042008

WARNING• No one should be allowed to

occupy the trunk of the vehi-cle at any time. If the trunk ispartially or totally latched andthe person is unable to getout, severe injury or deathcould occur due to lack ofventilation, exhaust fumesand rapid heat build-up, orbecause of exposure to coldweather conditions. The trunkis also a highly dangerouslocation in the event of acrash because it is not a pro-tected occupant space but isa part of the vehicle’s crushzone.

• Your vehicle should be keptlocked and keys be kept out ofthe reach of children. Parentsshould teach their childrenabout the dangers of playingin trunks.


224

(1) Driver’s door power window switch(2) Front passenger’s door power

window switch(3) Window opening and closing(4) Automatic power window

up/down

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, power win-dows may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

WINDOWS

OBK049009N

4 23


Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to oper-ate.Each door has a power windowswitch that controls the door's win-dow. The power windows can beoperated for approximately 30 sec-onds after the ignition key is removedor turned to the ACC or LOCK posi-tion. However, if the doors open, thepower windows cannot be operatedwithin the 30 second period afterignition key is removed or turned tothe ACC or LOCK position.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile driving with the sunroof in anopen (or partially open) position,your vehicle may demonstrate awind buffeting or pulsation noise.This noise is a normal occurrenceand can be reduced or eliminated byslightly reducing the size of the sun-roof opening.

Window opening and closingThe driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all thewindows in the vehicle.To open or close a window, pressdown or pull up the front portion ofthe corresponding switch to the firstdetent position (3).

Auto up/down window(if equipped)Depressing or pulling up the powerwindow switch momentarily to thesecond detent position (4) complete-ly lowers or lifts the window evenwhen the switch is released. To stopthe window at the desired positionwhile the window is in operation,momentarily pull the switch in thedirection opposite of the window’smovement.OBK049138N


244

If the power window is not operatedcorrectly, the automatic power win-dow system must be reset as follows:1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON

position.2. Open the window fully by manual

down(press the front portion of theswitch to the first detent position.).

3. Turn the ignition switch to the OFFposition and to the ON positionagain within 2 seconds.

4. Press the front portion of theswitch 3 times within 5 seconds.

5. Close the window and continuepulling up on the power windowswitch for at least 1 second afterthe window is completely closed.

Automatic reversal

If the upward movement of the windowis blocked by an object or part of thebody, the window will detect the resist-ance and will stop upward movement.The window will then lower approxi-mately 11.8 in. (30 cm) to allow theobject to be cleared.If the window detects the resistancewhile the power window switch ispulled up continuously, the window willstop upward movement then lowerapproximately 1 in. (2.5 cm). And if thepower window switch is pulled up con-tinuously again within 5 seconds afterthe window is lowered by the automat-ic window reversal feature, the auto-matic window reversal will not operate.

✽✽ NOTICEThe automatic reverse feature forthe driver’s and front passenger’swindows are only active when the“auto up” feature is used by fullypulling up the switch. The automat-ic reverse feature will not operate ifthe window is raised using thehalfway position on the power win-dow switch.

WARNING Always check for obstructionsbefore raising any window toavoid injuries or vehicle damage.If an object less than 0.16 in. (4mm) in diameter is caughtbetween the window glass andthe upper window channel, theautomatic reverse window maynot detect the resistance and willnot stop and reverse direction.

OBK049095

4 25


CAUTION• To prevent possible damage

to the power window system,do not open or close two win-dows or more at the sametime. This will also ensure thelongevity of the fuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's doorand the individual door win-dow switch in opposing direc-tions at the same time. If thisis done, the window will stopand cannot be opened orclosed.

WARNING - Windows• Never leave the keys in your

vehicle with unsupervisedchildren, when the Engine isrunning.

• NEVER leave any child unat-tended in the vehicle. Evenvery young children may inad-vertently cause the vehicle tomove, entangle themselves inthe windows, or otherwiseinjure themselves or others.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, headand other obstructions aresafely out of the way beforeclosing a window.

• Do not allow children to playwith the power windows. Keepthe driver’s door power win-dow lock switch in the LOCKposition (depressed). Seriousinjury can result from uninten-tional window operation bythe child.

• Do not extend a face or armsoutside through the windowopening while driving.


264

Opening the hood 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch

the hood. The hood should popopen slightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raisethe hood slightly, push the second-ary latch (1) inside of the hoodcenter and lift the hood (2).

3. Raise the hood. It will raise com-pletely by itself after it has beenraised about halfway.

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the

following:• All filler caps in engine compart-

ment must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must beremoved from the engine com-partment.

2. Lower the hood halfway and pushdown to securely lock in place.

HOOD

WARNING• Before closing the hood,

ensure that all obstructions areremoved from the hood open-ing. Closing the hood with anobstruction present in thehood opening may result inproperty damage or severepersonal injury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags orany other combustible materialin the engine compartment.Doing so may cause a heat-induced fire.

• Always double check to besure that the hood is firmlylatched before driving away. If itis not latched, the hood couldopen while the vehicle is beingdriven, causing a total loss ofvisibility, which might result inan accident.

• Do not move the vehicle withthe hood in the raised position,as vision is obstructed and thehood could fall or be damaged.

OBK049010 OBK042011L

WARNINGOpen the hood after turning offthe engine on a flat surface,shifting the shift lever to theP(Park) position for automatictransmission and R(Reverse)for manual transmission, andsetting the parking brake.

4 27


Opening the fuel filler doorThe fuel filler door must be openedfrom inside the vehicle by pushingthe fuel filler door opener buttonlocated on the driver’s door.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the fuel filler door will not openbecause ice has formed around it,tap lightly or push on the door tobreak the ice and release the door.Do not pry on the door. If necessary,spray around the door with anapproved de-icer fluid (do not useradiator anti-freeze) or move thevehicle to a warm place and allowthe ice to melt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler door, push

the fuel filler door opener button.3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to

fully open.4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel

tank cap (2) counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

Closing the fuel filler door1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise

until it clicks one time.This indicatesthat the cap is securely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler door and pushit lightly making sure that it issecurely closed.

FUEL FILLER DOOR

WARNING - Refueling• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it

can cover your clothes or skinand thus subject you to the riskof fire and burns. Alwaysremove the fuel cap carefullyand slowly. If the cap is ventingfuel or if you hear a hissingsound, wait until the conditionstops before completelyremoving the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the nozzleautomatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicksone time, otherwise theMalfunction Indicator Light will illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel capis installed securely to preventfuel spillage in the event of anaccident.

OBK049012 OBK044013


284

(Continued)• When using an approved

portable fuel container, be sureto place the container on theground prior to refueling. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refuelinghas begun, contact with thevehicle should be maintaineduntil the filling is complete.Use only approved portableplastic fuel containersdesigned to carry and storegasoline.

• Do not use cellular phoneswhile refueling. Electric cur-rent and/or electronic interfer-ence from cellular phones canpotentially ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuelingsince you can generate staticelectricity by touching, rubbingor sliding against any item orfabric (polyester, satin, nylon,etc.) capable of producing stat-ic electricity. Static electricitydischarge can ignite fuelvapors resulting in rapid burn-ing. If you must re-enter thevehicle, you should once againeliminate potentially dangerousstatic electricity discharge bytouching a metal part of thevehicle, away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle or other gasolinesource.

(Continued)

WARNING - Refuelingdangers

Automotive fuels are flammablematerials. When refueling,please note the following guide-lines carefully. Failure to followthese guidelines may result insevere personal injury, severeburns or death by fire or explo-sion.• Read and follow all warnings

posted at the gas station facil-ity.

• Before refueling, note thelocation of the EmergencyGasoline Shut-Off, if available,at the gas station facility.

• Before touching the fuel noz-zle, you should eliminatepotentially dangerous staticelectricity discharge by touch-ing another metal part of thevehicle, a safe distance awayfrom the fuel filler neck, noz-zle, or other gas source.

(Continued)

4 29


Emergency fuel filler lidreleaseIf the fuel filler lid does not open, usethe fuel filler lid release located in theleft trunk side wall. Pull on therelease to manually release the fuelfiller lid.

(Continued)• When refueling, always shut

the engine off. Sparks pro-duced by electrical compo-nents related to the enginecan ignite fuel vapors causinga fire. Once refueling is com-plete, check to make sure thefiller cap and filler door aresecurely closed, before start-ing the engine.

• DO NOT use matches or alighter and DO NOT SMOKE orleave a lit cigarette in yourvehicle while at a gas stationespecially during refueling.Automotive fuel is highlyflammable and can, whenignited, result in fire.

• If a fire breaks out during refu-eling, leave the vicinity of thevehicle, and immediately con-tact the manager of the gasstation and then contact thelocal fire department or 911.Follow any safety instructionsthey provide.

CAUTION• Make sure to refuel your vehi-

cle according to the “Fuelrequirements” suggested insection 1.

• If the fuel filler cap requiresreplacement, use only a gen-uine HYUNDAI cap or theequivalent specified for yourvehicle. An incorrect fuel fillercap can result in a seriousmalfunction of the fuel systemor emission control system.

• Do not spill fuel on the exteri-or surfaces of the vehicle. Anytype of fuel spilled on paintedsurfaces may damage thepaint.

• After refueling, make sure thefuel cap is installed securelyto prevent fuel spillage in theevent of an accident.

CAUTIONDo not pull the handle exces-sively, otherwise the luggagearea trim or release handle maybe damaged.

OBK042014


304

If your vehicle is equipped with asunroof, you can slide or tilt yoursunroof with the sunroof control leverlocated on the overhead console.

The sunroof can only be opened,closed, or tilted when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, the sun-

roof may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

• After washing the car or afterthere is rain, be sure to wipe offany water that is on the sunroofbefore operating it.

✽✽ NOTICEThe sunroof cannot slide when it isin the tilt position nor can it be tiltedwhile in an open or slide position. Sunroof open warning

(if equipped)If the driver removes the ignition key(smart key: turns off the engine) andopens the driver-side door when thesunroof is not fully closed, the warningchime will sound for a few secondsand a message "Sunroof Open" willappear on the LCD display.Close the sunroof securely whenleaving your vehicle.

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

OBK049015N

CAUTIONDo not continue to move thesunroof control lever after thesunroof is in the fully open,closed, or tilt position(s).Damage to the motor or systemcomponents could occur.

WARNING Never adjust the sunroof or sun-shade while driving. This couldresult in loss of control and anaccident that may cause death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

OBK044280L

4 31


Sliding the sunroof To open or close the sunroof (manualslide feature), pull or push the sunroofcontrol lever backward or forward tothe first detent position.Pulling the control lever downwardalso closes the sunroof.To open or close the sunroof com-pletely even when the lever is released(auto slide feature), pull or push thesunroof control lever backward or for-ward to the second detent position.The sunroof will slide all the way openor closed. To stop the sunroof slidingat any point, pull or push the sunroofcontrol lever momentarily in the oppo-site direction of sunroof movement.

Automatic reversalIf an object is detected while the sun-roof is closing automatically, it willreverse direction, and then stop.The auto reverse function may notfunction if a small obstacle isbetween the sliding glass and thesunroof sash. You should alwayscheck that all passengers andobjects are away from the sunroofbefore closing it.

Tilting the sunroof To open or close the sunroof, push orpull the sunroof control lever upwardor downward until the sunroof movesto the desired position.Pushing the control lever forwardalso closes the sunroof.

OBK049018 OBK049017OBK049016


324

Sunshade The sunshade will automaticallyopen with the glass panel when theglass panel moves. Close it manuallyif you want it closed.

Resetting the sunroofSunroof needs to be reset if (in thefollowings)- Battery is discharged or discon-

nected or the related fuse has beenreplaced or disconnected

- The one-touch sliding function ofthe sunroof does not normally oper-ate

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. Close the sunroof completely.3. Release the sunroof control

switch.4. Pull and hold the sunroof control

switch downward until the sunroofhas returned to the original posi-tion of tilt after it is raised a littlehigher than the maximum tilt posi-tion. Then, release the switch.

CAUTIONThe sunroof is made to slidetogether with the sunshade. Donot leave the sunshade closedwhile the sunroof is open.

OBK049019

WARNING - Sunroof• Be careful that no heads,

hands and body parts areobstructing a closing sunroof.

• Do not extend the face, neck,arms or body outside the sun-roof while driving.

• Make sure your hands andhead are safely out of the waybefore closing a sunroof.

CAUTION• Periodically remove any dirt

that may accumulate on theguide rail.

• If you try to open the sunroofwhen the temperature isbelow freezing or when thesunroof is covered with snowor ice, the glass or the motorcould be damaged.

• While using sunroof for a longtime, a dust between sunroofand roof panel can make anoise. Open the sunroof andregularly remove the dustusing clean cloth.

4 33


5. Pull and hold the sunroof controlswitch downward until the sunroofis operated as follows;

TILT DOWN → SLIDE OPEN →SLIDE CLOSE

Then, release the switch.

When this is complete, the sunroofsystem is reset.❈ For more detailed information,

contact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Power steeringPower steering uses energy from theengine to assist you in steering thevehicle. If the engine is off or if thepower steering system becomesinoperative, the vehicle may still besteered, but it will require increasedsteering effort.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the powersteering checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the power steering drive beltbreaks or if the power steeringpump malfunctions, the steeringeffort will greatly increase.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle is parked for extendedperiods outside in cold weather(below -14°F/10°C), the power steer-ing may require increased effortwhen the engine is first started. Thisis caused by increased fluid viscositydue to the cold weather and does notindicate a malfunction.When this happens, increase theengine RPM by depressing accelera-tor until the RPM reaches 1,500 rpmthen release or let the engine idle fortwo or three minutes to warm up thefluid.

CAUTIONNever hold the steering wheelagainst a stop (extreme right orleft turn) for more than 5 sec-onds with the engine running.Holding the steering wheel formore than 5 seconds in eitherposition may cause damage tothe power steering pump.

CAUTIONIf the sunroof is not reset whenthe vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, or relatedfuse is blown, the sunroof mayoperate improperly.

STEERING WHEEL


344

Tilt and telescope steering Tilt and telescope steering allowsyou to adjust the steering wheel posi-tion before you drive. You can alsoraise or pull it to give your legs moreroom when you exit and enter thevehicle.

The steering wheel should be posi-tioned so that it is comfortable foryou to drive, while permitting you tosee the instrument panel warninglights and gauges. To change the steering wheel angle,

pull down the lock release lever (1),adjust the steering wheel to thedesired angle (2) and height (3), thenpull up the lock-release lever to lockthe steering wheel in place. Be sure toadjust the steering wheel to thedesired position before driving.

HornTo sound the horn, press the hornsymbol on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.

✽✽ NOTICETo sound the horn, press the areaindicated by the horn symbol onyour steering wheel (see illustra-tion). The horn will operate onlywhen this area is pressed.

CAUTIONDo not strike the horn severelyto operate it, or hit it with yourfist. Do not press on the hornwith a sharp-pointed object.

OBK049021OBK042020

WARNING • Never adjust the angle of the

steering wheel while driving.You may lose steering controland cause severe personalinjury, death or accidents.

• After adjusting, push thesteering wheel both up anddown to be certain it is lockedin position.

4 35


MIRRORS Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror to centeron the view through the rear window.Make this adjustment before youstart driving.

Day/night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before youstart driving and while the day/nightlever is in the day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce glare from the headlights ofthe vehicles behind you during nightdriving.Remember that you lose somerearview clarity in the night position.

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)with HomeLink® system and com-pass (if equipped)Your vehicle may be equipped with aGentex Automatic-Dimming Mirrorwith a Z-Nav™ Electronic CompassDisplay and an Integrated HomeLink®

Wireless Control System. Duringnighttime driving, this feature willautomatically detect and reducerearview mirror glare while the com-pass indicates the direction the vehi-cle is pointed. The HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver allows you toactivate your garage door(s), electricgate, home lighting, etc.❈ HomeLink®

HomeLink is a registered trademark ofJohnson controls, Inc.

WARNING - Rear visibilityDo not place objects in the rearseat or cargo area which wouldinterfere with your visionthrough the rear window. OBK049115N

Day

Night

WARNING Do not modify the inside mirrorand do not install a wide mirror.It could result in injury, duringan accident or deployment ofthe air bag.


364

(1) Telematics button(2) Telematics button(3) Telematics button(4) Compass control button &

Dimming ON/OFF button(5) Status indicator LED(6) Channel 1 button(7) Channel 2 button(8) Channel 3 button(9) Compass display(10) Rear light sensor

Automatic-Dimming Night VisionSafety™ (NVS®) Mirror

The NVS® Mirror in your vehicle isthe most advanced way to reduceannoying glare in the rearview mirrorduring any driving situation. For moreinformation regarding NVS® mirrorsand other applications, please referto the Gentex website:www.gentex.com

✽✽ NOTICEThe NVS® Mirror automaticallyreduces glare during driving condi-tions based upon light levels moni-tored in front of the vehicle andfrom the rear of the vehicle. Theselight sensors are visible throughopenings in the front and rear of themirror case. Any object thatobstructs either light sensor willdegrade the automatic dimmingcontrol feature.

Automatic-dimming functionYour mirror will automatically dimupon detecting glare from the vehi-cles traveling behind you. The auto-dimming function can be controlledby the Dimming ON/OFF button:

1. Pressing and holding the buttonfor 3 seconds turns the autodim-ming function OFF which is indi-cated by the green StatusIndicator LED turning off.

2. Pressing and holding the buttonfor 3 seconds again turns theauto-dimming function ON whichis indicated by the green StatusIndicator LED turning on.

The mirror defaults to the ON posi-tion each time the vehicle is started.

Z-Nav™ Compass Display

The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle isalso equipped with a Z-Nav™Compass that shows the vehicleCompass heading in the DisplayWindow using the 8 basic cardinalheadings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).

OYF042250N

4 37


Compass functionThe Compass can be turned ON andOFF and will remember the last statewhen the ignition is cycled. To turnthe display feature ON/OFF:1. Press and release the button

within 1 second to turn the displayfeature OFF.

2. Press and release the buttonagain within 1 second to turn thedisplay back ON.

Additional options can be set withpress and hold sequences of the button and are detailed below.

There is a difference between mag-netic north and true north. The com-pass in the mirror can compensatefor this difference when it knows theMagnetic Zone in which it is operat-ing. This is set either by the dealer orby the user. The operating ZoneNumbers for North America areshown in the figure on the followingsection.

B520C05NF


384

To adjust the Zone setting:1. Determine the desired Zone

Number based upon your currentlocation on the Zone Map.

2. Press and hold the button for 6seconds, the current ZoneNumber will appear on the display.

3. Pressing and holding the buttonagain will cause the numbers toincrement (Note: they will repeat…13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasingthe button when the desired ZoneNumber appears on the displaywill set the new Zone.

4. Within about 5 seconds the com-pass will start displaying a com-pass heading again.

There are some conditions that cancause changes to the vehicle mag-nets, such as installing a ski rack ora CB antenna. Body repair work onthe vehicle can also cause changesto the vehicle's magnetic field. Inthese situations, the compass willneed to be re-calibrated to quicklycorrect these changes. To re-cali-brate the compass:

1. Press and hold the button formore than 9 seconds. When thecompass memory is cleared a "C"will appear in the display.

2. To calibrate the compass, drivethe vehicle in 2 complete circles atless than 5 mph (8 km/h).

Integrated HomeLink® WirelessControl System

The HomeLink® Wireless ControlSystem provides a convenient way toreplace up to three hand-held radio-frequency (RF) transmitters with asingle built-in device. This innovativefeature will learn the radio frequencycodes of most current transmitters tooperate devices such as gate opera-tors, garage door openers, entrydoor locks, security systems, evenhome lighting. Both standard androlling code-equipped transmitterscan be programmed by following theoutlined procedures. AdditionalHomeLink® information can be foundat: www.homelink.com or by calling1-800-355-3515.

4 39


Retain the original transmitter of theRF device you are programming foruse in other vehicles as well as forfuture HomeLink® programming. It isalso suggested that upon the sale ofthe vehicle, the programmedHomeLink® buttons be erased forsecurity purposes.

✽✽ NOTICE - ProgrammingHomeLink®

• When programming a garagedoor opener, it is advised to parkthe vehicle outside of the garage.

• It is recommended that a new bat-tery be placed in the hand-heldtransmitter of the device being pro-grammed to HomeLink® for quick-er training and accurate transmis-sion of the radio-frequency signal.

• Some vehicles may require theignition switch to be turned to thesecond (or "accessories") positionfor programming and/or opera-tion of HomeLink®.

• In the event that there are still pro-gramming difficulties or questionsafter following the programmingsteps listed below, contactHomeLink® at: www.homelink.comor 1-800-355-3515.

WARNINGBefore programming HomeLink®

to a garage door opener or gateoperator, make sure that peopleand objects are out of the way ofthe device to prevent potentialharm or damage. Do not useHomeLink® with any garage dooropener that lacks the safety stopand reverse features required byU.S. federal safety standards (thisincludes any garage door openermodel manufactured before April1, 1982). A garage door that can-not detect an object - signalingthe door to stop and reverse -does not meet current U.S. feder-al safety standards. Using agarage door opener without thesefeatures increases the risk of seri-ous injury or death.


404

ProgrammingTo train most devices, follow theseinstructions:

1. For first-time programming, pressand hold the two outside buttons( , ), HomeLink® Channel 1and Channel 3, until the indicatorlight begins to flash (after 10 sec-onds). Release both buttons. Donot hold the buttons for longerthan 20 seconds.

2. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm)away from the HomeLink® buttonyou wish to program while keepingthe indicator light in view.

3. Simultaneously press and holdboth the HomeLink® and hand-held transmitter buttons until theHomeLink® indicator light changesfrom a slow to a rapid blinking light.Now you may release both theHomeLink® and hand-held trans-mitter buttons.

✽✽ NOTICESome devices may require you toreplace this Programming step 3with procedures noted in the "GateOperator/Canadian Programming"section. If the HomeLink® indicatorlight does not change to a rapidlyblinking light after performing thesesteps, contact HomeLink® atwww.homelink.com.

OYF042252N

Flashing

OYF042251N

Flashing

4 41


4. Firmly press, hold for 5 secondsand release the programmedHomeLink® button up to two sepa-rate times to activate the door. If thedoor does not activate, press andhold the just-trained HomeLink®

button and observe the indicatorlight.• If the indicator light stays on con-

stantly, programming is completeand your device should activatewhen the HomeLink® button ispressed and released.

• If the indicator light blinks rapidlyfor 2 seconds and then turns to a constant light, continue with"Programming" steps 5-7 to com-plete the programming of a rollingcode equipped device (most com-monly a garage door opener).

5. At the garage door opener receiv-er (motor-head unit) in the garage,locate the "leam" or "smart" but-ton. This can usually be foundwhere the hanging antenna wire isattached to the motor-head unit.

6. Firmly press and release the"leam" or "smart" button. (Thename and color of the button varyby manufacturer). There are 30seconds to initiate step 7.

7. Return to the vehicle and firmlypress, hold for 2 seconds and release the programmedHomeLink® button. Repeat the"press/hold/release" sequence asecond time, and, depending onthe brand of the garage dooropener (or other rolling codeequipped device), repeat thissequence a third time to completethe programming process.

HomeLink® should now activate yourrolling code equipped device.

Gate operator & Canadian programmingDuring programming, your handheldtransmitter may automatically stoptransmitting. Continue to press the Integrated HomeLink® WirelessControl System button (note steps 2 through 4 in the StandardProgramming portion of this docu-ment) while you press and re-press("cycle") your handheld transmitterevery two seconds until the frequen-cy signal has been learned. The indi-cator light will flash slowly and thenrapidly after several seconds uponsuccessful training.

Operating HomeLink®

To operate, simply press and releasethe programmed HomeLink® button.Activation will now occur for thetrained device (i.e. garage door open-er, gate operator, security system,entry door lock, home/office lighting,etc.). For convenience, the hand-heldtransmitter of the device may also beused at any time.


424

Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® buttonTo program a device to HomeLink®

using a HomeLink® button previouslytrained, follow these steps:1. Press and hold the desired

HomeLink® button.DO NOT releasethe button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flashafter 20 seconds. Without releasingthe HomeLink® button, proceedwith "Programming" step 2.

For questions or comments, contactHomeLink® at www.homelink.com or1-800-355-3515.

Erasing HomeLink® buttonsIndividual buttons cannot be erased.However, to erase all three pro-grammed buttons:1. Press and hold the two outer

HomeLink® buttons until the indi-cator light begins to flash after 10seconds.

2. Release both buttons. Do not holdfor longer than 20 seconds.

The Integrated HomeLink® WirelessControl System is now in the training(learn) mode and can be pro-grammed at any time following theappropriate steps in the Programmingsections above.

FCC ID: NZLTLMHL4IC: 4112A-TLMHL4

This device complies with Part 15of the FCC Rules.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1. This device may not cause harm-



CAUTIONThe transceiver has been testedand complies with FCC andIndustry Canada rules. Changesor modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsi-ble for compliance could voidthe user's authority to operatethe device.

4 43


NVS® is a registered trademark andZ-Nav™ is a trademark of the GentexCorporation, Zeeland, Michigan.HomeLink® is a registered trademarkowned by Johnson Controls,Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror anglesbefore driving.Your vehicle is equipped with bothleft-hand and right-hand outsiderearview mirrors. The mirrors can beadjusted remotely with the remoteswitch. The mirror heads can be fold-ed back to prevent damage during anautomatic car wash or when passingin a narrow street.

WARNING - Rearviewmirrors

• The right outside rearviewmirror is convex. Objects seenin the mirror are closer thanthey appear.

• Use your interior rearviewmirror or direct observation todetermine the actual distanceof following vehicles whenchanging lanes.

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the sur-face of the glass. If ice shouldrestrict movement of the mirror,do not force the mirror foradjustment. To remove ice, usea deicer spray, or a sponge orsoft cloth with warm water.

CAUTIONIf the mirror is jammed with ice,do not adjust the mirror by force.Use an approved spray de-icer(not radiator antifreeze) torelease the frozen mechanism ormove the vehicle to a warm placeand allow the ice to melt.

WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehi-cle is moving.This could result inloss of control, and an accidentwhich could cause death, seri-ous injury or property damage.


444

Outside rearview mirrorsThe outside rearview mirrors controlswitch allows you to adjust the posi-tion of the left and right outsiderearview mirrors. To adjust the posi-tion of either mirror, push the switch(1) to R or L to select the right sidemirror or the left side mirror, thenpress a corresponding point on themirror adjustment control to positionthe selected mirror up, down, left orright.After adjustment, put the switch intoneutral (center) position to preventthe inadvertent adjustment.

Folding the outside rearview mirrorTo fold the outside rearview mirror,grasp the housing of the mirror andthen fold it toward the rear of thevehicle.

CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximumadjusting angles, but themotor continues to operatewhile the switch is depressed.Do not depress the switchlonger than necessary, themotor may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust theoutside rearview mirror byhand. Doing so may damagethe parts.

OBK049024N OBK049137N

4 45


INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

OBK042241N/OBK042243N

1. Speedometer

2. Engine coolant temperature gauge

3. Turn signal indicators

4. Odometer/Trip computer

5. Warning and indicator lights

6. Tachometer

7. Fuel gauge

■ Type A

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ

from the illustration.

For more details refer to the "Gauges" in

the next pages.

■ Type B

For 3.8L Engine


464

Instrument panel illuminationWhen the vehicle’s parking lights orheadlights are on, rotate the illumi-nation control knob to adjust thebrightness of the instrument panelillumination.

GaugesSpeedometer The speedometer indicates the for-ward speed of the vehicle.The speedometer is calibrated inmiles per hour and/or kilometers perhour.

Tachometer The tachometer indicates theapproximate number of engine revo-lutions per minute (RPM).Use the tachometer to select the cor-rect shift points and to prevent lug-ging and/or over-revving the engine.

OBK049028

OBK042242U/OBK042244U OBK042258L/OBK042032

4 47


When the door is open, or if theengine is not started within 1 minute,the tachometer pointer may moveslightly in ON position with theengine OFF. This movement is nor-mal and will not affect the accuracyof the tachometer once the engine isrunning.

Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperatureof the engine coolant when the igni-tion switch is ON.Do not continue driving with an over-heated engine. If your vehicle over-heats, refer to “If the engine over-heats” in section 6.

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine with-in the tachometer's RED ZONE.This may cause severe enginedamage.

CAUTIONIf the gauge pointer movesbeyond the normal range areatoward the “H” position, it indi-cates overheating that maydamage the engine.

OBK042033

■ Type A ■ Type B

WARNINGNever remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. Theengine coolant is under pres-sure and could cause severeburns. Wait until the engine iscool before adding coolant tothe reservoir.


484

Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approx-imate amount of fuel remaining in thefuel tank. The fuel tank capacity isgiven in section 8. The fuel gauge issupplemented by a low fuel warninglight, which will illuminate when thefuel tank is near empty.

On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugepointer may fluctuate or the low fuelwarning light may come on earlierthan usual due to the movement offuel in the tank.

OBK042034


WARNING - Fuel gaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addi-tional fuel as soon as possibleafter the warning light comeson or when the gauge indicatorcomes close to the E level.

CAUTIONAvoid driving with a very low fuellevel. If you run out of fuel, itcould cause the engine to mis-fire and result in excessive load-ing of the catalytic converter.

4 49


Odometer/Tripmeter (if equipped)Odometer

The odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer usefulto determine when periodic mainte-nance should be performed.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is forbidden to alter the odometerof all vehicles with the intent tochange the mileage registered on theodometer. The alteration may voidyour warranty coverage.

Tripmeter

TRIP A: Tripmeter ATRIP B: Tripmeter BThe tripmeter indicates the distanceof individual trips selected by thedriver.

Tripmeter A or B can be selected bypressing the TRIP button for lessthan 1 second.Tripmeter A or B can be reset to 0.0by pressing the RESET button for 1second or more, and then releasing.

OBK049034OBK042036N


OBK042035N



504

Trip computer (if equipped)The trip computer is a microcomput-er-controlled driver information sys-tem that displays information relatedto driving, including odometer, trip-meter, average speed, average fuelconsumption (if equipped), instantfuel consumption (if equipped) anddistance to empty on the displaywhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition. All stored driving informa-tion (except odometer) is reset if thebattery is disconnected.The odometer is always displayeduntil the display is turned off.

Push the TRIP button for less than 1second to change the function as fol-lows;

Odometer

The odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer usefulto determine when periodic mainte-nance should be performed.

Average fuel economy

Average speed

TRIP A

TRIP B

Distance to empty

Elapsed time

User setting mode*

* : if equipped

OBK042035N


4 51


Tripmeter

TRIP A : Tripmeter ATRIP B : Tripmeter BThis mode indicates the distance ofindividual trips selected since thelast tripmeter reset.The meter's working range is from0.0 to 999.9 miles (0.0 to 999.9 km).Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the tripmeter(TRIP A or TRIP B) is being dis-played, clears the tripmeter to zero(0.0).

Distance to empty

This mode indicates the estimateddistance to empty based on the cur-rent fuel in the fuel tank and theamount of fuel delivered to theengine. When the remaining distanceis below 30 miles (50 km), “---” will bedisplayed and the distance to emptyindicator will blink.The meter’s working range is from 30to 999 miles (50 to 999 km).

Average fuel consumption (if equipped)

This mode calculates the average fuelconsumption from the total fuel usedand the distance since the last aver-age consumption reset. The total fuelused is calculated from the fuel con-sumption input. For an accurate cal-culation, drive more than 0.03 miles(50 m).Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the average fuelconsumption is being displayed,clears the average fuel consumptionto zero (----).If the vehicle speed exceeds 1.6 MPH(1 km/h) after refueled more than 1.6gallons (6 l), the average fuel con-sumption will be cleared to zero (---).

OBK042036N


OBK042037N


OBK042039N



524

✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground

or the battery power has beeninterrupted, the “Distance toempty” function may not operatecorrectly.The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 1.6 gal-lons (6 liters) of fuel are added tothe vehicle.

• The fuel consumption and dis-tance to empty values may varysignificantly based on driving con-ditions, driving habits, and condi-tion of the vehicle.

• The distance to empty value is anestimate of the available drivingdistance. This value may differfrom the actual driving distanceavailable.

Average speed

This mode calculates the averagespeed of the vehicle since the lastaverage speed reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion,the average speed is calculatedwhile the engine is running.Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the averagespeed is being displayed, clears theaverage speed to zero (---).

Elapsed time

This mode indicates the total timetraveled since the last driving timereset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion,the driving time keeps increasingwhile the engine is running.The meter’s working range is from00:00~99:59.Pressing the RESET button for morethan 1 second, when the driving timeis being displayed, clears the drivingtime to zero (00:00).

OBK042041N


OBK042042N


4 53


User Settings Mode (Only forType B cluster, if equipped)1. Stop the vehicle with the ignition

switch in the ON position or enginerunning.

2. Press the TRIP button until theUser setting is displayed.

3. With the User setting displayed,press the TRIP button for 2 sec-onds.

4. You can change the item by press-ing the TRIP button and select anitem by pressing the RESET but-ton.

• Auto Door LockOff - The auto door lock operation will

be canceled.

Speed - All doors will be automaticallylocked when the vehiclespeed exceeds 15km/h(9.3mph).

Shift Lever - All doors will be automatically locked ifthe shift lever is shifted from the P(Park) position to the R (Reverse), N(Neutral) or D (Drive) position. (forautomatic transmission):

Speed or Shift Lever -All doors will be automatically locked ifOne or more of the above two condi-tions are satisfied. (for automatic trans-mission)

OBK042201L OBK042203L


544

• Auto Door UnlockOff - The auto door unlock operation

will be canceled.

Key out or Power off *1 - All doors will be automaticallyunlocked when the ignition key isremoved from ignition switch (orsmart key is in the OFF position).

Shift Lever - All doors will be automaticallyunlocked if the shift lever is shifted tothe P (Park) position. (for automatictransmission)

Key out (Power Off) or Shift lever - All doors will be automaticallyunlocked if One or more of the abovetwo conditions are satisfied. (forautomatic transmission)

*1 : Key out - For Normal KeyPower off - For Smart Key

• Disable Dual UnlockOn - If you press the unlock button

on the transmitter or smart key,only the driver’s door isunlocked. If you are press theunlock button once more with-in 4seconds on the transmitteror smart key, all door isunlocked.

Off - If you press the unlock buttonon the transmitter or smart key,all door is unlocked.

• Door lock sound (only for normal key type)

On - The Alarm function on thetransmitter will be activated.

Off - The Alarm function on thetransmitter will be deactivated.

OBK042205LOBKR042255N

4 55


• Headlamp EscortOn - The Headlamp Escort and

Escort Welcome function will beactivated

Off - The Headlamp Escort andEscort Welcome function will bedeactivated

For details, refer to “Lighting” in sec-tion 4.

• One touch turn lampOn - The lane change signals will

blink 3, 5 o 7 times when the turnsignal lever is moved slightly.

Off - The Auto Triple Turn functionwill be deactivated.

• AVG fuel economy ResetAuto Reset - The average fuel econ-

omy will reset automat-ically when you driveafter refueling.

Manual Reset - The average fueleconomy will notreset automaticallywhen you drive afterrefueling.

OBK044207L OBK042208LOBK042206L


564

• Key is not in vehicle If the smart key is not in the vehicleand if any door is opened or closedwith the ENGINE START/STOP but-ton in the ACC, ON, or START posi-tion, the warning illuminates on theLCD display. Also, the chime soundsfor 5 seconds when the smart key isnot in the vehicle and the door isclosed.Always have the smart key with you.

• Key is not detected If the smart key is not in the vehicleor is not detected and you press theENGINE START/STOP button, thewarning illuminates on the LCD dis-play for 10 seconds. Also, the immo-bilizer indicator and the key holderlight blinks for 10 seconds.

• Low key battery If the engine start/stop buttonchanges to the OFF position whenthe smart key in the vehicle dis-charges, the warning illuminates onthe LCD display for about 10 sec-onds. Also, the warning chimesounds once.Replace the battery with a new one.

LCD display warning (for Type B cluster, if equipped)❈ For vehicle’s equipped with smart key system

OBK042209L OBK042210L OBK042211L

4 57


• Remove key When you turn off the engine withthe smart key in the smart key hold-er, the warning illuminates on theLCD display for about 10 seconds.Also, the smart key holder light blinksfor about 10 seconds.To remove the smart key push thesmart key once and pull it out fromthe smart key holder.

• Insert key If you press the ENGINE START/STOP button while "Key is notdetected" illuminates on the LCD dis-play, the warning “Insert key” illumi-nates for about 10 seconds. Also, theimmobilizer indicator and the keyholder light blinks for about 10 sec-onds.

• Press start button again If you can not operate the enginestart/stop button when there is a prob-lem with the engine start/stop buttonsystem, the warning illuminates for 10seconds and the chime sounds con-tinuously to indicate that you couldstart the engine by pressing theengine start/stop button once more.The chime will stop if the enginestart/stop button system works nor-mally or the theft alarm system isarmed.If the warning illuminates each timeyou press the engine start/stop button,we recommend that you contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OBK042214L OBK042215L OBK042216L

❈ For vehicle’s equipped with smart key system


584

• Press brake pedal to start engine(for automatic transmission)

If the engine start/stop buttonchanges to the ACC position twiceby pressing the button repeatedlywithout depressing the brake pedal,the warning illuminates on the LCDdisplay for about 10 seconds to indi-cate that you should depress thebrake pedal to start the engine.

• Press clutch pedal to startengine (for manual transmission)

If the engine start/stop button turnsto the ACC position twice by press-ing the button repeatedly withoutdepressing the clutch pedal, thewarning illuminates on the LCD dis-play for about 10 seconds to indicatethat you should depress the clutchpedal to start the engine.

• Shift to "P" or "N" to start theengine

If you try to start the engine with theshift lever not in the P(Park) orN(Neutral) position, the warning illu-minates for about 10 seconds on theLCD display.You can also start the engine withthe shift lever in the N(Neutral) posi-tion, but for your safety start theengine with the shift lever in theP(Park) position.

OBK042236LOBK042212L OBK042217L

❈ For vehicle’s equipped with smart key system

4 59


• Door/Trunk openThe indicator appears to inform thedriver which door or trunk is opened.

• Parking assist warning (if equipped)

Displays the area an obstacle isdetected while moving forward orrearward.For more details, refer to “Parkingassist system” in section 4.

• Turn on fuse switchThe notice appears to inform thedriver to turn on the fuse switch inthe instrument panel under the steer-ing wheel.For more details, refer to “Fuses” insection 7.

OBK042220L

OBK042221L

OBK042222L

OBK042237L

■ Type A

■ Type B OBK042240L


604

• Shift to "P" or "N" to start theengine (for auto transmission)

If you try to start the engine with theshift lever not in the P(Park) orN(Neutral) position, the warning illu-minates for about 10 seconds on theLCD display.You can also start the engine withthe shift lever in the N(Neutral) posi-tion, but for your safety start theengine with the shift lever in theP(Park) position.

• Check stop lamp switchWhen the stop lamp switch fuse isdisconnected, the warning illumi-nates for 10 seconds on the LCD dis-play.Replace the fuse with a new one. Ifthat is not possible you can start theengine by pressing the enginestart/stop button for 10 seconds inACC.

• Low tire pressure (if equipped)The low tire pressure position telltalewill appear when one or more of yourtires are under-inflated. It will indicatethe corresponding under-inflated tire.For more details, refer to “TPMS” insection 6.

OBK042217L OBK042239L OBK042238L

4 61


Warnings and indicatorsAll warning lights are checked byturning the ignition switch ON (do notstart the engine). Any light that doesnot illuminate should be checked byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.After starting the engine, check tomake sure that all warning lights areoff. If any are still on, this indicates asituation that needs attention. Whenreleasing the parking brake, thebrake system warning light should gooff. The fuel warning light will stay onif the fuel level is low.

Air bag warning light

This warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each timeyou turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System(SRS) is not working properly. If theSRS air bag warning light doesnot come on, or continuously remainson after operating for about 6 sec-onds when you turned the ignitionswitch to the ON position or startedthe engine, or if it comes on whiledriving, have the SRS inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Anti-lock brake system(ABS) warning light

This light illuminates if the ignitionswitch is turned ON and goes off inapproximately 3 seconds if the sys-tem is operating normally.If the ABS warning light remains on,comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, this indi-cates that there may be a malfunc-tion with the ABS.If this occurs, have your vehiclechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible. The nor-mal braking system will still be oper-ational, but without the assistance ofthe anti-lock brake system.


624

Electronic brake force dis-tribution (EBD) systemwarning light

If these two warning lightsshown illuminate at thesame time while driving,your vehicle may have amalfunction with the ABSand EBD system.In this case, your ABS and regularbrake system may not work normally.Have the vehicle checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the ABS warning light or EBDwarning light is on and stays on, thespeedometer or odometer/tripmetermay not work. In this case, haveyour vehicle checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer as soon aspossible.

Seat belt warning

As a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximate-ly 6 seconds each time you turn theignition switch to ON or START, regard-less of belt fastening.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned to ONor START, the seat belt warning lightand the seat belt warning chime willoperate for approximately 6 seconds.But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds,the warning light will blink for approxi-mately the 6 seconds and the warningchime will turn off immediately.If the driver's seat belt is disconnectedafter the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the seat belt warning lightwill blink for approximately 6 secondsuntil the belt is fastened. If the driver'sseat belt is not fastened when the vehi-cle speed exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h),the seat belt warning light and chimewill operate approximately 10 timeswith a pattern of 6 seconds on and 24seconds off until the belt is fastenedor the vehicle speed decreasesbelow 3 mph (5 km/h).

WARNINGIf the both ABS and brake warn-ing lights are on and stay on,your vehicle’s brake system willnot work normally during suddenbraking. In this case, avoid highspeed driving and abrupt brak-ing. Have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er as soon as possible.

4 63


Turn signal indicator

The blinking green arrows on theinstrument panel show the directionindicated by the turn signals. If thearrow comes on but does not blink,blinks more rapidly than normal, ordoes not illuminate at all, a malfunc-tion in the turn signal system is indi-cated.Your dealer should be consult-ed for repairs.This indicator also blinks when thehazard warning switch is turned on.

High beam indicator

This indicator illuminates when theheadlights are on and in the highbeam position or when the turn sig-nal lever is pulled into the Flash-to-Pass position.

Tail light indicator (if equipped)

This indicator illuminates when thetail lights are on.

Engine oil pressure warning light

This warning light indicates theengine oil pressure is low.If the warning light illuminates whiledriving:1. Drive safely to the side of the road

and stop.2. With the engine off, check the

engine oil level. If the level is low,add oil as required.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, callan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONIf the engine is not stoppedimmediately after the engine oilpressure warning light is illumi-nated, severe damage couldresult.


644

Parking brake & brakefluid warning light

Parking brake warning

This light is illuminated when theparking brake is applied with the igni-tion switch in the START or ON posi-tion. The warning light should go offwhen the parking brake is releasedwhile an engine is running.The parking brake warning chime willsound to remind you that the parkingbrake is applied when you are drivingabove 6 mph (10 km/h). Alwaysrelease the parking brake before youdrive.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately andadd fluid as required.Then check allbrake components for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaksare found, the warning lightremains on or the brakes do notoperate properly. Have the vehicletowed to any authorized HYUNDAIdealer for a brake system inspec-tion and necessary repairs.

CAUTIONIf the oil pressure warning lightstays on while the engine is run-ning, serious engine damage mayresult. The oil pressure warninglight comes on whenever there isinsufficient oil pressure. In nor-mal operation, it should come onwhen the ignition switch is turnedon, then go out when the engineis started. If the oil pressure warn-ing light stays on while theengine is running, there is a seri-ous malfunction.If this happens, stop the car assoon as it is safe to do so, turn offthe engine and check the oil level.If the oil level is low, fill the engineoil to the proper level and startthe engine again. If the light stayson with the engine running, turnthe engine off immediately. In anyinstance where the oil light stayson when the engine is running,the engine should be checked byan authorized HYUNDAI dealerbefore the car is driven again.

4 65


WARNING - Low tire pres-sure

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable andcan contribute to loss of vehiclecontrol and increased brakingdistances.Continued driving on tires withlow pressure will cause the tiresto overheat and fail.

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diagonal braking systems. Thismeans you still have braking on twowheels even if one of the brake cir-cuits is damaged or malfunctions.With only one of the circuits working,more than normal pedal travel andgreater pedal pressure are requiredto stop the car. Also, the car will notstop in as short a distance with onlya portion of the brake system work-ing. If the brakes fail while you aredriving, shift to a lower gear for addi-tional engine braking and stop thecar as soon as it is safe to do so.To check bulb operation, checkwhether the parking brake and brakefluid warning light illuminates when theignition switch is in the ON position.

Low tire pressure telltale

The low tire pressure telltale illumi-nates when one or more of your tiresis significantly underinflated.Inflate your tires to the correct infla-tion pressure.The low tire pressure telltale will illu-minate after it blinks for approximate-ly one minute when there is a prob-lem with the Tire PressureMonitoring System.If this occurs, have the systemchecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.For details, refer to the TPMS on chap-ter 6.

WARNING Driving the vehicle with a warn-ing light on is dangerous. If thebrake warning light remains on,have the brakes checked andrepaired immediately by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.


664

Shift pattern indicator

The indicator displays which auto-matic transmission shift position isselected.

Charging system warn-ing light

This warning light indicates a mal-function of either the generator orelectrical charging system.If the warning light comes on whilethe vehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the gen-

erator drive belt for looseness orbreakage.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, aproblem exists somewhere in theelectrical charging system. Havean authorized HYUNDAI dealercorrect the problem as soon aspossible.

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

This light comes on when the frontfog lights are ON.

Trunk lid open warninglight

This warning light illuminates whenthe trunk lid is not closed securelywith the ignition in any position.

Door ajar warning light

This warning light illuminates when adoor is not closed securely with theignition switch in any position.

Immobilizer indicator

Without smart key system

This light illuminates when the immo-bilizer key is inserted and turned tothe ON position to start the engine.At this time, you can start the engine.The light goes out after the engine isrunning.If this light blinks when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position beforestarting the engine, have the systemchecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

With smart key system (if equipped)

If any of the following occurs in avehicle equipped with the smart key,the immobilizer indicator illuminates,blinks or the light goes off.

4 67


• When the smart key is in the vehi-cle, if the engine start/stop buttonis turned to the ON position, theindicator will illuminate until theengine is started. However, whenthe smart key is not in the vehicle,if the engine start/stop button isdepressed, the indicator will blinkfor a few minutes to indicate thatyou will not be able to start theengine.

• When the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position and the indica-tor turns off after 2 seconds, thesystem may have a problem. Havethe vehicle checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• When the battery is weak, if theengine start/stop button isdepressed, the indicator will blinkand you will not be able to start theengine. However, you may still beable to start the engine by insertingthe smart key in the smart keyholder. If smart key system relatedparts have a problem, the indicatorblinks.

Low fuel level warninglight

This warning light indicates the fueltank is nearly empty. When it comeson, you should add fuel as soon aspossible. Driving with the fuel levelwarning light on or with the fuel levelbelow “E” can cause the engine tomisfire and damage the catalyticconverter.

Engine coolant tempera-ture warning light

The warning light shows the temper-ature of the engine coolant when theignition switch is ON.The warning light illuminates if thetemperature of the engine coolant isabove 248±5.5°F (120±3°C).Do not continue driving with an over-heated engine. If your vehicle over-heats, refer to “Overheating” in thesection 6.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the engine coolant temperaturewarning light illuminates, it indi-cates overheating that may damagethe engine.


684

Low washer fluid levelwarning light (if equipped)

This warning light indicates thewasher fluid reservoir is near empty.Refill the washer fluid as soon aspossible.

Malfunction indicatorlight (MIL) (check enginelight)

This indicator light is part of theEngine Control System which moni-tors various emission control systemcomponents. If this light illuminateswhile driving, it indicates that apotential malfunction has beendetected somewhere in the emissioncontrol system.This light will also illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned to theON position, and will go out in a fewseconds after the engine is started. Ifit illuminates while driving, or doesnot illuminate when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position,take your vehicle to your nearestauthorized HYUNDAI dealer andhave the system checked.Generally, your vehicle will continueto be drivable, but have the systemchecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer promptly.

CAUTION• Prolonged driving with the

Malfunction Indicator Lightilluminated may cause dam-age to the emission controlsystems which could effectdrivability and/or fuel econo-my.

• If the Malfunction IndicatorLight illuminates, potential cat-alytic converter damage is pos-sible which could result in lossof engine power. Have theEngine Control System inspect-ed as soon as possible by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

4 69


ESC indicator(Electronic StabilityControl)

The ESC indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turnedON, but should go off after approxi-mately 3 seconds. When the ESC ison, it monitors the driving conditions.Under normal driving conditions, theESC light will remain off. When aslippery or low traction condition isencountered, the ESC will operate,and the ESC indicator will blink toindicate the ESC is operating.The ESC indicator stays on when theESC may have a malfunction. Takeyour car to an authorized HYUNDAIdealer and have the systemchecked.

ESC OFF indicator

The ESC OFF indicator will illumi-nate when the ignition switch isturned ON, but should go off afterapproximately 3 seconds. To switchto ESC OFF mode, press the ESCOFF button . The ESC OFF indica-tor will illuminate indicating theESC is deactivated.With the ESC system in the stand byposition, if you use the parking braketo stop the vehicle due abnormalbrake operation, the ESC systemmay be stopped and ESC OFF indi-cator may illuminate for about 5minutes.

Cruise indicator (if equipped)

CRUISE indicator

The indicator light illuminates whenthe cruise control system is enabled.The cruise indicator light in theinstrument cluster is illuminatedwhen the cruise control ON-OFF but-ton on the steering wheel is pushed.The indicator light turns off when thecruise control ON-OFF button ispushed again. For more informationabout the use of cruise control, refer to“Cruise control system” in section 5.

CAUTIONDo not use the parking brake tostop the vehicle, except in anemergency situation.

CRUISE


704

Cruise SET indicator

The indicator light illuminates whenthe cruise function switch (SET- orRES+) is ON.The cruise SET indicator light in theinstrument cluster is illuminatedwhen the cruise control switch (SET-or RES+) is pushed. The cruise SETindicator light does not illuminatewhen the cruise control switch (CAN-CEL) is pushed or the system is dis-engaged.

Key reminder warning chime Without smart key

If the driver’s door is opened whilethe ignition key is left in the ignitionswitch (ACC or LOCK position), thekey reminder warning chime willsound. This is to prevent you fromlocking your keys in the vehicle. Thechime sounds until the key isremoved from the ignition switch orthe driver’s door is closed.

With smart key

If the driver’s door is opened whilethe smart key is in the vehicle withthe engine start/stop button in ACCor the smart key is in the smart keyholder with the engine start/stop but-ton in OFF, the key reminder warningchime will sound.The chime sounds until the smartkey is removed from the smart keyholder or the driver’s door is closed.

KEY OUT indicator (if equipped)

When the ignition switch is in theACC or ON position, if any door isopen, the system checks for thesmart key. If the smart key is not inthe vehicle, the indicator will blink,and if all doors are closed, the chimewill also sound for about 5 seconds.The indicator will turn off while thevehicle is moving. Keep the smartkey in the vehicle.

KEYOUTSET

4 71


Multi gauge consists of an Instantfuel consumption gauge, enginetorque gauge and engine oil temper-ature gauge.

MULTI GAUGE

1. Instant fuel consumption

2. Turbo boost pressure gauge

3. Engine torque gauge

4. Engine oil temperature gauge

OBK042246N


724

Instant fuel consumptionIt shows instantaneous change ofthe fuel consumption.

✽✽ NOTICEYou must drive more than 6 mph (10 km/h) for this gauge to displaythe instant fuel consumption.

Engine torque gaugeIt shows instantaneous change ofthe Torque by rpm.

Engine oil temperature gaugeIt shows instantaneous change ofthe Engine oil temperature.

OBK042247N OBK042249N OBK042250N

4 73


The rear parking assist systemassists the driver during backwardmovement of the vehicle by chimingif any object is sensed within a dis-tance of 47 in. (120 cm) behind thevehicle. This system is a supplemen-tal system and it is not intended tonor does it replace the need forextreme care and attention of thedriver. The sensing range andobjects detectable by the back sen-sors are limited. Whenever backing-up, pay as much attention to what isbehind you as you would in a vehiclewithout a rear parking assist system.

Operation of the rear parkingassist systemOperating condition• This system will activate when back-

ing up with the ignition switch ON.If the vehicle is moving at a speedover 6.2 mph (10 km/h), the sys-tem may not be activated correctly.

• The sensing distance while therear parking assist system is inoperation is approximately 47 in.(120 cm).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the clos-est one will be recognized first.

Types of warning sound• When an object is 47 in. to 24 in.

(120 cm to 60 cm) from the rearbumper: Buzzer beeps intermit-tently.

• When an object is 24 in. to 12 in.(60 cm to 30 cm) from the rearbumper: Buzzer beeps more fre-quently.

• When an object is within 12 in.(30 cm) of the rear bumper:Buzzer sounds continuously.

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNINGThe rear parking assist systemis a supplementary functiononly. The operation of the rearparking assist system can beaffected by several factors(including environmental condi-tions). It is the responsibility ofthe driver to always check thearea behind the vehicle beforeand while backing up.OBK042131

SSSSeeeennnnssssoooorrrrssss


744

Non-operational conditions ofrear parking assist systemThe rear parking assist systemmay not operate properly when:1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It

will operate normally when themoisture has been cleared.)

2. The sensor is covered with foreignmatter, such as snow or water, orthe sensor cover is blocked. (It willoperate normally when the materi-al is removed or the sensor is nolonger blocked.)

3. Driving on uneven road surfaces(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps,gradient).

4. Objects generating excessivenoise (vehicle horns, loud motor-cycle engines, or truck air brakes)are within range of the sensor.

5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.6. Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones are within range of thesensor.

7. The sensor is covered with snow.

The detecting range may decreasewhen:1. The sensor is stained with foreign

matter such as snow or water.(The sensing range will return tonormal when removed.)

2. Outside air temperature isextremely hot or cold.

The following objects may not berecognized by the sensor:1. Sharp or slim objects such as

ropes, chains or small poles.2. Objects which tend to absorb the

sensor frequency such as clothes,spongy material or snow.

3. Undetectable objects smaller than40 in. (1 m) in height and narrowerthan 6 in. (14 cm) in diameter.

Rear parking assist systemprecautions• The rear parking assist system

may not sound sequentiallydepending on the speed andshapes of the objects detected.

• The rear parking assist systemmay malfunction if the vehiclebumper height or sensor installa-tion has been modified or dam-aged. Any non-factory installedequipment or accessories mayalso interfere with the sensor per-formance.

• The sensor may not recognizeobjects less than 15 in. (40 cm)from the sensor, or it may sense anincorrect distance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is frozen orstained with snow, dirt, or water,the sensor may be inoperative untilthe stains are removed using a softcloth.

• Do not push, scratch or strike thesensor. Sensor damage couldoccur.

4 75


✽✽ NOTICEThis system can only sense objectswithin the range and location of thesensors; It can not detect objects inother areas where sensors are notinstalled. Also, small or slim objects,such as poles or objects locatedbetween sensors may not be detectedby the sensors.Always visually check behind thevehicle when backing up.Be sure to inform any drivers of thevehicle that may be unfamiliar withthe system regarding the systemscapabilities and limitations.

Self-diagnosisIf you don’t hear an audible warningsound or if the buzzer sounds inter-mittently when shifting the gear to theR (Reverse) position, this may indi-cate a malfunction in the rear parkingassist system. If this occurs, haveyour vehicle checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer as soon aspossible.

WARNINGPay close attention when thevehicle is driven close toobjects on the road, particularlypedestrians, and especiallychildren. Be aware that someobjects may not be detected bythe sensors, due to the object’sdistance, size or material, all ofwhich can limit the effective-ness of the sensor. Always per-form a visual inspection tomake sure the vehicle is clear ofall obstructions before movingthe vehicle in any direction.

WARNINGYour new vehicle warranty doesnot cover any accidents or dam-age to the vehicle or injuries toits occupants due to a rearparking assist system malfunc-tion. Always drive safely andcautiously.


764

PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

The parking assist system assists thedriver during movement of the vehicleby chiming if any object is sensedwithin the distance of 24 in. (60 cm) infront and 47 in. (120 cm) behind thevehicle.This system is a supplementalsystem and it is not intended to nordoes it replace the need for extremecare and attention of the driver.

The sensing range and objectsdetectable by the sensors are limit-ed. Whenever moving pay as muchattention to what is in front andbehind of you as you would in a vehi-cle without a parking assist system.The front parking assist system has2 sensors on the front bumper.These2 sensors can detect right and leftside area. It means the front parkingassist system can not detect the cen-ter area of the front bumper.

Operation of the parkingassist systemOperating condition• This system activates when the

parking assist button is pressedwith the ignition switch ON.

OBK042226

OBK042131

■ Type A

■ Type B

SSSSeeeennnnssssoooorrrr

SSSSeeeennnnssssoooorrrr

WARNINGThe parking assist systemshould only be considered as asupplementary function. Thedriver must check the front andrear view. The operational func-tion of the parking assist systemcan be affected by many factorsand conditions of the surround-ings, so the responsibility restsalways with the driver.

OBK042227

4 77


• The parking assist button turns onautomatically and activates theparking assist system when youshift the gear to the R (Reverse)position. It will turn off automatical-ly when you shift out of R(Reverse) and drive above 6.2 mph(10 km/h).

• The sensing distance while back-ing up is approximately 47 in. (120cm) when you are driving less than6.2 mph (10 km/h).

• The sensing distance while movingforward is approximately 24 in. (60cm) when you are driving less than6.2 mph (10 km/h).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the clos-est one will be recognized first.

✽✽ NOTICEIt may not operate if it’s distancefrom the object is already less thanapproximately 9.8 in (25 cm) whenthe system is ON.

Distance from object Warning indicator

Warning soundWhen driving

forwardWhen driving

rearward

47 in.~24 in.(120 cm~60 cm)

Front - - -

Rear -Buzzer beeps intermittently

24 in.~12 in.(60 cm~30 cm)

Front -

Rear -Buzzer beeps

frequently

12 in.(30 cm)

FrontBuzzer sounds continuously

Rear -Buzzer sounds continuously

✽✽ NOTICE• The actual warning sound and indicator may differ from the illustration

according to objects or sensor status.• Do not wash the vehicle's sensor with high pressure water.

Type of warning indicator and sound: with Warning sound

: without Warning sound


784

Non-operational conditions ofparking assist systemParking assist system may notoperate normally when:1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It

will operate normally when mois-ture melts.)

2. Sensor is covered with foreignmatter, such as snow or water, orthe sensor cover is blocked. (It willoperate normally when the materi-al is removed or the sensor is nolonger blocked.)

3. Sensor is stained with foreign mat-ter such as snow or water.(Sensing range will return to nor-mal when removed.)

4.The parking assist button is off.

There is a possibility of parkingassist system malfunction when:1. Driving on uneven road surfaces

such as unpaved roads, gravel,bumps, or gradient.

2. Objects generating excessive noisesuch as vehicle horns, loud motor-cycle engines, or truck air brakescan interfere with the sensor.

3. Heavy rain or water spray.4. Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones present near the sensor.5. Sensor is covered with snow.

CAUTION• This system can only sense

objects within the range andlocation of the sensors;It can not detect objects inother areas where sensors arenot installed. Also, small orslim objects, such as poles orobjects located between sen-sors may not be detected bythe sensors.Always visually check behindthe vehicle when backing up.

• Be sure to inform any driversof the vehicle that may beunfamiliar with the systemregarding the systems capa-bilities and limitations.

4 79


Detecting range may decreasewhen:1. Outside air temperature is

extremely hot or cold.2. Undetectable objects smaller than

80 in. (1 m) and narrower than 6 in.(14 cm) in diameter.

The following objects may not berecognized by the sensor:1. Sharp or slim objects such as

ropes, chains or small poles.2. Objects, which tend to absorb sen-

sor frequency such as clothes,spongy material or snow.

✽✽ NOTICE1. The warning may not sound

sequentially depending on thespeed and shapes of the objectsdetected.

2. The parking assist system maymalfunction if the vehicle bumperheight or sensor installation hasbeen modified. Any non-factoryinstalled equipment or accessoriesmay also interfere with the sensorperformance.

3. Sensor may not recognize objectsless than 12 in. (30 cm) from thesensor, or it may sense an incor-rect distance. Use with caution.

4. When the sensor is frozen orstained with snow or water, thesensor may be inoperative untilthe stains are removed using asoft cloth.

5. Do not push, scratch or strike thesensor with any hard objects thatcould damage the surface of thesensor. Sensor damage couldoccur.

✽✽ NOTICEThis system can only sense objectswithin the range and location of thesensors, it can not detect objects inother areas where sensors are notinstalled. Also, small or slim objects,or objects located between sensorsmay not be detected. Always visually check in front andbehind the vehicle when driving.Be sure to inform any drivers in thevehicle that may be unfamiliar withthe system regarding the systemscapabilities and limitations.

WARNINGPay close attention when thevehicle is driven close to objectson the road, particularly pedestri-ans, and especially children. Beaware that some objects may notbe detected by the sensors, dueto the objects distance, size ormaterial, all of which can limit theeffectiveness of the sensor.Always perform a visual inspec-tion to make sure the vehicle isclear of all obstructions beforemoving the vehicle in any direc-tion.


804

Self-diagnosisWhen you shift the gear to the R(Reverse) position and if one or moreof the below occurs you may have amalfunction in the rear parking assistsystem.• You don't hear an audible warning

sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-mittently.

If this occurs, have your vehiclechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.

The rear camera display will activatewhen the back-up light is ON with theignition switch ON and the shift leverin the R (Reverse) position.

This system is a supplemental sys-tem that helps the driver by display-ing objects behind the vehicle whenbacking up.Always keep the camera lens clean. Iflens is covered with foreign matter,the camera may not operate normally.

WARNINGYour new vehicle warranty doesnot cover any accidents or dam-age to the vehicle or injuries toits occupants related to a park-ing assist system. Always drivesafely and cautiously.

(blinks)

• is displayed. (if equipped)

REAR CAMERA DISPLAY (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING- Rear camera display

The rear camera display is not asafety device. It only serves toassist the driver in identifyingobjects directly behind the mid-dle of the vehicle. The cameradoes NOT cover the completearea behind the vehicle. Whilethe camera's display is general-ly accurate, objects can bemuch closer than they appear inthe display screen and can bedistorted in both size and pro-portion.

OBK044277

OBK044278

4 81


The hazard warning flasher shouldbe used whenever you find it neces-sary to stop the car in a hazardouslocation. When you must make suchan emergency stop, always pull offthe road as far as possible.The hazard warning lights are turnedon by pushing in the hazard switch.This causes all turn signal lights toblink. The hazard warning lights willoperate even though the key is not inthe ignition switch.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch a second time.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OBK044044N

WARNING - Relying onthe Rear-Camera Display

Never rely solely on the rearcamera display when backingup. You must always use meth-ods of viewing the area behindyou including looking over bothshoulders as well as continu-ously checking all three rearview mirrors. Due to the difficul-ty of ensuring that the areabehind you remains clear,always back slowly and stopimmediately if you even suspectthat a person, and especially achild, might be behind you.


824

Battery saver function • The purpose of this feature is to

prevent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the exterior lights whenthe driver removes the ignition key(smart key : turns off the engine)and opens the driver-side door. (inthat order)

• With this feature, the parking lightswill be turned off automatically ifthe driver parks on the side of roadat night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed(smart key : turns off the engine),perform the following:1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and

ON again using the light switchon the steering column.

Headlight escort function (if equipped)If you turn the ignition switch to theACC or OFF position with the head-lights ON, the headlights (and/or taillights) remain on for about 5 minutes.However, if the driver’s door isopened and closed, the headlightsare turned off after 15 seconds.The headlights can be turned off bypressing the lock button on the trans-mitter (or smart key) twice or turningthe light switch to the OFF or Autoposition.However, if you turn the light switch tothe Auto position when it is dark outside,the headlights will not be turned off.

Headlamp welcome function (if equipped)When the headlight switch is in theON or AUTO position and all doors(and trunk) are closed and locked, ifyou press the door unlock button onthe transmitter (or the smart key), theparking light will come on for about15 seconds. At this time, if you pressthe door lock button on the transmit-ter (or smart key) the parking lightwill turn off immediately.

LIGHTING

CAUTIONIf the driver gets out of the vehi-cle through other doors (exceptdriver’s door), the battery saverfunction does not operate andthe headlight escort functiondoes not turn off automatically.Therefore, it causes the batteryto be discharged. In this case,make sure to turn off the lampbefore getting out of the vehicle.

4 83


Daytime running light (if equipped)Daytime Running Lights (DRL) canmake it easier for others to see thefront of your vehicle during the day.DRL can be helpful in many differentdriving conditions, and it is especiallyhelpful after dawn and before sunset.The DRL system turns OFF when:1. The multifunction switch is in the

OFF position. (if equipped)2. The headlights are ON.3. The turn signal is ON. (the blinking

side of the DRL will turn off)4. The hazard warning light is ON.5. The parking brake is applied.6. Engine stops.

Lighting controlThe light switch has a Headlight anda Parking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob atthe end of the control lever to one ofthe following positions:(1) OFF position(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position(4) Auto light position (if equipped)

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the park-ing light position (1st position), thetail, license and instrument panellights are ON.

OBK049046OBK049045


844

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the head-light position (2nd position), thehead, tail, license and instrumentpanel lights are ON.

✽✽ NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in theON position to turn on the head-lights.

Auto light position (if equipped)When the light switch is in the AUTOlight position, the taillights and head-lights will be turned ON or OFF auto-matically depending on the amountof light outside the vehicle.

OBK049048

CAUTION• Never place anything over

sensor (1) located on theinstrument panel. This willensure better auto-light sys-tem control.

• Don’t clean the sensor using awindow cleaner. The cleanermay leave a light film whichcould interfere with sensoroperation.

• If your vehicle has window tintor other types of metallic coat-ing on the front windshield,the Auto light system may notwork properly.

OBK049047

4 85


High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull itback for low beams.The high beam indicator will lightwhen the headlight high beams areswitched on.To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not leave the lightson for a prolonged time while theengine is not running.

To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the nor-mal (low beam) position whenreleased. The headlight switch doesnot need to be on to use this flashingfeature.

Turn signals and lane changesignalsThe ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn onthe turn signals, move the lever up ordown (A). Green arrow indicators onthe instrument panel indicate whichturn signal is operating. They willself-cancel after a turn is completed.If the indicator continues to flashafter a turn, manually return the leverto the OFF position.

OBK049051OBK049049OBK049050

WARNINGDo not use high beam whenthere are other vehicles. Usinghigh beam could obstruct theother driver's vision.


864

To signal a lane change, move theturn signal lever slightly and hold it inposition (B). The lever will return tothe OFF position when released.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, oneof the turn signal bulbs may beburned out and will require replace-ment.

One-touch triple turn signal To activate the one-touch triple turnsignal move the turn signal leverslightly for less than 1.8 seconds andthen release it. The lane change sig-nals will blink 3 times.

✽✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormallyquick or slow, a bulb may be burnedout or have a poor electrical connec-tion in the circuit.

Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provideimproved visibility when visibility ispoor due to fog, rain or snow etc. Thefog lights will turn on when fog lightswitch (1) is turned to ON after theheadlights are turned on.To turn off the fog lights, turn theswitch to OFF.

OBK049052

CAUTIONWhen in operation, the foglights consume large amountsof vehicle electrical power. Onlyuse the fog lights when visibilityis poor.

4 87


A : Wiper speed control· MIST – Single wipe· OFF – Off· INT – Intermittent wipe · LO – Low wiper speed· HI – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent wipe time adjust-ment

C : Wash with brief wipes*

* : if equipped

Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the igni-tion switch is turned ON.MIST : For a single wiping cycle,

push the lever upward andrelease it with the lever in theOFF position. The wipers willoperate continuously if thelever is pushed upward andheld.

OFF : Wiper is not in operationINT : Wiper operates intermittently at

the same wiping intervals. Usethis mode in a light rain or mist.To vary the speed setting, turnthe speed control knob(1).

LO : Normal wiper speedHI : Fast wiper speed

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation ofsnow or ice on the windshield,defrost the windshield for about 10minutes, or until the snow and/or iceis removed before using the wind-shield wipers to ensure proper oper-ation.

✽✽ NOTICE• When you operate the wipers, if

your vehicle has a problem in anypart of the wiper operation sys-tem, the wiper may operate in theLO mode regardless of the wiperswitch position. In this case, haveyour vehicle checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

• When the ignition key is removed,the wiper blade sometimes maymove slightly to be properly posi-tioned for reducing the deteriora-tion of the windshield wipers.

WIPERS AND WASHERS

OAM049100L


884

Windshield washers In the OFF position, pull the levergently toward you to spray washerfluid on the windshield and to run thewipers 1-3 cycles.Use this function when the wind-shield is dirty.The spray and wiper operation willcontinue until you release the lever.If the washer does not work, checkthe washer fluid level. If the fluid levelis not sufficient, you will need to addappropriate non-abrasive windshieldwasher fluid to the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located inthe front of the engine compartmenton the passenger side.

CAUTIONTo prevent possible damage tothe washer pump, do not oper-ate the washer when the fluidreservoir is empty.

WARNINGDo not use the washer in freez-ing temperatures without firstwarming the windshield with thedefrosters; the washer solutioncould freeze on contact with thewindshield and obscure yourvision.

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage

to the wipers or windshield,do not operate the wiperswhen the windshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to thewiper blades, do not use gaso-line, kerosene, paint thinner,or other solvents on or nearthem.

• To prevent damage to thewiper arms and other compo-nents, do not attempt to movethe wipers manually.

4 89


Map lampPush the lens to turn the map lampon or off. This light produces a spotbeam for convenient use as a maplamp at night or as a personal lampfor the driver and the front passenger.

• DOOR: The light comes on whenany door (or trunk) isopened regardless of theignition switch position.When doors are unlockedby the transmitter (or smartkey), the light comes on forapproximately 30 secondsas long as any door is notopen. The light goes outgradually after approxi-mately 30 seconds if thedoor is closed. However, ifthe ignition switch is ON orall doors are locked, thelight will turn off immediate-ly. If a door is opened withthe ignition switch in theACC or LOCK position, thelight stays on for about 20minutes. However, if a dooris opened with the ignitionswitch in the ON position,the light stays on continu-ously.

INTERIOR LIGHT

CAUTIONDo not use the interior lights forextended periods when theengine is not running.It may cause battery discharge.

OBK049055N

WARNINGDo not use the interior lightswhen driving in the dark.Accidents could happenbecause the view may beobscured by interior lights.


904

Trunk room lampThe trunk room lamp comes onwhen the trunk is opened.

Glove box lampThe glove box lamp comes on whenthe glove box is opened.The parking lights or headlights mustbe ON for the glove box lamp to func-tion.

Vanity mirror lampPull the sunvisor downward and youcan turn the vanity mirror lamp ON orOFF by pushing the button.• : To turn the lamp ON.• O : To turn the lamp OFF.

OBK049056

CAUTIONThe trunk room lamp comes onas long as the trunk lid opens.To prevent unnecessary charg-ing system drain, close thetrunk lid securely after using thetrunk room.

OBK049057 OTD049088

CAUTIONTo prevent unnecessary charg-ing system drain, turn off thelamp by pushing the O buttonafter using the lamp.

4 91


✽✽ NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to“Windshield defrosting and defog-ging” in this section.

Rear window defrosterThe defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice fromthe rear window, while the engine isrunning.To activate the rear windowdefroster, press the rear windowdefroster button located in the centerfacia switch panel. The indicator onthe rear window defroster button illu-minates when the defroster is ON.If there is heavy accumulation ofsnow on the rear window, brush it offbefore operating the rear defroster.

The rear window defroster automati-cally turns off after approximately 20minutes or when the ignition switch isturned off. To turn off the defroster,press the rear window defroster but-ton again.

Outside rearview mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with theoutside rearview mirror defrosters,they will operate at the same timeyou turn on the rear windowdefroster.

Front windshield deicer (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with thefront windshield deicer, it will beoperating at the same time you oper-ate the rear window defroster.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the con-ductors bonded to the insidesurface of the rear window,never use sharp instruments orwindow cleaners containingabrasives to clean the window.

DEFROSTER

OBK042100


924

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED

1. Temperature control knob2. Max A/C (Max airconditioning) button 3. Off button4. Mode selection button5. Fan speed control knob6. Air conditioning button7. Front windshield defrost button8. Rear window defroster button9. Air intake control button

OBK042099/OBK042260L

■■ Type A

■■ Type B

4 93


Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired posi-

tion.For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to theoutside (fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turnthe air conditioning system on.

OBK042064N


944

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controlsthe direction of the air flow throughthe ventilation system.The air flow outlet port is convertedas follows:• Press

• Press

Face-Level (B, D, C)

Air flow is directed toward the upperbody and face with a small amount ofthe air being directed to the floor.Additionally, each outlet can be con-trolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, C)

Air flow is directed towards the faceand the floor.

Floor-Level (C, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the airbeing directed to the windshield andside window defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor and the windshield with a smallamount directed to the side windowdefrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side windowdefrosters.

OBK042101

4 95


MAX A/C-Level (B,D)

The MAX A/C mode is used to coolthe inside of the vehicle faster.Air flow is directed toward the upperbody and face with a small amount ofthe air being directed to the floor.In this mode, the air conditioning andthe recirculated air position will beselected automatically.

Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened orclosed separately using the horizon-tal thumbwheel. To close the vent,rotate it to the fully down position. Toopen the vent, rotate it up to thedesired position.Also, you can adjust the direction ofair delivery from these vents usingthe vent control lever as shown. Temperature control

The temperature control knob allowsyou to control the temperature of theair flowing from the ventilation sys-tem.To change the air temperature inthe passenger compartment, turnthe knob to the right for warm air orleft for cooler air.

OBK042102

OBK042268L

■ Type A

■ Type BOBK042066

OBK042103

OBK042263L

■ Type A

■ Type B


964

Temperature unit conversion

You can switch the temperature modebetween Centigrade to Fahrenheit asfollows:While pressing the OFF button, pressthe MAX A/C button for 4 seconds ormore.The display will change fromCentigrade to Fahrenheit, or fromFahrenheit to Centigrade.If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, the temperature modedisplay will reset to Centigrade. Air intake control

This is used to select the outside(fresh) air position or recirculated airposition.To change the air intake control posi-tion, push the control button.

Recirculated air position

The indicator light on thebutton is illuminatedwhen the recirculated airposition is selected.With the recirculated airposition selected, airfrom the passengercompartment will bedrawn through the heat-ing system and heatedor cooled according tothe function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position

The indicator light on thebutton is illuminatedwhen the outside (fresh)air position is selected.With the outside (fresh)air position selected, airenters the vehicle fromoutside and is heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

OBK042104

4 97


✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater inthe recirculated air position (withoutair conditioning selected) may causefogging of the windshield and sidewindows and the air within the pas-senger compartment may becomestale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculatedair position selected will result inexcessively dry air in the passengercompartment.

Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control knob allowsyou to control the fan speed of the airflowing from the ventilation system.To change the fan speed, turn theknob to the right for higher speed orleft for lower speed.

WARNING• Continued use of the climate

control system in the recircu-lated air position may allowhumidity to increase insidethe vehicle which may fog theglass and obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle withthe air conditioning or heatingsystem on. It may cause seri-ous harm or death due to adrop in the oxygen leveland/or body temperature.

• Continued use of the climatecontrol system in the recircu-lated air position can causedrowsiness or sleepiness,and loss of vehicle control.Set the air intake control tothe outside (fresh) air positionas much as possible whiledriving.

OBK042105

OBK042264L

■ Type A

■ Type B


984

Air conditioning Press the A/C button to turn the airconditioning system on (indicatorlight will illuminate). Press the buttonagain to turn the air conditioning sys-tem off.

OFF modePress the OFF button to turn off theair climate control system. However,you can still operate the air intakebuttons as long as the ignition switchis in the ON position.

System operationVentilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the



desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired,

turn the air conditioning systemon.

• If the windshield fogs up, set themode to the or position.

OBK042251

OBK042106

OBK042266L

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 99


Operation Tips

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumesfrom entering the car through theventilation system, temporarily setthe air intake control to the recircu-lated air position. Be sure to returnthe control to the fresh air positionwhen the irritation has passed tokeep fresh air in the vehicle. Thiswill help keep the driver alert andcomfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling systemis drawn in through the grilles justahead of the windshield. Careshould be taken that these are notblocked by leaves, snow, ice orother obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control tothe fresh air position and fan speedto the desired position, turn on theair conditioning system, and adjustthe temperature control to desiredtemperature.

Air conditioning HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systemsare filled with environmentally friendlyR-134a refrigerant.1. Start the engine. Push the air con-

ditioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the

outside air or recirculated air posi-tion.

4. Adjust the fan speed control andtemperature control to maintainmaximum comfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired,set the temperature control to theextreme left position, set the modecontrol to the position, then setthe fan speed control to the highestspeed.

✽✽ NOTICE• When using the air conditioning

system, monitor the engine tem-perature gauge closely while driv-ing up hills or in heavy trafficwhen outside temperatures arehigh. Air conditioning systemoperation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blow-er fan but turn the air condition-ing system off if the engine tem-perature gauge indicates engineoverheating.

• When opening the windows inhumid weather air conditioningmay create water droplets insidethe vehicle. Since excessive waterdroplets may cause damage toelectrical equipment, air condi-tioning should only be operatedwith the windows closed.


1004

Air conditioning system operation tips

• If the vehicle has been parked indirect sunlight during hot weather,open the windows for a short timeto let the hot air inside the vehicleescape.

• To help reduce moisture inside ofthe windows on rainy or humiddays, decrease the humidity insidethe vehicle by operating the airconditioning system.

• During air conditioning systemoperation, you may occasionallynotice a slight change in enginespeed as the air conditioning com-pressor cycles. This is a normalsystem operation characteristic.

• Use the air conditioning systemevery month, even if only for a fewminutes, to ensure maximum sys-tem performance.

• When using the air conditioningsystem, you may notice clear waterdripping (or even puddling) on theground under the passenger sideof the vehicle. This is a normal sys-tem operation characteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning sys-tem in the recirculated air positionprovides maximum cooling, how-ever, continual operation in thismode may cause the air inside thevehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling andhumid air intake. This is a normalsystem operation characteristic.

Climate control air filter The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dustor other pollutants that come intothe vehicle from the outside throughthe heating and air conditioning sys-tem. If dust or other pollutants accu-mulate in the filter over a period oftime, the air flow from the air ventsmay decrease, resulting in moistureaccumulation on the inside of thewindshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If thishappens, have the climate controlair filter replaced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

4 101


✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the car is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty or roughroads, more frequent filter inspec-tions and changes are required.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, the system should bechecked at an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Checking the amount of airconditioner refrigerant andcompressor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant islow, the performance of the air con-ditioning is reduced. Overfilling alsohas a negative impact on the air con-ditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNINGBecause the refriger-ant is at very highpressure, the air con-ditioning systemshould only be serv-

iced by trained and certifiedtechnicians. It is important thatthe correct type and amount ofoil and refrigerant is used, oth-erwise damage to the vehicleand personal injury may occur.


1024

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

1. Temperature control knob

2. AUTO (automatic control) button

3. OFF button

4. Mode selection button

5. Fan speed control button

6. Air conditioning button

7. Front windshield defrost button

8. Rear window defrost button

9. Air intake control button

10. Climate information screen selection

button

OBK042060/OBK042231

■■ Type A

■■ Type B

4 103


1. Temperature control knob

2. AUTO (automatic control) button

3. OFF button

4. Mode selection button

5. Fan speed control button

6. Air conditioning button

7. Front windshield defrost button

8. Rear window defrost button

9. Air intake control button

10. Climate information screen selection

button

OBK042261L/OBK042262L

■■ Type C

■■ Type D


1044

Automatic heating and air con-ditioning1. Press the AUTO button.The modes, fan speeds, air intakeand air-conditioning will be controlledautomatically by temperature setting.

2. Set the temperature control knobto the desired position.If the temperature is set to thelowest setting (LO), the air condi-tioning system will operate contin-uously.

✽✽ NOTICE• To turn the automatic operation

off, select any button or switch ofthe following:- Mode selection button- Air conditioning button- Front windshield defroster but-

ton (Press the button one moretime to deselect the front wind-shield defroster function. The'AUTO' sign will illuminate onthe information display onceagain.)

- Air intake control button- Fan speed control switchThe selected function will be con-trolled manually while other func-tions operate automatically.

• For your convenience and toimprove the effectiveness of theclimate control, use the AUTObutton and set the temperature to73°F (23°C).

OBK042061

OBK042265L

■ Type A, B

■ Type C, DOBK042067

OBK042263L

■ Type A, B

■ Type C, D

4 105


✽✽ NOTICENever place anything over the sen-sor located on the instrument panelto ensure better control of the heat-ing and cooling system.

Manual heating and air condi-tioningThe heating and cooling system canbe controlled manually by pushingbuttons other than the AUTO button.In this case, the system workssequentially according to the order ofbuttons selected.When pressing any button except theAUTO button while using automaticoperation, the functions not selectedwill be controlled automatically.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to theoutside (fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turnthe air conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order toconvert to full automatic control ofthe system.

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controlsthe direction of the air flow throughthe ventilation system.The air flow outlet port is convertedas follows:

OBK042232

■ Type A, C

■ Type B, D

OBK049062


1064

Type A, C

• Press

• Press

Type B, D

Floor & Defrost(A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor and the windshield with a smallamount directed to the side windowdefrosters.

Floor-Level (C, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the airbeing directed to the windshield andside window defrosters.

Bi-Level (B, D, C)

Air flow is directed towards the faceand the floor.

Face-Level (B, D, C)

Air flow is directed toward the upperbody and face with a small amount ofthe air being directed to the floor.Additionally, each outlet can be con-trolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side windowdefrosters.

OBK042065

4 107


Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened orclosed separately using the horizon-tal thumbwheel. To close the vent,rotate it to the fully down position. Toopen the vent, rotate it up to thedesired position.Also, you can adjust the direction ofair delivery from these vents usingthe vent control lever as shown. Temperature control

The temperature control knob allowsyou to control the temperature of theair flowing from the ventilation system.To change the air temperature in thepassenger compartment, turn theknob to the right position for warm andhot air or left position for cooler air.

Temperature unit conversion

You can switch the temperaturemode between Centigrade toFahrenheit as follows;While pressing the OFF button,press the AUTO button for 4 secondsor more.The display will change fromCentigrade to Fahrenheit, or fromFahrenheit to Centigrade.If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, the temperature modedisplay will reset to Centigrade.

OBK042067

OBK042263L

■ Type A, B



1084

Air intake controlThis is used to select the outside(fresh) air position or recirculated airposition.To change the air intake control posi-tion, press the control button.

Recirculated air position

The indicator light on thebutton is illuminatedwhen the recirculated airposition is selected.

With the recirculated air positionselected, air from the passengercompartment will be drawn throughthe heating system and heated orcooled according to the functionselected.

Outside (fresh) air position

The indicator light on thebutton is illuminatedwhen the outside (fresh)air position is selected.

With the outside (fresh) air positionselected, air enters the vehicle fromoutside and is heated or cooledaccording to the function selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater inthe recirculated air position (withoutair conditioning selected) may causefogging of the windshield and sidewindows and the air within the pas-senger compartment may becomestale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculatedair position selected will result inexcessively dry air in the passengercompartment.

OBK042104

4 109


Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation. The fanspeed control knob allows you tocontrol the fan speed of the air flow-ing from the ventilation system. Tochange the fan speed, turn the knobto the right for higher speed or left forlower speed.

Air conditioningPress the A/C button to turn the airconditioning system on (indicatorlight will illuminate).Press the button again to turn the airconditioning system off.

OBK042106

OBK042266L

■ Type A, B


OBK042264L

■ Type A, B

■ Type C, D

WARNING• Continued use of the climate

control system operation inthe recirculated air positionmay allow humidity to increaseinside the vehicle which mayfog the glass and obscure vis-ibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle withthe air conditioning or heatingsystem on. It may cause seri-ous harm or death due to adrop in the oxygen leveland/or body temperature.

• Continued use of the climatecontrol system operation inthe recirculated air positioncan cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehi-cle control. Set the air intakecontrol to the outside (fresh)air position as much as possi-ble while driving.


1104

OFF modePress the OFF button to turn off theair climate control system. However,you can still operate the mode andair intake buttons as long as the igni-tion switch is in the ON position.

Climate information screen selec-tion (if equipped)Press the climate information screenselection button to display climateinformation on the screen.

System operationVentilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the



desired speed.

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the



desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired,

turn the air conditioning systemon.

• If the windshield fogs up, set themode to the or push the frontdefrost button ( ).

OBK042234

■ Type B, D

OBK042233

■ Type A, C

■ Type B, D

4 111


Operation Tips

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumesfrom entering the car through theventilation system, temporarily setthe air intake control to the recircu-lated air position. Be sure to returnthe control to the fresh air positionwhen the irritation has passed tokeep fresh air in the vehicle. Thiswill help keep the driver alert andcomfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling systemis drawn in through the grilles justahead of the windshield. Careshould be taken that these are notblocked by leaves, snow, ice orother obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control tothe fresh air position and fan speedto the desired position, turn on theair conditioning system, and adjustthe temperature control to desiredtemperature.

Air conditioning HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systemsare filled with environmentally friendlyR-134a refrigerant.1. Start the engine. Push the air con-

ditioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the

outside air or recirculated air posi-tion.

4. Adjust the fan speed control andtemperature control to maintainmaximum comfort.

✽✽ NOTICE• When using the air conditioning

system, monitor the temperaturegauge closely while driving uphills or in heavy traffic when out-side temperatures are high. Airconditioning system operationmay cause engine overheating.Continue to use the blower fan butturn the air conditioning systemoff if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows inhumid weather air conditioningmay create water droplets insidethe vehicle. Since excessive waterdroplets may cause damage toelectrical equipment, air condi-tioning should only be run withthe windows closed.


1124

Air conditioning system operation tips

• If the vehicle has been parked indirect sunlight during hot weather,open the windows for a short timeto let the hot air inside the vehicleescape.

• To help reduce moisture inside ofthe windows on rainy or humiddays, decrease the humidity insidethe vehicle by operating the airconditioning system.

• During air conditioning systemoperation, you may occasionallynotice a slight change in enginespeed as the air conditioning com-pressor cycles. This is a normalsystem operation characteristic.

• Use the air conditioning systemevery month, even if only for a fewminutes, to ensure maximum sys-tem performance.

• When using the air conditioningsystem, you may notice clear waterdripping (or even puddling) on theground under the passenger sideof the vehicle. This is a normal sys-tem operation characteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning sys-tem in the recirculated air positionprovides maximum cooling, how-ever, continual operation in thismode may cause the air inside thevehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling andhumid air intake. This is a normalsystem operation characteristics.

Climate control air filter The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dustor other pollutants that come intothe vehicle from the outside throughthe heating and air conditioning sys-tem. If dust or other pollutants accu-mulate in the filter over a period oftime, the air flow from the air ventsmay decrease, resulting in moistureaccumulation on the inside of thewindshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If thishappens, have the climate controlair filter replaced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

4 113


✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the car is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty or roughroads, more frequent filter inspec-tions and changes are required.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, the system should bechecked at an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Checking the amount of airconditioner refrigerant andcompressor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant islow, the performance of the air con-ditioning is reduced. Overfilling alsohas a negative impact on the air con-ditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNINGBecause the refriger-ant is at very highpressure, the air con-ditioning systemshould only be serv-

iced by trained and certifiedtechnicians. It is important thatthe correct type and amount ofoil and refrigerant is used, oth-erwise damage to the vehicleand personal injury may occur.


1144

• For maximum defrosting, set thetemperature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desiredwhile defrosting or defogging, setthe mode to the floor-defrost posi-tion.

• Before driving, clear all snow andice from the windshield, rear win-dow, outside rear view mirrors, andall side windows.

• Clear all snow and ice from thehood and air inlet in the cowl grill toimprove heater and defroster effi-ciency and to reduce the probabili-ty of fogging up the inside of thewindshield.

Manual climate control systemTo defog inside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the desired

position.2. Select desired temperature.

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

WARNING - Windshieldheating

Do not use the or posi-tion during cooling operation inextremely humid weather. Thedifference between the temper-ature of the outside air and thatof the windshield could causethe outer surface of the wind-shield to fog up, causing loss ofvisibility. In this case, set themode selection button to the

position and fan speed con-trol knob to the lower speed.

OBK042107

OBK042269L

■ Type A, B

■ Type C, D

4 115


3. Press the defrost button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air will be

selected automatically. If the position is selected, air condition-ing will also be selected automati-cally.

If the air conditioning and/or outside(fresh) air position are not selectedautomatically, press the correspon-ding button manually.

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest

(extreme right) position.2. Set the temperature to the

extreme hot position.

3. Press the defrost button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air and air con-

ditioning will be selected automat-ically.

If the position is selected, lowerfan speed is adjusted to a higher fanspeed.

OBK042108

OBK042270L

■ Type A, B

■ Type C, D


1164

Automatic climate control sys-temTo defog inside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the desired

position.

2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defrost button ( ).4. The air conditioning will be turned

on according to the detectedambient temperature and outside(fresh) air position will be selectedautomatically.

If the air conditioning and outside(fresh) air position are not selectedautomatically, adjust the correspon-ding button manually. If the posi-tion is selected, lower fan speed isadjusted to a higher fan speed.

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest

position.2. Set the temperature to the

extreme hot position.

OBK042072

OBK042275L

■ Type A, B


OBK042276L

■ Type A, B

■ Type C, D

4 117


3. Press the defrost button ( ).4. The air conditioning will be turned

on according to the detectedambient temperature and outside(fresh) air position will be selectedautomatically.

If the position is selected, lowerfan speed is adjusted to a higher fanspeed.

Defogging logicTo reduce the possibility of foggingup the inside of the windshield, theair intake or air conditioning are con-trolled automatically according tocertain conditions such as or position. To cancel or return thedefogging logic, do the following.

Manual climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON

position.2. Press the defrost button ( ).

OBK042109L

OBK042271L

■ Type A, B

■ Type C, D


1184

3. While holding the air conditioningbutton (A/C) pressed, press the airintake control button at least 5times within 3 seconds.

The A/C display blinks 3 times with0.5 second of interval. It indicatesthat the defogging logic is canceledor returned to the programmed sta-tus.

If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, it resets to the defoglogic status.

Automatic climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON

position.2. Press the defrost button ( ).

3. While holding the air conditioningbutton (A/C) pressed, press the airintake control button at least 5times within 3 seconds.

The A/C display blinks 3 times with0.5 second of interval. It indicatesthat the defogging logic is canceledor returned to the programmed sta-tus.

If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, it resets to the defoglogic status.

OBK042109L

OBK042274L

■ Type A, B

■ Type C, D

4 119


Auto defogging system (Only for automatic climate con-trol system, if equipped)Auto defogging reduces the possibil-ity of fogging up the inside of thewindshield by automatically sensingthe moisture of inside the windshield.The auto defogging system operateswhen the climate control system ison.

This indicator illuminateswhen the auto defoggingsystem senses the mois-ture of inside the wind-shield and operates.

If more moisture is in the vehicle,higher steps operate as follow.

Step 1 : Operating the air condition-ing

Step 2 : Outside air positionStep 3 : Blowing air flow toward the

windshieldStep 4 : Increasing air flow toward

the windshield

If your vehicle is equipped with theauto defogging system, it is automat-ically activated when the conditionsare met. However, if you would like tocancel the auto defogging system,press the front defroster button 4times within 2 seconds while press-ing the AUTO button. The indicatorwill blink 3 times to notify you that thesystem is cancelled. To use the autodefogging system again, follow theprocedures mentioned above.

If the battery has been disconnectedor discharged, it resets to the autodefogging status.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the A/C off is manually selectedwhile the auto defogging system ison, the auto defogging indicator willblink 3 times to give notice that theA/C off can not be selected.

OBK042235

CAUTIONDo not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of thedriver side windshield glass.Damage to the system partscould occur and may not be cov-ered by your vehicle warranty.


1204

Center console storage These compartments can be used tostore small items required by thedriver or front passenger.To open the center console storage,pull up the lever.

Glove boxTo open the glove box, push the but-ton (1) and the glove box will auto-matically open (2). Close the glovebox after use.

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or otherflammable/explosive materialsin the vehicle. These items maycatch fire and/or explode if thevehicle is exposed to hot tem-peratures for extended periods.

CAUTION• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storagecompartments.

• Always keep the storage com-partment covers closed whiledriving. Do not attempt toplace so many items in thestorage compartment that thestorage compartment covercannot close securely. OBK049076OBK049075

WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, alwayskeep the glove box door closedwhile driving.

CAUTIONDo not keep food in the glovebox for a long time.

4 121


Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder, pressthe cover and the holder will slowlyopen. Place your sunglasses in thecompartment door with the lensesfacing out. Push to close.

Cigarette lighter (if equipped)For the cigarette lighter to work, theignition switch must be in the ACCposition or the ON position.To open the cover, push the coverforward. (if equipped)To use the cigarette lighter, push it allthe way into its socket. When the ele-ment has heated, the lighter will popout to the “ready” position.If it is necessary to replace the ciga-rette lighter, use only a genuineHYUNDAI replacement or itsapproved equivalent.

OBK049077N

WARNING• Do not keep objects except

sunglasses inside the sun-glass holder. Such objectscan be thrown from the holderin the event of a sudden stopor an accident, possibly injur-ing the passengers in thevehicle.

• Do not open the sunglassholder while the vehicle ismoving. The rear view mirrorof the vehicle can be blockedby an open sunglass holder.

• Do not put the glassesforcibly into a sunglass holderto prevent breakage or defor-mation of glasses. It maycause personal injury if youtry to open it forcibly when theglasses are jammed in holder.

OBK042078

INTERIOR FEATURES


1224

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups

of hot liquid in the cup holderwhile the vehicle is in motion.If the hot liquid spills, youcould be burned. Such a burnto the driver could lead to lossof control of the vehicle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of suddenstop or collision, do not placeuncovered or unsecured bot-tles, glasses, cans, etc., in thecup holder while the vehicle isin motion.

WARNINGKeep cans or bottles out ofdirect sun light and do not putthem in a vehicle that is heatedup. It may explode.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning spilled liquid, donot dry the cup holder at hightemperatures. This may damagethe chrome part of the cup holder.

Ashtray (if equipped)

To open the cover, pull up the cover.To clean the ashtray, remove thecover by turning it clockwise.

Cup holder

CAUTIONOnly a genuine HYUNDAI lightershould be used in the cigarettelighter socket. The use of plug-in accessories (shavers, hand-held vacuums, and coffee pots,etc.) may damage the socket orcause electrical failure.

WARNING• Do not hold the lighter in after

it is already heated because itwill overheat.

• If the lighter does not pop outwithin 30 seconds, remove itto prevent overheating.

WARNING - Ashtray use• Do not use the vehicle’s ash-

trays as waste receptacles.• Putting lit cigarettes or match-

es in an ashtray with othercombustible materials maycause a fire.

OBK049110

4 123


Cups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use the sunvisor, pull it down-ward.To use the sunvisor for the side win-dow, pull it downward, unsnap it fromthe bracket (1) and swing it to theside (2).To use the vanity mirror, pull downthe visor and slide the mirror cover(3).Adjust the sunvisor extension for-ward or backward (4). (if equipped)The ticket holder (5) is provided forholding a tollgate ticket.

OBK049079 OEN046157

WARNING• Close the vanity mirror cover

securely and return the sunvi-sor to its original positionafter use.

• For your safety, don't obstructyour field of vision whenusing the sunvisor.


1244

Power outletThe power outlet is designed to pro-vide power for mobile telephones orother devices designed to operatewith vehicle electrical systems. Thedevices should draw less than 10amps with the engine running.

Digital clockWhenever the battery terminals orrelated fuses are disconnected, youmust reset the time.

WARNINGDo not adjust the clock whiledriving. You may lose yoursteering control and cause anaccident that results in severepersonal injury or death.

OBK042111OBK049080

CAUTION• Use the power outlet only when

the engine is running andremove the accessory plugafter use. Using the accessoryplug for prolonged periods oftime with the engine off couldcause the battery to discharge.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Only use 12V electric acces-

sories which are less than 10Ain electric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the poweroutlet.

• Close the cover when not inuse.

• Some electronic devices cancause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle’spower outlet. These devicesmay cause excessive audiostatic and malfunctions inother electronic systems ordevices used in your vehicle.

WARNINGDo not put a finger or foreignelements (pin, etc.) into a poweroutlet and do not touch with awet hand. You may get an elec-tric shock.

4 125


Setup the clockWith audio off

1. Press the [SETUP] or [Clock] but-ton(1) until the clock of the displayblinks.

2. Set the clock by turning theknob(2) and press it.

With audio on

1. Press the [SETUP] or [Clock] but-ton (1).

2. Select the clock menu by turningthe knob (2).

3. Set the clock by turning theknob(2) and press it.

Outside thermometerThe current outside temperature isdisplayed in 1°F (1°C) increments.The temperature range is between -30°F~140°F (-30°C ~ 60°C).The outside temperature on the dis-play may not change immediatelylike a general thermometer to pre-vent the driver from being inattentive.

Floor mat anchor(s) When using a floor mat on the frontfloor carpet, make sure it attaches tothe floor mat anchor(s) in your vehi-cle. This keeps the floor mat fromsliding forward.

OBK049112N OXM049228



1264

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the goodsor the vehicle, care should betaken when carrying fragile orbulky objects in the luggagecompartment.

WARNINGAvoid eye injury. DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net,ALWAYS keep your face andbody out of the luggage net’srecoil path. DO NOT use whenthe strap has visible signs ofwear or damage.

Luggage net (holder) (if equipped)To keep items from shifting in thecargo area, you can use the 4 hold-ers located in the cargo area toattach the luggage net.If necessary, contact your authorizedHYUNDAI dealer to obtain a luggagenet.

WARNINGThe following must be observedwhen installing ANY floor matto the vehicle.Ensure that the floor mats aresecurely attached to the vehi-cle's floor mat anchor(s) beforedriving the vehicle.• Do not use ANY floor mat that

cannot be firmly attached tothe vehicle's floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on topof one another (e.g. all-weath-er rubber mat on top of a car-peted floor mat). Only a singlefloor mat should be installedin each position.

IMPORTANT - Your vehicle wasmanufactured with driver's sidefloor mat anchors that aredesigned to securely hold thefloor mat in place. To avoid anyinterference with pedal opera-tion, HYUNDAI recommendsthat only the HYUNDAI floor matdesigned for use in your vehiclebe installed.

OBK049132

4 127


Aux, USB and iPod® * port(if equipped)If your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB(universal serial bus) port oriPod port, you can:- use an aux cable to connect audio

devices to the aux port or - connect a USB to the USB port or- use a Hyundai iPod cable to con-

nect your iPod.(Only for non navi-gation. Navigation uses the Applewhite cable )

✽✽ NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noisemay occur during playback. If thishappens, use the power source of theportable audio device.

* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

Navigation (if equipped)For detail, refer to the Navigationmanual.

OBK042092 OBK042252


1284

AUDIO SYSTEM✽✽ NOTICE • If you install an after market HID

head lamp, your vehicle's audioand electronic device may mal-function.

• Prevent chemicals such as per-fume, cosmetic oil, sun cream,hand cleaner, and air freshenerfrom contacting the interior partsbecause they may cause damageor discoloration.

AntennaGlass antenna (if equipped)When the radio power switch isturned on while the ignition switch isin either the "ON" or "ACC" position,your car will receive both AM and FMbroadcast signals through the anten-na in the rear window glass.

Shark fin antenna (if equipped)The shark fin antenna will receive thetransmit data.

CAUTION• Do not clean the inside of the

rear window glass with acleaner or use a scraper toremove foreign deposits asthis may cause damage to theantenna elements.

• Avoid adding metallic coating(such as Nickle, Cadmium,and so on). These can disturbreceiving broadcast signals.

OBK042090

OBH048206

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 129


Steering wheel audio controls(if equipped)The steering wheel may incorporateaudio control buttons.

VOLUME (VOL +/-) (1)• Push the lever upward (+) to

increase the volume.• Push the lever downward (-) to

decrease the volume.

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)If the SEEK/PRESET button ispressed for 0.8 second or more, itwill work as follows in each mode.

RADIO mode

It will function as the AUTO SEEKselect button. It will SEEK until yourelease the button.

CD/USB/iPod mode

It will function as the FF/REW button.

If the SEEK/PRESET button ispressed for less than 0.8 second, itwill work as follows in each mode.

RADIO mode

It will function as the PRESET STA-TION select buttons.

CD/USB/iPod mode

It will function as the TRACKUP/DOWN button.

MODE (3)Press the MODE button to selectRadio, CD (Compact Disc).

MUTE ( ) (4, if equipped)• Press the button to mute the

sound.• Press the button to turn off the

microphone during a telephonecall.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons is included in the followingpages in this section.

CAUTIONDo not operate audio remotecontrol buttons simultaneously.

OBK042091L


1304

How vehicle audio worksAM and FM radio signals are broad-cast from transmitter towers locatedaround your city. They are intercept-ed by the radio antenna on your vehi-cle. This signal is then processed bythe radio and sent to your vehiclespeakers.When a strong radio signal hasreached your vehicle, the preciseengineering of your audio systemensures the best possible qualityreproduction. However, in some cas-es the signal coming to your vehiclemay not be strong and clear.

This can be due to factors, such asthe distance from the radio station,closeness of other strong radio sta-tions or the presence of buildings,bridges or other large obstructions inthe area.

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broad-casts. This is because AM radiowaves are transmitted at low fre-quencies. These long distance,lowfrequency radio waves can follow thecurvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight. In addition, theycurve around obstructions resultingin better signal coverage.

¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢

JBM002

AM reception

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM001

FM reception

4 131


FM broadcasts are transmitted athigh frequencies and do not bend tofollow the earth's surface. Becauseof this, FM broadcasts generallybegin to fade within short distancesfrom the station. Also, FM signals areeasily affected by buildings, moun-tains, and obstructions. This canlead to undesirable or unpleasant lis-tening conditions which might leadyou to believe a problem exists withyour radio. The following conditionsare normal and do not indicate radiotrouble:

• Fading - As your vehicle movesaway from the radio station, thesignal will weaken and sound willbegin to fade. When this occurs,we suggest that you select anotherstronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between thetransmitter and your radio can dis-turb the signal causing static orfluttering noises to occur. Reducingthe treble level may lessen thiseffect until the disturbance clears.

• Station Swapping - As an FM sig-nal weakens, another more power-ful signal near the same frequencymay begin to play. This is becauseyour radio is designed to lock ontothe clearest signal. If this occurs,select another station with astronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radiosignals being received from sever-al directions can cause distortionor fluttering. This can be caused bya direct and reflected signal fromthe same station, or by signalsfrom two stations with close fre-quencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the conditionhas passed.

JBM003

FM radio station

JBM005

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM004

XM RADIO MODE

Features of your vehicleSatellite radio reception

You may experience difficulties inreceiving XM™ satellite radio signalsin the following situations.• If you are driving in a tunnel or a

covered parking area.• If you are driving beneath the top

level of a multi-level freeway.• If you are driving under a bridge.• If you are driving next to a tall vehi-

cle (such as a truck or a bus) thatblocks the signal.

• If you are driving in a valley wherethe surrounding hills or peaksblock the signal from the satellite.

• If you are driving on a mountainroad where is the signal blocked bymountains.

• If you are driving in an area with talltrees that block the signal (30 ft./10m or more), for example on anroad that goes through a dense for-est.

• The signal can become weak insome areas that are not coveredby the XM™ repeater network.

NOTE:There may also be additionalunforeseen circumstances leadingto reception problems with theXM™ satellite radio signal.Advisory Messages, such as ‘CHUnavailable’ may occur when start-ing XM Radio.

4 132


SATELLITE2

SATELLITE1

Using a cellular phone or a two-way radio When a cellular phone is used insidethe vehicle, noise may be producedfrom the audio system. This does notmean that something is wrong withthe audio equipment. In such a case,try to operate mobile devices as farfrom the audio equipment as possi-ble.

Caring for disc• If the temperature inside the car is

too high, open the car windows toventilate before using the system.

• It is illegal to copy and useMP3/WMA files without permis-sion. Use CDs that are createdonly by lawful means.

• Do not apply volatile agents, suchas benzene and thinner, normalcleaners and magnetic spraysmade for analogue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface fromgetting damaged, hold CDs by theedges or the center hole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a pieceof soft cloth before playback (wipeit from the center to the outsideedge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape orpaper.

• Make certain only CDs are insert-ed into the CD player (Do not insertmore than one CD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after useto protect them from scratches ordirt.

CAUTIONWhen using a communicationsystem such as a cellular phoneor a radio set inside the vehicle,a separate external antennamust be fitted. When a cellularphone or a radio set is usedwith an internal antenna alone,it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system andadversely affect safe operationof the vehicle.

WARNINGDo not use a cellular phonewhile driving. Stop at a safelocation to use a cellular phone.


1334

4 134


• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs maynot operate normally according tothe manufacturing companies. Insuch circumstances, continueduse may cause malfunctions toyour audio system.

✽✽ NOTICE - PLAYING ANINCOMPATIBLE COPYPROTECTED AUDIO CD

Some copy protected CDs, which donot comply with international audioCD standards (Red Book), may notplay on your car audio. Please notethat inabilities to properly play acopy protected CD may indicatethat the CD is defective, not the CDplayer.

NOTE:Order of playing files (folders) :1. Song playing order : to

sequentially.2. Folder playing order :❋ If no song file is contained in the

folder, that folder is not displayed.

CAUTION• Operating the device while

driving could lead to acci-dents due to a lack of atten-tion to external surroundings.First park the vehicle beforeoperating the device.

• Adjust the volume to levelsthat allow the driver to hearsounds from outside of thevehicle. Driving in a statewhere external sounds cannotbe heard may lead to acci-dents.

• Pay attention to the volumesetting when turning thedevice on. A sudden output ofextreme volume upon turningthe device on could lead tohearing impairment. (Adjustthe volume to a suitable levelsbefore turning off the device.)

(Continued)

WARNING• Do not stare at the screen

while driving. Staring at thescreen for prolonged periodsof time could lead to trafficaccidents.

• Do not disassemble, assem-ble, or modify the audio sys-tem. Such acts could result inaccidents, fire, or electricshock.

• Using the phone while drivingmay lead to a lack of attentionof traffic conditions andincrease the likelihood ofaccidents. Use the phonefeature after parking the vehi-cle.

• Heed caution not to spill wateror introduce foreign objectsinto the device. Such actscould lead to smoke, fire, orproduct malfunction.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Please refrain from use if the

screen is blank or no soundcan be heard as these signsmay indicate product mal-function. Continued use insuch conditions could lead toaccidents(fires, electricshock) or product malfunc-tions.

• Do not touch the antenna dur-ing thunder or lightening assuch acts may lead to light-ning induced electric shock.

• Do not stop or park in park-ing-restricted areas to operatethe product. Such acts couldlead to traffic accidents.

• Use the system with the vehi-cle ignition turned on.Prolonged use with the igni-tion turned off could result inbattery discharge.


1354

4 136


(Continued)• If you want to change the posi-

tion of device installation,please inquire with your placeof purchase or service mainte-nance center. Technicalexpertise is required to installor disassemble the device.

• Turn on the car ignition beforeusing this device. Do not oper-ate the audio system for longperiods of time with the igni-tion turned off as such opera-tions may lead to battery dis-charge.

• Do not subject the device tosevere shock or impact. Directpressure onto the front side ofthe monitor may cause dam-age to the LCD or touchscreen.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When cleaning the device,

make sure to turn off thedevice and use a dry andsmooth cloth. Never usetough materials, chemicalcloths, or solvents (alcohol,benzene, thinners, etc.) assuch materials may damagethe device panel or cause col-or/quality deterioration

• Do not place beverages closeto the audio system. Spillingbeverages may lead to systemmalfunction.

• In case of product malfunc-tion, please contact your placeof purchase or After Servicecenter.

• Placing the audio systemwithin an electromagneticenvironment may result innoise interference.

✽✽ NOTICE - USING THEDISCS

• This device has been manufac-tured to be compatible withsoftware bearing the followinglogo marks.

• Do not clean discs with chemicalsolutions, such as record sprays,antistatic sprays, antistatic liq-uids, benzene, or thinners.

• After using a disc, put the discback in its original case to pre-vent disc scratches.

• Hold discs by their edges orwithin the center hole to preventdamages to disc surfaces.

• Do not introduce foreign sub-stances into the disc insert/ejectslot. Introducing foreign sub-stances could damage the deviceinterior.

• Do not insert two discs simulta-neously.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When using CD-R/CD-RW

discs, differences in disc readingand playing times may occurdepending on the disc manufac-turer, production method andthe recording method as used bythe user.

• Clean fingerprints and dust offthe disc surface (coated side)with a soft cloth.

• The use of CD-R/CD-RW discsattached with labels may resultin disc slot jams or difficulties indisc removal. Such discs mayalso result in noise while play-ing.

• Some CD-R/CD-RW discs maynot properly operate dependingon the disc manufacturer, pro-duction method and the recordmethod as used by the user. Ifproblems persist, trying using adifferent CD as continued usemay result in malfunctions.

• The performance of this prod-uct may differ depending on theCD-RW Drive Software.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Copy-protected CDs such as S-

type CDs may not function inthe device. DATA discs cannotbe played. (However, such discsmay still operate but will do soabnormally.)

• Do not use abnormally shapeddiscs (8cm, heart-shaped, octa-gon-shaped) as such discs couldlead to malfunctions.

• If the disc is straddled on thedisc slot without removal for 10seconds, the disc will automati-cally be re-inserted into the discplayer.

• Only genuine audio CDs aresupported. Other discs mayresult in recognition failure (e.g.copy CD-R, CDs with labels)


1374

✽✽ NOTICE - USING THE USBDEVICE

• Connect the USB device afterturning on the engine. The USBdevice may become damaged ifit is already connected when theignition is turned on.The USBdevice may not operate properlyif the car ignition is turned on oroff with the USB device connect-ed.

• Heed caution to static electricitywhen connecting/disconnectingUSB devices.

• Encoded MP3 Players will notbe recognized when connectedas an external device.

• When connecting an externalUSB device, the device may notproperly recognize the USB is insome states.

• Only products formatted withbyte/sectors under 64Kbyte willbe recognized.

• This device recognizes USBdevices formatted in FAT12/16/32 file formats. Thisdevice does not recognize files inNTFS file format.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Some USB devices may not be

supported due to compatibilityissues.

• Avoid contact between the USBconnector with bodily parts orforeign objects.

• Repeated connecting/discon-necting of USB devices withinshort periods of time may resultin product malfunction.

• A strange noise may occur whendisconnecting the USB.

• Make sure to connect/discon-nect external USB devices withthe audio power turned off.

• The amount of time required torecognize the USB device maydiffer depending on the type,size or file formats stored in theUSB. Such differences in timeare not indications of malfunc-tions.

• The device only supports USBdevices used to play music files.

• USB images and videos are notsupported.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not use the USB I/F to

charge batteries or USB acces-sories that generate heat. Suchacts may lead to worsened per-formance or damage to thedevice.

• The device may not recognizethe USB device if separatelypurchased USB hubs and exten-sion cables are being used.Connect the USB directly withthe multimedia terminal of thevehicle.

• When using mass storage USBdevices with separate logicaldrives, only files saved to theroot drive can be played.

• Files may not properly operateif application programs areinstalled to the USBs.

• The device may not operate nor-mally if MP3 Players, cellularphones, digital cameras, or oth-er electronic devices (USBdevices not recognized asportable disk drives) are con-nected with the device.

(Continued)

4 138


(Continued)• Avoid use of USB

memory productsthat can also be usedas key chains ormobile phone acces-sories. Use of such products maycause damage to the USB jack.

• Connecting an MP3 device orphone through various chan-nels, such as AUX/BT or Audio/USB mode may result in popnoises or abnormal operation.

• USB memory without the certi-fication mark may not be recog-nized.

(Continued)• Charging through the USB may

not work for some mobiledevices.

• The device may not supportnormal operation when using aUSB memory type besides(Metal Cover Type) USBMemory.

• The device may not supportnormal operation when usingformats such as HDD Type, CF,or SD Memory.

• The device will not support fileslocked by DRM (Digital RightsManagement.)

• USB memory sticks used byconnecting an Adaptor (SDType or CF Type) may not beproperly recognized.

• The device may not operateproperly when using USB HDDsor USBs subject to connectionfailures caused by vehicle vibra-tions. (e.g. i-stick type)

(Continued)


1394

✽✽ NOTICE - USING THE iPod®

DEVICE• iPod® is a registered trademark

of Apple Inc.• In order to use the iPod while

operating the keys, you must usea dedicated iPod cable. (thecable that is supplied when pur-chasing iPod/iPhone products)

• If the iPod is connected to thevehicle while it is playing, a highpitch sound could occur forapproximately 1-2 secondsimmediately after connecting. Ifpossible, connect the iPod to thevehicle with the iPodstopped/paused.

• During ACC ON state, connect-ing the iPod through the iPodcable will charge the iPodthrough the car audio system.

• When connecting with the iPodcable, make sure to fully insertthe jack to prevent communica-tion interference.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the EQ features of an

external device, such as theiPod, and the audio system areboth active, EQ effects couldoverlap and cause sound deteri-oration and distortion.Whenever possible, turn off theEQ feature within the externaldevice upon use by connectingwith the audio system.

• Noise may occur when an iPodor AUX device is connected.When such devices are notbeing used, disconnect thedevice for storage.

• When the iPod or AUX devicepower is connected to the powerjack, playing the external devicemay result in noise. In such cas-es, disconnect the power connec-tion before use.

• Skipping or improper operationmay occur depending on thecharacteristics of youriPod/Phone device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If your iPhone is connected to

both the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology and USB, the soundmay not be properly played. Inyour iPhone, select the Dockconnector or Bluetooth®Wireless Technology to changethe sound output (source).

• iPod mode cannot be operatedwhen the iPod cannot be recog-nized due to versions that do notsupport communication proto-cols.

• For fifth generation iPod Nanodevices, the iPod may not berecognized when the batterylevel is low. Please charge theiPod for use.

• Search/play orders shown with-in the iPod device may differwith the orders shown withinthe audio system.

• If the iPod malfunctions due toan iPod device defect, reset theiPod and try again. (To learnmore, refer to your iPod manual)

(Continued)

4 140


(Continued)• Some iPods may not sync with the

System depending on its version.If the Media is removed before theMedia is recognized, then the sys-tem may not properly restore thepreviously operated mode. (iPadcharging is not supported.)

• Beside support 1M cable whenpurchasing iPod/iPhone products,Long Cable cannot be recognized.

✽✽ NOTICE - USING THEBluetooth® WirelessTechnology AUDIOMODE

• Bluetooth® Wireless TechnologyAudio Mode can be used onlywhen a Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology phone has been con-nected.

• Bluetooth® Wireless TechnologyAudio Mode will not be availablewhen connecting mobile phonesthat do not support this feature.

• While Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology Audio is playing, if theBluetooth® Wireless Technologyphone is connected, then the musicwill also stop.

• Moving the Track up/down whileplaying Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology audio mode mayresult in pop noises in some mobilephones.

• Bluetooth® Wireless Technologystreaming audio may not be sup-ported in some mobile phones.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When returning to Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology Audio modeafter ending a call, the mode maynot automatically restart in somemobile phones.

• Receiving an incoming call or mak-ing an outgoing call while playingBluetooth® Wireless TechnologyAudio may result in audio interfer-ence.


1414

✽✽ NOTICE - USING UPONCONNECTINGBluetooth® WirelessTechnology PHONE

• Before connecting the car audiosystem with the mobile phone,check to see that the mobile phonesupports Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology features.

• Even if the phone supportsBluetooth® Wireless Technology,the phone will not be found duringdevice searches if the phone hasbeen set to hidden state or theBluetooth® Wireless Technologypower is turned off. Disable thehidden state or turn on theBluetooth® Wireless Technologypower prior to searching/connect-ing with the car audio system.

• If you do not want to automatical-ly connect your Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology phone, trythe following.1. Turn off the Bluetooth® feature

in your mobile phone.(Continued)

(Continued)- For more information onBluetooth® Wireless Technologyfeatures within your mobile,refer to your mobile phoneuser’s manual.

2. Turn off the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology feature inyour car audio system.

- To turn off the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology feature inyour car audio system, go to

[Phone] and [turn off]the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology feature.

• Park the vehicle when connectingthe car audio system with yourmobile phone.

• Bluetooth® Wireless Technologyconnection may become intermit-tently disconnected in somemobile phones. Follow these stepsto try again.1. Turn the Bluetooth® Wireless

Technology function within themobile phone off/on and tryagain.

2. Turn the mobile phone powerOff/On and try again.

(Continued)

(Continued)3. Completely remove the mobile

phone battery, reboot, and thenagain.

4. Reboot the audio system andtry again.

5. Delete all paired devices, pairand try again.

• The Handsfree call volume andquality may differ depending onthe mobile phone.

• Bluetooth® Wireless Technologyfeatures supported within thevehicle are as follows. Some fea-tures may not be supporteddepending on your Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology device. - Answering and placingBluetooth® Wireless TechnologyHandsfree calls

- Menu operation during call(Switch to Private, Switch tocall waiting, Outgoing volume)

- Download Call History- Download Mobile Phone book - Phone book/Call History Auto

Download (Continued)

SETUP

4 142


(Continued)• It is possible to pair up to fiveBluetooth® Wireless Technologydevices to the car system.

• Only one Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device can be connect-ed at a time.

• Other devices cannot be pairedwhile a Bluetooth® WirelessTechnologydevice is already con-nected.

• When a Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device is being con-nected, the connection processcannot be canceled.

• Only Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology Handsfree andBluetooth® Wireless Technologyaudio related features will operatewithin this system.

• Normal operation is possible onlyfor devices that support Handsfreeor audio features, such as aBluetooth® Wireless Technologymobile phone or a Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology audio device. (Continued)

(Continued)• Only one function can be used at a

time between the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology Handsfreeand Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology audio. (While playingBluetooth® Wireless Technologyaudio, streaming will end uponentering the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology phone screen.)

• If a connected Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device becomes dis-connected for various reasons,such as being out of range, turningthe device OFF, or a Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology communica-tion error, Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology devices are automati-cally searched and connected.

• Bluetooth® Handsfree is a featurethat enables drivers to practicesafe driving. Connecting the headunit with a Bluetooth® phoneallows the user to convenientlymake calls, receive calls, and man-age the phone book. Before usingthe Bluetooth® , carefully read thecontents of thisuser’s manual.


1434

✽✽ NOTICE - USING THE VoiceRecognition

• When using the voice recognitionfeature, only commands listedwithin the user's manual are sup-ported.

• Be aware that during the opera-tion of the voice recognition sys-tem, pressing any key other thanthe key or touching the screenwill terminate voice recognitionmode.

• For superior voice recognitionperformance, position the micro-phone used for voice recognitionabove the head of the driver’s seatand maintain a proper positionwhen saying commands.

• Within the following situations,voice recognition may not functionproperly due to external sound.- When the windows and sunroof

are open- When the wind of the cooling /

heating device is strong- When entering and passing

through tunnels(Continued)

(Continued)- When driving on rugged and

uneven roads- During severe rain (heavy rains,

windstorms)• Phone related voice commands

can be used only when aBluetooth® Wireless Technologydevice is connected.

• When making calls by stating aname, the corresponding contactmust be downloaded and storedwithin the audio system.

• After downloading the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology phone book,it takes some times to convert thephone book data into voice infor-mation. During this time, voicerecognition may not properlyoperate.

• Pronounce the voice commandsnaturally and clearly as if in a nor-mal conversation.

4 144



1454

■■ CD Player

4 146


SYSTEM CONTROLLERSAND FUNCTIONS

Head Unit

(1) (EJECT)Ejects the disc.

(2) Converts to Radio mode.Each time this key is pressed, themode is changed in order of FM1,FM2, AM, XM1, XM2, XM3.

(3) Starts Media mode.Each time this key is pressed, themode is changed in order of CD,USB (iPod), AUX, My Music, BTAudio.

(4) Converts to Phone mode.

(5) Displays the time/date/day.Press and hold the key to setting theClock/Calendar screen.

(6) When pressed shortly- Radio mode : plays previous/next

frequency.- SiriusXM RADIO mode : plays pre-

vious/next channel.- CD, USB, iPod, My Music mode :

changes the track, file.When pressed and held- Radio mode : continuously

changes the frequency until thekey is released and plays the cur-rent frequency.

- SiriusXM RADIO mode : continu-ously changes the channel untilthe key is released and plays thecurrent channel.

- CD, USB, iPod, My Music mode :rewinds or fast forwards the trackor file.

- During a Handsfree call, controlsthe call volume.

(7) PWR/VOL knobVolume : Turn left/right to control

volume.

SEEKTRACK

CLOCK

PHONE

MEDIA

RADIO


1474

(8) Turns the monitor display on/off.

(9) - Radio mode : previews all receiv-

able broadcasts for 5 secondseach.

- SiriusXM RADIO mode : previewsall receivable broadcasts for 10seconds each.

- CD, USB, My Music mode : pre-views each song (file) for 10 sec-onds each.

(10) Converts to Setup mode.

(11) Displays supported menus withineach mode.

(12) - MP3 CD/USB mode : Folder Search- SiriusXM RADIO mode: Category

Search

(13) TUNE knob- FM, AM mode : turn to change

broadcast frequencies.- CD, USB, iPod mode : turn to

search tracks/channels/files.

(14) ~ (Preset)- Radio mode : saves a frequency or

receives saved frequencies.- MEDIA mode : press the

key to repeat and key toplay in random order (shuffle).

2 RDM

1 RPT

61

CATFOLDER

MENU

SETUP

SCAN

DISP

Head Unit (Except XM Model)

(15) Converts to Radio mode.Each time this key is pressed, themode is changed in order of FM1,FM2, AM.

(16) When pressed shortly- Radio mode : plays previous/next

frequency.- CD, USB, iPod, My Music mode :

changes the track, file.When pressed and held- Radio mode : continuously

changes the frequency until thekey is released and plays the cur-rent frequency.

- CD, USB, iPod, My Music mode :rewinds or fast forwards the trackor file.

- During a Handsfree call, controlsthe call volume.

(17) - Radio mode : previews all receiv-

able broadcasts for 5 secondseach.

- CD, USB, My Music mode : pre-views each song (file) for 10 sec-onds each.

(18) - MP3 CD/USB mode : Folder Search

FOLDER

SCAN

SEEKTRACK

RADIO


1484

4 149


Steering wheel remote con-troller

(1) VOLUMEUsed to control volume.

(2) MUTEMutes audio volume.

(3) • When pressed shortly

- Starts voice recognition- When selecting during a voice

prompt, stops the prompt andconverts to voice command wait-ing state

• When pressed and held- Ends voice recognition

(4) • When pressed shortly.

- When pressed in the phonescreen, displays call historyscreen.

- When pressed in the dial screen,makes a call.

- When pressed in the incomingcall screen, answers the call.

- When pressed during call wait-ing, switches to waiting call (CallWaiting).

• When pressed and held- When pressed in the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology Handsfreewait mode, redials the last call.

- When pressed during aBluetooth® Wireless TechnologyHandsfree call, switches callback to mobile phone (Private).

- When pressed while calling onthe mobile phone, switches callback to Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology Handsfree(Operates only when Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology Handsfreeis connected).

(5) Ends phone call.


1504

RADIO MODE

Basic Mode Screen

(1) Mode DisplayDisplays currently operating mode.

(2) FrequencyDisplays the current frequency.

(3) PresetDisplays currently playing presetnumber [1] ~ [6].

(4) MENUDisplays Radio menus.

(5) Preset DisplayDisplays saved presets.

(6) A.Store(Auto Store)Automatically saves frequencies withsuperior reception to Preset buttons.

4 151


Switching to Radio Mode

Pressing the key will changethe operating mode in order of FM1➟ FM2 ➟ AM ➟ XM1 ➟ XM2 ➟

XM3/(Except XM Model)FM1 ➟ FM2➟ AM.

If [Mode Pop up] is turned on within[Display], then pressing thekey will display the Radio

mode pop up screen.

Use TUNE knob to move thefocus. Press the TUNE knob toselect.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the key is pressed with thesystem power off, then the powerwill turn on and the most recentlyplayed broadcast will be played.

Searching Radio Frequencies

Using SeekPress the key to play theprevious/next frequency.

Using TUNETurn the TUNE knob to select thefrequency.

Using Radio Mode

Selecting PresetsPress the key Select

The 6 presets are displayed.Press the ~ key to playthe desired preset.

61

PresetMENU

SEEKTRACK

RADIO

RADIOSETUP

RADIO


1524

Saving Presets

After selecting the frequency Pressand hold the desired preset ~ key.A 'beep' will sound and the frequen-cy is saved to the selected presetbutton.

Auto StoreAfter pressing the keySelect the button to auto-matically save receivable frequen-cies to Preset buttons.

A total of 18 frequencies with six pre-set frequencies each for FM1 / FM2 /AM modes can be saved.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile Auto Store is operating,selecting the button againwill cancel the function and restorethe previous frequency.

ScanPress the key to scan allradio frequencies.Press and hold the key toscan preset buttons.• Scan All :Scans frequencies with

superior reception for 5 secondseach.

• Preset Scan : Scans broadcastssaved to presets for 5 secondseach.

Once scan is complete, the previous-ly playing frequency is restored.

During Scan, pressing the key again will cancel the scan opera-tion and restore the previouslyplayed frequency.

SCAN

SCAN

SCAN

A.Store

A.Store

MENU

61

4 153


SiriusXM® Satellite Radioinformation

Satellite Radio channels:Enjoy SiriusXM Satellite Radio with a3-month trial subscription to theSiriusXM Select package. You’ll getover 140 channels, including com-mercial-free music, plus all yourfavorite sports, exclusive talk, enter-tainment, and a selection of premiumprogramming. For more informationand a complete list of SiriusXMchannels, visit siriusxm.com in theUnited States, siriusxm.ca inCanada, or call SiriusXM at 1-888-539-7474.

Satellite Radio reception fac-tors:To receive the satellite signal, yourvehicle has been equipped with asatellite radio antenna located on theroof of your vehicle. The vehicle roofprovides the best location for anunobstructed, open view of the sky, arequirement of a satellite radio sys-tem. Like AM/FM, there are severalfactors that can affect satellite radioreception performance:• Antenna obstructions: For optimal

reception performance, keep theantenna clear of snow and icebuildup and keep luggage and oth-er material as far away from theantenna as possible.

• Terrain: Hills, mountains, tall build-ings, bridges, tunnels, freewayoverpasses, parking garages,dense tree foliage and thunder-storms can interfere with yourreception.

SiriusXM Satellite Radio serv-ice:SiriusXM is a subscription-basedsatellite radio service that broad-casts music, sports, news and enter-tainment programming to radioreceivers, which are available forinstallation in motor vehicles or fac-tory installed, as well as for thehome, portable and wirelessdevices, and through an Internetconnection on personal computer.Vehicles that are equipped with afactory installed SiriusXM SatelliteRadio system include:• Hardware and an introductory trial

subscription term, which begins onthe date of sale or lease of thevehicle.

• For a small upgrade fee, access toSiriusXM music channels, and oth-er select channels over theInternet using any computer con-nected to the Internet (U.S. cus-tomers only).For information on extended sub-scription terms, contact SiriusXMat 1-888-539-7474.


1544

NOTE:SiriusXM services require a sub-scription sold separately, or as apackage, by Sirius XM Radio Inc. Ifyou decide to continue serviceafter your trial, the subscriptionplan you choose will automatical-ly renew thereafter and you will becharged according to your chosenpayment method at then-currentrates. Fees and taxes apply. Tocancel you must call SiriusXM at1-866-635-2349. See SiriusXMCustomer Agreement for com-plete terms at www.siriusxm.com.SiriusXM U.S. satellite anddata services are available only inthe 48 contiguous USA, DC andPR (with coverage limitations).SiriusXM satellite service is alsoavailable in Canada; see www.sir-iusxm.ca. All fees and program-ming subject to change. Sirius,XM and all related marks andlogos are trademarks of Sirius XMRadio Inc.

4 155


SiriusXM RADIO MODE(For XM Model)

Basic Mode Screen

(1) Mode DisplayDisplays currently operating mode.

(2) Channel InformationDisplays the category, channel num-ber, channel name, artist and songtitle.

(3) PresetDisplays currently playing presetnumber [1] ~ [6].

(4) MENUDisplays SiriusXM Radio menus.

(5) Preset DisplayDisplays saved presets.

Using SiriusXM Satellite RadioYour Hyundai vehicle is equippedwith a 3-month trial subscription toSiriusXM so you have access to over140 channels of music, information,and entertainment programming.

ActivationIn order to extend or reactivate yourSiriusXM Select subscription, you willneed to contact SiriusXM CustomerCare at 1-800-643-2112. Have your12-digit RID (Radio IdentificationNumber) / ESN (Electronic SerialNumber) ready. To retrieve the RID /ESN, turn on the radio, press the

key, and tune to channelzero.Please note that the vehicle will needto be turned on, in SiriusXM mode,and have an unobstructed view ofthe sky in order for the radio toreceive the activation signal.

RADIO


1564

Using SEEKPress the keys to play theprevious/next channel.❈ If the "Category" icon is displayed,

channels are changed within thecurrent category.

Using TuneTurn the TUNE knob to search allchannels.

Searching Categories

Select the category by using thekeys and press the

TUNE knob to select.

Channels for the selected categoryare played.

Selecting PresetsPress the key Select

The 6 preset buttons are displayed.Press the ~ key to playthe desired preset.

Saving Presets

After selecting the channel Pressand hold the desired preset ~ key.A 'beep' will sound and the channel issaved to the selected preset button.

✽✽ Troubleshooting1. Antenna ErrorIf this message is displayed, theantenna or antenna cable is brokenor unplugged. Please consult withyour Hyundai dealership. 2. Acquiring SignalIf this message is displayed, it meansthat the antenna is covered and thatthe SiriusXM Satellite Radio signalis not available. Ensure the antennais uncovered and has a clear view ofthe sky.

61

61

PresetMENU

CATFOLDER

SEEKTRACK

4 157


SCANPress the key to scan allchannels with superior reception for10 seconds each.Once scan is complete, the previous-ly played channel will be restored.During Scan, pressing the key again will cancel the scan opera-tion and restore the previouslyplayed channel.If the "Category" icon is displayed,channels are changed within the cur-rent category.

SCAN

SCAN


1584

MEDIA MODE

Pressing the key will changethe operating mode in order of CD ➟USB (iPod) ➟ AUX ➟ My Music ➟BT Audio.

If [Mode Pop up] is turned on within[Display], then pressing thekey will display the Media

Mode Pop-up screen.

Use the TUNE knob to move thefocus. Press the knob to select.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the key is pressed with

the system power off, then thepower will turn on and the mostrecently played media mode willbe played.

• The media mode pop up screencan be displayed only when thereare two or more media modesturned on.

MEDIA

MEDIASETUP

MEDIA

4 159


AUDIO CD MODE

Basic Mode Screen

(1) ModeDisplays currently operating mode.

(2) Operation StateFrom Repeat / Shuffle / Scan, dis-plays the currently operating func-tion.

(3) Track InfoDisplays information about the cur-rent track.

(4) Play StateDisplays the play/pause state.

(5) Play TimeDisplays the current play time.

(6) MENUDisplays the Audio CD Menu.

(7) RepeatTurns the Repeat feature on/off.

(8) ShuffleTurns the Shuffle feature on/off.

(9) ListMoves to the list screen.

(10) InfoShows detailed information aboutthe current track.


1604

Using Audio CD ModePlaying/Pausing CD TracksOnce an audio CD is inserted, themode will automatically start andbegin playing.

While playing, press the TUNEknob to pause and press again toplay.

✽✽ NOTICE• Only genuine audio CDs are sup-

ported. Other discs may result inrecognition failure (e.g. copy CD-R, CDs with labels)

• The artist and title informationare displayed on the screen iftrack information is includedwithin the audio CD.

Changing TracksPress the key to move tothe previous or next track.

✽✽ NOTICE• Pressing the key after

the track has been playing for 2

seconds will start the current

track from the beginning.

• Pressing the key before

the track has been playing for 1

second will start the previous

track.

Selecting from the ListTurn the TUNE knob keys to searchand select for the desired track.

Once you find the desired track,press the TUNE knob to startplaying.

Rewinding / Fast-forwardingTracksWhile playing, press and hold the

key to rewind or fast-for-ward the current track.

ScanPress the key to play the first10 seconds of each track.

SCAN

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

4 161


Audio CD Mode MenuIf you press the key, you willhave access to the Repeat, Shuffle,List and Info features.

RepeatPress the key Select Repeat :Repeats the current track.

ShufflePress the key Select Shuffle :Plays tracks in random order

✽✽ NOTICEThe , keys are shortcutkeys to set the Repeat and Shufflefeatures.

ListPress the key Select

Turn the TUNE knob to search forthe desired track and press the


InfoPress the key Select

Details for the currently playing trackare displayed.

InfoMENU

ListMENU

2 RDM1 RPT

ShuffleMENU

RepeatMENU

MENU


1624

MP3 CD MODE

Basic Mode Screen



(3) File IndexDisplays the current file number.

(4) File InfoDisplays information about the cur-rent file.



(7) MENUDisplays the MP3 CD Menu.




(11) InfoShows detailed information aboutthe current file.

(12) CopyCopies the current file into My Music

4 163


Using MP3 CD Mode

Playing/Pausing MP3 FilesOnce an MP3 CD is inserted themode will automatically start andbeing playing.


✽✽ NOTICEIf there are numerous files and fold-ers within the disc, reading timecould take more than 10 secondsand the list may not be displayed orsong searches may not operate.Once loading is complete, try again.

Changing FilesPress the keys to selectthe previous or next file.


the file has been playing for 2 sec-onds will start the current filefrom the beginning.

• Pressing the key beforethe file has been playing for 1 sec-ond will start the previous file.

Selecting from the ListTurn the TUNE knob to searchand select for the desired files.

Once you find the desired file, pressthe TUNE knob to start playing.

Rewinding / Fast-forwarding FilesWhile playing, press and hold the

keys to rewind or fast-for-ward the current file.

ScanPress the key to play the first10 seconds of each file.

Searching Folders

Select the folder by using the/ keys and press

the TUNE knob to select.

The first file within the selected fold-er will begin playing.

FOLDERCATFOLDER

SCAN

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK


1644

MP3 CD Mode MenuIf you press the key, you willhave access to the Repeat, Shuffle,List, Info and Copy features.

RepeatPress the key Select Each time the button is pressed, thefeature changes in order of Repeat➟ Repeat Folder ➟ Off.• Repeat Once : Repeats the current

file.• Repeat Folder : Repeats all files

within the current Folder.

ShufflePress the key Select Each time the button is pressed, thefeature changes in order of ShuffleFolder ➟ Shuffle All ➟ Off.• Folder Shuffle : Plays all files with-

in the current folder in Randomorder.

• Shuffle All : Plays all files inRandom order.



Turn the TUNE knob to search forthe desired file and press the


ListMENU

2 RDM1 RPT

ShuffleMENU

RepeatMENU

MENU

4 165


InfoPress the key Select Details for the currently playing fileare displayed.

✽✽ NOTICE• When the 'Folder File' option is

set as the default display withinDisplay setup, the album/artist/fileinformation are displayed asdetailed file information.

• When the 'Album Artist Song'option is set as the default display,the folder name/file name are dis-played as detailed file information.

• The title, artist and album info aredisplayed only when such infor-mation are recorded within theMP3 file ID3 tag.

Copy FilesPress the key Select The currently playing file is copiedinto My Music.

✽✽ NOTICESelecting another feature duringcopying will display a pop-up askingwhether you wish to cancel copying.To cancel, select "Yes".

CopyMENUInfoMENU


1664

USB MODE

Basic Mode Screen



(3) File IndexDisplays the current file number.




(7) MENUDisplays USB Menu.




(11) InfoDisplays additional information forthe current file.

(12) CopyCopies the current file into My Music.

4 167


Using USB Mode

Playing/Pausing USB FilesOnce a USB is connected, the modewill automatically start and beginplaying a USB file.


✽✽ NOTICE• Loading may require additional

time if there are many files andfolders within the USB and resultin faulty list display or file search-ing. Normal operations willresume once loading is complete.

• The device may not support nor-mal operation when using a USBmemory type besides (MetalCover Type) USB Memory.





Selecting from the ListTurn the TUNE knob to searchand select desired files.





SCAN

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK


1684

Searching FoldersSelect the folder by using the

/ keys and pressthe TUNE knob to select.

The first file within the selected fold-er will begin playing.

USB Mode MenuIf you press the key, you willhave access to the Repeat, Shuffle,List, Info and Copy features.

RepeatPress the key Select Each time the button is pressed, thefeature changes in order of Repeat➟ Repeat Folder ➟ Off.• Repeat : Repeats the current file.• Folder Repeat : Repeats all files

within the current folder.

ShufflePress the key Select Each time the button is pressed, thefeature changes in order of ShuffleFolder ➟ Shuffle All ➟ Off.• Folder Shuffle : Plays the files in

the current folder in random order.• Shuffle All : Plays all files in ran-

dom order.


2 RDM1 RPT

ShuffleMENU

RepeatMENU

MENUFOLDERCAT

FOLDER

4 169






✽✽ NOTICE• When the 'Folder File' option is

set as the default display withinDisplay setup, the album/artist/fileinformation are displayed asdetailed file information.

• When the 'Album Artist Song'option is set as the default display,the folder name/file name are dis-played as detailed file information.

• The title, artist and album info aredisplayed only when such infor-mation are recorded within theMP3 file ID3 tag.

Copy FilesPress the key Select The currently playing file is copiedinto My Music.

✽✽ NOTICESelecting another feature duringcopying will display a pop-up askingwhether you wish to cancel copying.To cancel, select "Yes".

CopyMENU

InfoMENU

ListMENU


1704

iPod MODE

Basic Mode Screen


(2) Operation StateFrom Repeat / Shuffle, displays thecurrently operating function.

(3) Song IndexDisplays the current song/total num-ber of songs.

(4) Song InfoDisplays information about the cur-rent song.



(7) MENUDisplays the iPod Menu.




4 171


Using iPod Mode

Playing/Pausing iPod SongsOnce an iPod is connected, themode will automatically start andbegin playing an iPod song.


✽✽ NOTICEiPods with unsupported communi-cation protocols may not properlyoperate in the audio system.

Changing SongsPress the keys to selectthe previous or next file.


the song has been playing for 2

seconds will start the current song

from the beginning.

• Pressing the key before

the song has been playing for 1

second will start the previous

song.

• Slight time differences may exist

depending your iPod product.

Rewinding / Fast-forwarding SongsWhile playing, press and hold the

keys to rewind or fast-for-ward the current song.

Searching CategoriesUse the TUNE knob to searchcategories and press the knob toselect.

If you press the key within theCategory Menu, This button is usedto move to the previous category.

✽✽ NOTICE• There are eight categories that can

be searched, including Playlists,Artists, Albums, Genres, Songs,Composers, Audiobooks andPodcasts.

• If the search mode is accessed whileplaying a song, the most recentlysearched category is displayed.

• Search steps upon initial connec-tion may differ depending on thetype of iPod device.

MENU

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK


1724

iPod Mode MenuIf you press the key, you willhave access to the Repeat, Shuffleand List features.

RepeatPress the key Select • Repeat Once : Repeats the current

song.

ShufflePress the key Select • Shuffle All : Plays all songs in

Random order.




AUX MODE

Using AUX Mode

Press the key Select [AUX]

An external device can be connectedto play music.

MEDIA

ListMENU

ShuffleMENU

RepeatMENU

MENU

4 173


✽✽ NOTICE• If an external device connector is

connected with the AUX terminal,then AUX mode will automaticallyoperate. Once the connector is dis-connected, the previous mode willbe restored.

• AUX mode can be used only whenan external audio player (cam-corder, car VCR, etc.) has beenconnected.

• The AUX volume can be con-trolled separately from otheraudio modes.

Connecting an External Device

External audio players (Camcorders,car VCR, etc.) can be played througha dedicated cable.

CAUTION• Connecting a connector jack

to the AUX terminal without anexternal device will convertthe system to AUX mode, butonly output noise. When anexternal device is not beingused, also remove the connec-tor jack.

• When the external devicepower is connected to thepower jack, playing the exter-nal device may output noise.In such cases, disconnect thepower connection before use.

• Fully insert the AUX cable tothe AUX jack uponuse.


1744

MY MUSIC MODE

Basic Mode Screen



(3) File IndexDisplays the current file/total numberof files.




(7) MENUDisplays the My Music Menu




(11) InfoDisplays detailed information for thecurrent file.

(12) DeleteDeletes the current file.

4 175


Using My Music Mode

Playing/Pausing My Music Files


✽✽ NOTICEIf there are no files saved within MyMusic, the button will bedisabled.





Selecting from the ListTurn the TUNE knob to searchand select desired files.





SCAN

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

My Music


1764

My Music Mode MenuIf you press the key, you willhave access to the Repeat, Shuffle,List, Info and Delete features.

RepeatPress the key Select Repeat : Repeats the current file.

ShufflePress the key Select Shuffle : Plays all files in randomorder.






✽✽ NOTICEThe title, artist and album info aredisplayed only when such informa-tion is recorded within the MP3 fileID3 tag.

Deleting FilesPress the key Select The currently playing file is deleted.

DeleteMENU

InfoMENU

ListMENU

2 RDM1 RPT

ShuffleMENU

RepeatMENU

MENU

4 177


List MenuFrom the List screen Press the

Select [Edit].Files saved in My Music can beselected and deleted.

Use TUNE knob and the TUNE knob to search and select filesyou want to delete and select the

button from the Menu.

(1) : Moves to the previousscreen

(2) Select All: Selects all files(3) Unselect All: Deselects all select-

ed files(4) Delete: Deletes selected files

✽✽ NOTICE• If there is memory available, up to

6,000 files can be saved.• Identical files cannot be copied

more than 1,000 times.• To check memory information, go

to [System] [MemoryInformation]

SETUP

DeleteMENU


1784

Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology AUDIO MODE

Using Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology Audio Mode

Playing/Pausing Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology AudioOnce a Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device is connected, themode will automatically start.

While playing, press the TUNEknob to pause and press

TUNE knob to play.

✽✽ NOTICEThe play/pause feature may operatedifferently depending on the mobilephone.

Changing FilesPress the key to move tothe previous or next file.

Setting ConnectionIf a Bluetooth® Wireless Technologydevice has not been connected,press the key [Phone] but-ton to display the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology connectionscreen.It is possible to use the pair phone,connect/disconnect and delete fea-tures from your Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology phone.

✽✽ NOTICEIf music is not yet playing from yourmobile device after converting toBluetooth® Wireless TechnologyAudio mode, pressing the play but-ton once may start playing themode. Check to see that music isplaying from the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology device afterconverting to Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology Audio Mode.

SETUP

SEEKTRACK

4 179


Pairing a Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology Device

What is Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology Pairing? Pairing refers to the process of syn-chronizing your Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology phone or device with thecar audio system for connection.Pairing is necessary to connect anduse the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology feature.

Pairing key / keyon the Steering RemoteController

When No Devices have beenPaired1. Press the key or the

key on the steering remote con-troller. The following screen is dis-played.

2. Select the button to enterthe Pair Phone screen.

1) Vehicle Name : Name of device asshown when searching from yourBluetooth® Wireless Technologydevice

2) Passkey : Passkey used to pair thedevice

3. From your Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device (i.e. MobilePhone), search and select yourcar audio system.

OK

PHONE

PHONE


1804

[Non SSP supported device](SSP: Secure Simple Pairing)4. After a few moments, a screen is

displayed where the passkey isentered.Enter the passkey "0000" to pairyour Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device with the caraudio system.

[SSP supported device]4. After a few moments, a screen is

displayed 6 digits passkey.Check the passkey on yourBluetooth® Wireless Technologydevice and confirm.

5. Once pairing is complete, the fol-lowing screen is displayed.

✽✽ NOTICE

If Bluetooth® Wireless Technologydevices are paired but none are cur-rently connected, pressing the

key or the key on thesteering wheel displays the followingscreen. Press the [Pair] button topair a new device or press the[Connect] to connect a previouslypaired device.

Pairing through [PHONE]Setup

Press the key Select[Phone] Select [Pair Phone] Select TUNE knob

1. The following steps are the sameas those described in the section"When No Devices have beenPaired" on the previous page.

SETUP

PHONE

4 181


✽✽ NOTICE• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

features supported within thevehicle are as follows. Some fea-tures may not be supporteddepending on your Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology device.- Outgoing/Incoming Handsfree

calls- Operations during a call

(Switch to Private, Switch tocall waiting, MIC on/off)

- Downloading Call History- Downloading Mobile Contacts- Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

device auto connection- Bluetooth Audio Streaming

• Up to five Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology devices can be pairedto the Car Handsfree system.

• Only one Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device can be connect-ed at a time.

• Other devices cannot be pairedwhile a Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device is connected.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Only Bluetooth® Wireless

Technology Handsfree andBluetooth audio related featuresare supported.

• Bluetooth related operations arepossible only within devices thatsupport Handsfree or audio fea-tures, such as a Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology mobile phoneor a Bluetooth audio device.

• If a connected Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device becomes dis-connected due to being out of com-munication range, turning thedevice OFF, or a Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology communica-tion error, correspondingBluetooth® Wireless Technologydevices are automatically searchedand reconnected.

• If the system becomes unstabledue to communication errorsbetween the car Handsfree and theBluetooth® Wireless Technologydevice, reset the device by turningoff and back on again. Upon reset-ting Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device, the system willbe restored.

(Continued)

(Continued)• After pairing is complete, a con-

tacts download request is sentonce to the mobile phone. Somemobile phones may require confir-mation upon receiving a downloadrequest, ensure your mobile phoneaccepts the connection. Refer toyour phones user’s manual foradditional information regardingphone pairing and connections.


1824

Connecting a DevicePress the key Select[Phone] Select [Paired Phone List]

1) Connected Phone : Device that iscurrently connected

2) Paired Phone : Device that ispaired but not connected

From the paired phone list, select thedevice you want to connect andSelect the button.

Changing Priority

What is Priority?It is possible to pair up to fiveBluetooth® Wireless Technologydevices with the car audio system.The "Change Priority" feature is usedto set the connection priority ofpaired phones.

Press the key Select[Phone] Select [Paired Phone List]

SETUP

ConnectSETUP

4 183


From the paired phone list, select thephone you want to switch to the high-est priority, then select the

button from the Menu.The selected device will be changedto the highest priority.

✽✽ NOTICEPriority icon will be displayed whenthe selected phone is set as a priori-ty phone.

Disconnecting a Device


From the paired phone list, select thecurrently connected device andselect the button.Disconnect

SETUP Change priority


1844

Deleting a Device


From the paired phone list, select thedevice you want to delete and selectthe button.

✽✽ NOTICE• When deleting the currently con-

nected device, the device will auto-matically be disconnected to pro-ceed with the deleting process.

• If a paired Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device is deleted, thedevice’s call history and contactsdata will also be deleted.

• To re-use a deleted device, youmust pair the device again.

Delete

SETUP

4 185


USING Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology

Phone Menu Screen

Phone MenusWith a Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device connected, pressthe key to display the Phonemenu screen.

1) Favorite : Up to 20 frequently usedcontacts saved for easy access

2) Call History : Displays the call his-tory list screen

3) Contacts : Displays the Contactslist screen

4) Dial Number : Displays the dialscreen where numbers can bedialed to make calls

5) Setup : Displays Phone relatedsettings.

✽✽ NOTICE• If you press the [Call History] but-

ton but there is no call historydata, a prompt is displayed whichasks to download call history data.

• If you press the [Contacts] buttonbut there is no contacts datastored, a prompt is displayedwhich asks to download contactsdata.

• This feature may not be supportedin some mobile phones. For moreinformation on download support,refer to your mobile phone user’smanual.

FavoritesPress the key Select[Favorites]

1) Saved favorite contact : Connectscall upon selection

2) To add favorite : Downloaded con-tacts be saved as favorite.

3) Delete: Deletes selected contact.4) Delete All : Deletes all stored

favorite contacts

✽✽ NOTICE • To save Favorite, contacts should

be downloaded.• Contacts saved in Favorites will

not be automatically updated ifthe contact has been updated inthe phone. To update Favorites,delete the Favorite and create anew Favorite.

PHONE

PHONE


1864

Call HistoryPress the key Select [CallHistory]

A list of incoming, outgoing andmissed calls is displayed.Select the button to down-load the call history.

1) Call History :- Displays recent calls (call history)- Connects call upon selection

2) Download : Download Recent CallHistory

• Call history may not be saved inthe call history list in some mobilephones.

• Calls received with hidden caller IDwill not be saved in the call historylist.

• Calling through the call history isnot possible when there is no callhistory stored or a Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology phone is notconnected.

• Up to 50 received, dialed andmissed calls are stored in CallHistory.

• Time of received/dialed calls andcall time information are not saved.

ContactsPress the key Select[Contacts]

The list of saved phone book entriesis displayed. Select the button to download the call history.

1) Contacts List :-Displays downloaded contactsentries

-Connects call upon selection2) Sort by : Find a contact in an

alphabetical order.3) Download : Download contacts

entries

Download

PHONEDownload

PHONE

4 187


✽✽ NOTICE• Up to 1,000 contacts saved in yourBluetooth® Wireless Technologyphone can be downloaded into thecar contacts. Contacts that havebeen downloaded to the car cannotbe edited or deleted on the phone.

• Mobile phone contacts are man-aged separately for each pairedBluetooth® Wireless Technologydevice (max 5 devices x 1,000 con-tacts each). Previously down-loaded data is maintained even ifthe Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology device has been dis-connected.(However, the contacts and callhistory saved to the phone will bedeleted if a paired phone is delet-ed.)

• It is possible to download contactsduring Bluetooth streaming audio.

• When downloading contacts, theicon will be displayed within thestatus bar.

(Continued)

(Continued)• It is not possible to begin down-

loading a contact list when thecontact download feature has beenturned off within the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology device. Inaddition, some devices mayrequire device authorization uponattempting to download contacts.If downloading does not normallyoccur, check the Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology device set-tings or the screen state.

• The contacts download featuremay not be supported in somemobile phones. For more informa-tion of supported Bluetooth®

devices and function support,refer to your phone’s user manual.

Calling by Dialing a NumberPress the key Select [DialNumber]

1) Dial Pad : Used to enter phonenumber

2) Call : If a number has beenentered, calls the number If nonumber has been entered, switch-es to call history screen

3) End : Deletes the entered phonenumber

4) Delete : Deletes entered numbersone digit at a time

PHONE


1884

Answering Calls

Answering a CallAnswering a call with a Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology device connect-ed will display the following screen.

1) Caller : Displays the other party’sname when the incoming caller issaved within your contacts

2) Incoming Number : Displays theincoming number

3) Accept : Accepts the incoming call4) Reject : Rejects the incoming call

✽✽ NOTICE• When an incoming call pop-up is

displayed, most Audio and SETUPmode features are disabled. Onlythe call volume will operate.

• The telephone number may not beproperly displayed in some mobilephones.

• When a call is answered with themobile phone, the call mode willautomatically revert to Privatemode.

During a Handsfree Call

1) Caller : Displays the other party’sname if the incoming caller issaved within your contacts

2) Incoming Number : Displays theincoming number

3) Call time : Displays the call time4) End : Ends call5) Private : Converts to Private mode6) Out Vol. : Sets call volume as

heard by the other party7) Mute : Turns Mic Mute On/Off

✽✽ NOTICEIf the mic is muted, the other partywill not be able to hear your voice.

4 189


VOICE RECOGNITION

Using Voice Recognition

Starting Voice RecognitionShortly press the key on thesteering wheel remote controller. Saya command.

If prompt feedback is in [ON], thenthe system will say "Please say acommand after the beep (BEEP)"• If prompt feedback is in [OFF]

mode, then the system will onlysay “(BEEP)”

• To change Prompt Feedback[On]/[Off], go to [System]

[Prompt Feedback]

✽✽ NOTICEFor proper recognition, say the com-mand after the voice instruction andbeep tone.

Contact List Best Practices1) Do not store single-name entries

(e.g., “Bob”, “Mom”, “Kim”, etc.).Instead, always use full names(including first and last names) forall contacts (e.g., use “JacobStevenson” instead of “Dad”).

2) Do not use abbreviations (i.e., use“Lieutenant” instead of “Lt.” or“Sergeant” instead of “Sgt.”).

3) Do not use acronyms (i.e., use“County Finance Department”instead of “CFD”).

4) Do not use special characters(e.g., “@”, “hyphen -”, “asterisk *”,“ampersand &”).

5) If a name is not recognized fromthe contact list, change it to amore descriptive name (e.g., use“Grandpa Joseph” instead of “PaJoe”).

Skipping Prompt MessagesWhile prompt message is being stat-ed Shortly press the key on thesteering remote controller.The prompt message is immediatelyended and the beep tone will sound.After the "beep", say the voice com-mand.

Re-starting Voice RecognitionWhile system waits for a commandShortly press the key on thesteering remote controller.The command wait state is immedi-ately ended and the beep ton willsound. After the "beep", say thevoice command.

SETUP


1904

❈ Illustration on using voice commands

• Starting voice command.Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):

• Skipping Voice RecognitionShortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):

Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):

• Ending voice command.Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):

More Help

Contacts

Cancel

More Help

Please say a command afterthe beep (BEEP)

Please say a command afterthe beep (BEEP)

Please say a...

Please say the contact name you want to call.

Ding~

Ding~

More HelpHere are some examples of mode commands.You can say a radio type like “FM”, “AM”, or “Satellite”.You can also say a media source like “USB”, “MyMusic”, or “iPod”.Additionally, there are phone commands like“Contacts”, “Call History”, or “Dial Number”.You can find more detailed commands in the user'smanual.Please say a command after the beep.

More HelpHere are some examples of mode commands.You can say a radio type like “FM”, “AM”, or “Satellite”.You can also say a media source like “USB”, “MyMusic”, or “iPod”.Additionally, there are phone commands like“Contacts”, “Call History”, or “Dial Number”.You can find more detailed commands in the user'smanual.Please say a command after the beep.

(BEEP)

4 191


Command FunctionMore Help Provides guidance on commands that can be

used anywhere in the system.

Help Provides guidance on commands that can beused within the current mode.

Call<Name> Calls <Name> saved in ContactsEx) Call “John Smith”

Phone Provides guidance on Phone related com-mands. After saying this command, say“Favorites”, “Dial Number”, “Call History” or“Contacts” execute corresponding functions.

Favorites Displays the Favorite screen.

Call History Displays the Call History screen.

Contacts Displays the Contacts screen. After sayingthis command, say the name of a contactsaved in the Contacts to automatically con-nect the call.

Dial Number Displays the Dial number screen. After sayingthis command, you can say the number thatyou want to call.

Redial Connects the last dialed call number.

Tutorial Provides guidance on how to use voice recognition and Bluetooth® connections.

Command Function• When listening to the radio, displays the

next radio screen. (FM1➟FM2➟AM➟XM1➟

XM2➟XM3➟FM1)

Radio • When listening to a different mode, displaysthe most recently played radio screen.

• When currently listening to the FM radio,maintains the current state.

• When listening to a different mode, displaysthe most recently played FM screen.

FM1(FM One) Displays the FM1 screen.

FM2(FM Two) Displays the FM2 screen.

AM Displays the AM screen.

FM Preset 1~6 Plays the most recently played broadcastsaved in FM Preset 1~6.

AM Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1~6.

FM 87.5~107.9 Plays the FM broadcast of the correspondingfrequency.

AM 530~1710 Plays the AM broadcast of the correspondingfrequency.

XM (Satellite) • When currently listening to the SiriusXM®,

maintains the current state.

• When listening to a different mode, displaysthe most recently played SiriusXM® screen.

(Call by Name)

Voice Command List• Common Commands: These commands can be used in most operations. (However a few commands may not be

available during certain operations)


1924

Command FunctionXM (Satellite) 1~3 Displays the selected SiriusXM® screen.

XM Channel Plays the selected SiriusXM® channel.

Media Moves to the most recently played mediascreen.

CD Plays the music saved in the CD.

USB Plays USB music.

iPod® Plays iPod music.

Command FunctionMy Music Plays the music saved in My Music.

AUX (Auxiliary) Plays the connected external device.

Bluetooth® Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth®

device.

Please repeat Repeats the most recent comment.

Mute Mutes the sound

Cancel (Exit) Ends voice command.

0~255

4 193


• FM/AM radio commands: available during FM, AMradio operation

• Satellite radio commands: Commands that can beused while listening to Satellite Radio.

Command FunctionPreset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1~6.

Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the currentbroadcast and plays for 10 seconds each.

Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the currentpresent and plays for 10 seconds each.

Command FunctionChannel 0~255 Play the selected Satellite Radio channel.

Scan Scans receivable channels from the currentbroadcast and plays for 10 seconds each.

Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1~6.


1944

• Audio CD commands: Commands available duringAudio CD operation

• MP3 CD / USB commands: Commands available dur-ing USB and MP3 CD operation

Command FunctionPlay Plays the currently paused track.

Pause Pauses the current track.

Shuffle Randomly plays the tracks within the CD.

Shuffle Off Cancels random play to play tracks in sequen-tial order.

Repeat Repeats the current track.

Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequen-tial order.

Track 1~30 Plays the desired track number.

Command FunctionPlay Plays the currently paused file.

Pause Pauses the current file.

Shuffle Randomly plays the files within the currentfolder.

Shuffle Off Cancels random play to play files in sequentialorder.

Repeat Repeats the current file.

Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequentialorder.

Next Folder Play the first file in the next folder

Previous Folder Play the first file in the previous folder

4 195


• iPod® Commands: Commands available during iPod®

operation• My Music Commands: Commands available during

My Music operation

Command FunctionPlay Plays the currently paused song.

Pause Pauses the current song.

Shuffle Randomly plays the songs within the currentcategory.

Shuffle Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequen-tial order.

Repeat Repeats the current song.

Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen-tial order.

Command FunctionPlay Plays the currently paused file.

Pause Pauses the current file.

Shuffle Randomly plays all saved files.

Shuffle Off Cancels random play to play files in sequentialorder.

Repeat Repeats the current file.

Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequentialorder.

Delete Deletes the current file. You will bypass anadditional confirmation process.


1964

SETUP

Starting ModePress the key to display theSetup screen.

You can select and control optionsrelated to [Display], [Sound], [Clock /Calendar], [Phone] and [System].

✽✽ NOTICEOnce settings have been changed,press the key to return to theprevious menu.

Display Settings

Adjusting the Brightness

Press the key Select [Display]Select [Brightness]

Use the TUNE knob to adjust thescreen brightness or set theBrightness on Automatic, Daylight, orNight mode.(1) Automatic : Adjusts the bright-

ness automatically(2) Day : Always maintains the bright-

ness on high(3) Night : Always maintains the

brightness on low

Mode Pop-upPress the key Select [Display]

Select [Mode Pop up]

This feature is used to display theMode Pop-up screen when enteringradio and media modes.When this feature is turned on,pressing the or keywill display the Mode Pop-up screen.

✽✽ NOTICEThe media Mode Pop-up screen canbe displayed only when two or moremedia modes have been connected.

MEDIA RADIO

SETUP

SETUP

MENU

SETUP

4 197


MP3 Information DisplayPress the key Select [Display]

Select [Media Display]

This feature is used to change theinformation displayed within USBand MP3 CD modes.

(1) Folder File : Displays file nameand folder name

(2) Album Artist Song : Displaysalbum name/artist name/song

Sound Settings

Press the key Select [Sound]

ToneThis menu allows you to set theBass, Middle, Treble.Select [Tone] Select menu through

TUNE knob Turn TUNE knobleft/right to set• Bass, Middle, Treble : Selects the

sound tone.• Default : Restores default settings.

SETUP

SETUP


1984

PositionThis menu allows you to set theFader, Balance.Select [Position] Select menuthrough TUNE knob Turn TUNE knobleft/right to set• Fader, Balance : Selects the sound

fader and balance• Default : Restores default settings.❈ Return : While adjusting values,

pressing the TUNE knob willrestore the parent menu.

SDVC (Speed Dependent VolumeControl)Press the key Select[Sound] Select [Speed DependentVol.]

The volume level is controlled auto-matically according to the vehiclespeed.Use the TUNE knob to selectfrom On/Off.

Voice Recognition SettingPress the key Select[Sound] Select[Voice RecognitionVol.]

Use the TUNE knob to adjust theVoice Recognition volume.

SETUP SETUP

4 199


Clock/Calendar Setting

Clock SettingPress the key Select [Clock/Calendar] Select [Clock Settings]

Use the TUNE knob to select theHour, Minutes and AM/PM settingand use TUNE knob to changesettings.

Calendar SettingPress the key Select [Clock/Calendar] Select [Calendar Settings]

Use the TUNE knob to select theMonth, Day, and Year and use

TUNE knob to change settings.

Time FormatPress the key Select [Clock/Calendar] Select [Time Format]

This feature is used to change theclock format between 12hr or 24hr.

Clock DisplayPress the key Select [Clock/Calendar] Select [Clock Display(Power off)]

This feature is used to display a clockon the screen when the audio sys-tem is turned off.

SETUP

SETUP SETUP

SETUP


2004

Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology Setting

Pairing a New DevicePress the key Select[Phone] Select [Pair Phone]

Bluetooth® Wireless Technologydevices can be paired with the audiosystem.For more information, refer to the"Pairing through Phone Setup" sec-tion within Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology.

Viewing Paired Phone ListPress the key Select[Phone] Select [Paired Phone List]

This feature is used to view mobilephones that have been paired withthe audio system. Upon selecting apaired phone, the setup menu is dis-played.For more information, refer to the"Setting Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology Connection" sectionwithin Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology.

1) Connect/Disconnect Phone :Connect/ disconnects currentlyselected phone

2) Delete : Deletes the currentlyselected phone

3) Change Priority : Sets currentlyselected phone to highest connec-tion priority

SETUP

SETUP

4 201


✽✽ NOTICE - BEFORE DOWN-LOADING CONTACTS

• Only contacts within connectedphones can be downloaded. Alsocheck to see that your mobilephone supports the download fea-ture.

• To learn more about whether yourmobile phone supports contactsdownloads, refer to your mobilephone user’s manual.

• The contacts for only the connect-ed phone can be downloaded.

Downloading ContactsPress the key Select[Phone] Select [Contacts Download]

As the contacts are downloadedfrom the mobile phone, downloadingcontacts number is displayed.

✽✽ NOTICE• Upon downloading phone con-

tacts, the previous correspondingdata is deleted.

• This feature may not be supportedin some mobile phones.

• Voice Recognition may not oper-ate while contacts are being down-loaded.

Outgoing VolumePress the key Select[Phone] Select [Outgoing Volume]

Use TUNE knob to adjust the out-going volume level.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile on a call, the volume can bechanged by using the key.SEEK

TRACK

SETUP SETUP


2024

Turning Bluetooth System OffPress the key Select[Phone] Select [Bluetooth SystemOff]Once Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology is turned off, Bluetooth®

Wireless Technology related featureswill not be supported within the audiosystem.

✽✽ NOTICETo turn Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology back on, go to [Phone] and press "Yes".

SETUP

SETUP

4 203


System Setting

Memory InformationPress the key Select [System]

Select [Memory Information]

This feature displays informationrelated to system memory.

(1) Using : Displays capacity current-ly in use

(2) Capacity : Displays total capacity

Prompt FeedbackPress the key Select[System] Select [Prompt Feedback]

This feature is used to select thedesired prompt feedback option fromNormal and Expert.

(1) ON : When using voice recogni-tion, provides detailed guidanceprompts

(2) OFF : When using voice recogni-tion, omits some guidanceprompts

LanguagePress the key Select [System]

Select [Language]

This feature is used to change thesystem and voice recognition lan-guage.If the language is changed, the sys-tem will restart and apply the select-ed language.

SETUP SETUP

SETUP

REAR VIEW CAMERA(if equipped)

• The system has been equippedwith a rear view camera for usersafety by allowing a wider rearrange of vision.

• The rear view camera will automat-ically operate when the ignition keyis turned ON and the transmissionlever is set to R.

• The rear view camera will automat-ically stop operating when set to adifferent lever.

CAUTIONThe rear view camera has beenequipped with an optical lens toprovide a wider range of visionand may appear different fromthe actual distance. For safety,directly check the rear andleft/right sides.

4 204


Driving your vehicle

Before driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Automatic transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

• Automatic transmission operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25• Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27• Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29• Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31

Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43

• Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43• Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43• Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44• Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44• Driving in the rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45• Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46• Driving off-road. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46• Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46

Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52

• Tire and loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52• Certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55

Vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57• Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57• Vehicle curb weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57• Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57• GAW (Gross axle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57• GAWR (Gross axle weight rating). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57• GVW (Gross vehicle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57• GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57

Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-585


25

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle,open the windows immediately.

• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and deathby asphyxiation.

• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose.If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath sideof the car, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run theengine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.

• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in anopen area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawninto the interior.

If you must drive with the trunk lid open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at " " or " " and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of thewindshield are kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

5 3


Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside

mirror(s), and outside lights areclean.

• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any

sign of leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles

behind you if you intend to back up.

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil,engine coolant, brake fluid, andwasher fluid should be checked on aregular basis, with the exact intervaldepending on the fluid. Furtherdetails are provided in section 7,“Maintenance”.

CALIFORNIA PROPO-SITION 65 WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide vari-ety of automobile componentsand parts, including compo-nents found in the interior fur-nishings in a vehicle, contain oremit chemicals known to theState of California to cause can-cer and birth defects and repro-ductive harm. In addition, cer-tain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of compo-nent wear contain or emit chem-icals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproduc-tive harm.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNINGDriving while distracted canresult in a loss of vehicle con-trol, that may lead to an acci-dent, severe personal injury,and death. The driver’s primaryresponsibility is in the safe andlegal operation of a vehicle, anduse of any handheld devices,other equipment, or vehicle sys-tems which take the driver’seyes, attention and focus awayfrom the safe operation of avehicle or which are not permis-sible by law should never beused during operation of thevehicle.

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all con-

trols are easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside

rearview mirrors.• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning

lights when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position.

• Release the parking brake andmake sure the brake warning lightgoes out.

For safe operation, be sure you arefamiliar with your vehicle and itsequipment.


45

WARNING• When you intend to park or

stop the vehicle with theengine on, be careful not todepress the accelerator pedalfor a long period of time. It mayoverheat the engine or exhaustsystem and cause a fire.

• When you make a sudden stopor turn the steering wheel rap-idly, loose objects may drop onthe floor and it could interferewith the operation of the footpedals, possibly causing anaccident. Keep all things in thevehicle safely stored.

• If you do not focus on driving,it may cause an accident. Becareful when operating whatmay disturb driving such asaudio or heater. It is theresponsibility of the driver toalways drive safely.

WARNINGAll passengers must be proper-ly belted whenever the vehicleis moving. Refer to “Seat belts”in section 3 for more informa-tion on their proper use.

WARNING - Driving underthe influence of alcohol ordrugs

Drinking and driving is danger-ous. Drunk driving is the num-ber one contributor to the high-way death toll each year. Even asmall amount of alcohol willaffect your reflexes, percep-tions and judgment. Drivingwhile under the influence ofdrugs is as dangerous or moredangerous than driving drunk.You are much more likely tohave a serious accident if youdrink or take drugs and drive.If you are drinking or takingdrugs, don’t drive. Do not ridewith a driver who has been drink-ing or taking drugs. Choose adesignated driver or call a cab.

WARNINGAlways check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeputting a car into D (Drive) or R(Reverse).

5 5


Illuminated ignition switch Whenever a front door is opened, theignition switch will be illuminated foryour convenience, provided the igni-tion switch is not in the ON position.The light will go off immediatelywhen the ignition switch is turned onor go off after about 30 secondswhen the door is closed.

Ignition switch positionLOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. The ignition key can beremoved only in the LOCK position.When turning the ignition switch tothe LOCK position, push the keyinward at the ACC position and turnthe key toward the LOCK position.

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked andelectrical accessories are operative.

✽✽ NOTICEIf difficulty is experienced turningthe ignition switch to the ACC posi-tion, turn the key while turning thesteering wheel right and left torelease the tension.

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This isthe normal running position after theengine is started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON ifthe engine is not running to preventthe battery from discharging.

KEY

OBK059001N OUN036002


65

STARTTurn the ignition switch to the STARTposition to start the engine. Theengine will crank until you releasethe key; then it returns to the ONposition. The brake warning lampcan be checked in this position.

WARNING - Ignitionswitch

• Never turn the ignition switchto LOCK or ACC while the vehi-cle is moving.This would resultin loss of directional controland braking function, whichcould cause an accident.

• The anti-theft steering columnlock is not a substitute for theparking brake. Before leavingthe driver’s seat, always makesure the shift lever is engagedin 1st gear for the manualtransmission or P (Park) for theautomatic transmission, setthe parking brake fully andshut the engine off.Unexpected and sudden vehi-cle movement may occur ifthese precautions are nottaken.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never reach for the ignition

switch, or any other controlsthrough the steering wheelwhile the vehicle is in motion.The presence of your hand orarm in this area could cause aloss of vehicle control, anaccident and serious bodilyinjury or death.

• Do not place any movableobjects around the driver’sseat as they may move whiledriving, interfere with the driv-er and lead to an accident.

5 7


Starting the engine

1. Make sure the parking brake isapplied.

2. Manual Transmission - Depressthe clutch pedal fully and shift thetransmission into Neutral. Depressthe brake and clutch pedal fully.Automatic Transmission - Placethe transmission shift lever in P(Park). Depress the brake pedalfully.You can also start the enginewhen the shift lever is in the N(Neutral) position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to STARTand hold it there until the enginestarts (a maximum of 10 sec-onds), then release the key.

It should be started withoutdepressing the accelerator.4. Do not wait for the engine to warm

up while the vehicle remains sta-tionary.Start driving at moderate enginespeeds. (Steep accelerating anddecelerating should be avoided.)

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels,ski boots,etc.) may interferewith your ability to use thebrake, accelerator and theclutch pedal (if equipped). CAUTION

If the engine stalls while you arein motion, do not attempt tomove the shift lever to the P(Park) position. If traffic androad conditions permit, you mayput the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position while thevehicle is still moving and turnthe ignition switch to the STARTposition in an attempt to restartthe engine.

CAUTIONDo not engage the starter formore than 10 seconds. If theengine stalls or fails to start, wait5 to 10 seconds before re-engag-ing the starter. Improper use ofthe starter may damage it.


85

Illuminated engine start/stopbutton (if equipped)Whenever the front door is opened,the engine start/stop button will illu-minate for your convenience. Thelight will go off immediately when theengine start/stop button is turned onor go off after about 30 secondswhen the door is closed.

Engine start/stop button posi-tionOFF• with manual transmission

To turn off the engine, stop the vehi-cle then press the engine start/stopbutton with the engine start/stop but-ton ON.

• with automatic transmission

To turn off the engine, press theengine start/stop button with theengine start/stop button ON and theshift lever in P(Park). When youpress the engine start/stop buttonwithout the shift lever in P(Park), theengine start/stop button does notturn to the OFF position, but turns tothe ACC position.

• Steering lock system (if equipped)

Also, the steering wheel locks whenthe engine start/stop button is in theOFF position to protect against theft.It locks when the door is opened,when you pull out the smart key fromthe smart key holder, or when youlock the doors using the transmit-ter(or the smart key).

✽✽ NOTICE• If difficulty is experienced turning

the engine start/stop button to theACC position, turn the steeringwheel right and left to release thetension while pressing the enginestart/stop button. (if equippedwith steering lock)

• When you turn off the engine, thevehicle should be stopped.

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)

OBK059001WARNING

In an emergency situation whilethe vehicle is moving, you canturn off the engine and turn theengine start/stop button to theACC position by pressing theengine start/stop button formore than 2 seconds or 3 timessuccessively within 3 seconds.If the vehicle is moving, you canrestart the engine withoutpressing the brake pedal bypressing the engine start/stopbutton with the shift lever inN(Neutral).

5 9


ACC(Accessory)• with manual transmission

Press the engine start/stop buttonwhen the button is in the OFF posi-tion without depressing the clutchpedal.


Press the engine start/stop buttonwhen the button is in the OFF posi-tion without depressing the brakepedal.

The steering wheel is unlocked andelectrical accessories are operative(if equipped with steering lock).If you leave the engine start/stop but-ton in the ACC position for more than1 hour, the engine is off automatical-ly to prevent the battery from dis-charging.

ON• with manual transmission

Press the engine start/stop buttonwhen the button is in the ACC posi-tion without depressing the clutchpedal.


Press the engine start/stop buttonwhen the button is in the ACC posi-tion without depressing the brakepedal.

The warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. Do notleave the button in the ON position ifthe engine is not running to preventthe battery from discharging.

START• with manual transmission

To start the engine, depress theclutch pedal and brake pedal, thenpress the engine start/stop buttonwith the shift lever in the N(Neutral)position.


To start the engine, depress the brakepedal and press the engine start/stopbutton with the shift lever in theP(Park) or the N (Neutral) position.

✽✽ NOTICE• If you press the engine start/stop

button without depressing theclutch pedal on manual transmis-sion vehicles or without depressingthe brake pedal on automatictransmission vehicles, the enginewill not start and the enginestart/stop button changes as fol-lows:OFF →→ ACC →→ ON →→ OFF

• If you leave the engine start/stopbutton in the ACC or the ON posi-tion for a long time, the batterymay be discharged.


105

Starting the engineWARNING

• Never press the ENGINESTART/STOP button while thevehicle is in motion. Thiswould result in loss of direc-tional control and brakingfunction, which could causean accident.

• The anti-theft steering columnlock (if equipped) is not a sub-stitute for the parking brake.Before leaving the driver’sseat, always make sure theshift lever is engaged in 1stgear for the manual transmis-sion or P (Park) for the auto-matic transmission, set theparking brake fully and shutthe engine off. Unexpectedand sudden vehicle move-ment may occur if these pre-cautions are not taken.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never reach for the engine

start/stop button, or any othercontrols through the steeringwheel while the vehicle is inmotion. The presence of yourhand or arm in this area couldcause a loss of vehicle con-trol, an accident and seriousbodily injury or death.

• Do not place any movableobjects around the driver’sseat as they may move whiledriving, interfere with the driv-er and lead to an accident.

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels,ski boots, etc.) may interferewith your ability to use thebrake, accelerator and clutchpedal (if equipped).

5 11


1. Carry the smart key or leave itinside the vehicle.

2. Make sure the parking brake isfirmly applied.

3. Manual Transmission - Depressthe clutch pedal fully and shift thetransmission into Neutral. Depressthe brake and clutch pedal fully.Automatic Transmission - Placethe transmission shift lever in P(Park). Depress the brake pedalfully.You can also start the enginewhen the shift lever is in the N(Neutral) position.

4. Press the engine start/stop button.It should be started withoutdepressing the accelerator.5. Do not wait for the engine to warm

up while the vehicle remains sta-tionary.Start driving at moderate enginespeeds. (Steep accelerating anddecelerating should be avoided.)

• Even if the smart key is in the vehi-cle, if it is far away from you, theengine may not start.

• When the engine start/stop buttonis in the ACC or ON position, if anydoor is open, the system checksfor the smart key. If the smart key isnot in the vehicle, and if all doorsare closed, the chime will sound forabout 5 seconds. Keep the smartkey in the vehicle, when using theACC position or if the vehicleengine is on.

WARNINGThe engine will start by press-ing the engine start/stop button,only when the smart key is inthe vehicle. Never allow chil-dren or any person who is unfa-miliar with the vehicle to touchthe engine start/stop button orrelated parts.

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while you arein motion, do not attempt tomove the shift lever to the P(Park) position. If traffic androad conditions permit, you mayput the shift lever in theN(Neutral) position while thevehicle is still moving and pressthe engine start/stop button inan attempt to restart the engine.


125

✽✽ NOTICE• If the battery is weak or the smart

key does not work correctly, youcan start the engine by insertingthe smart key into the smart keyholder. Push the cover to open thecover. To eject the smart key fromthe smart key holder, press thesmart key inward past the detentand then pull the key outward.When you don’t use the smart keyholder, close the cover.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the stop lamp fuse is blown

on automatic transmission vehi-cles, you can't start the enginenormally. Replace the fuse with anew one. If you are not able toreplace the fuse, you can start theengine by pressing the enginestart/stop button for 10 secondswith the engine start/stop buttonin the ACC.

CAUTION• Do not press the engine

start/stop button for morethan 5 seconds except whenthe stop lamp fuse is blown.

• When you eject the smart keyfrom the smart key holder, pressthe smart key inward and pull itout. If you pull out the smart keyforcibly without pushing thesmart key, the smart key holdermay be damaged and will notoperate normally.

OBK052002

5 13


Manual transmission operationThe manual transmission has 6 for-ward gears.This shift pattern is imprinted on theshift knob. The transmission is fullysynchronized in all forward gears soshifting to either a higher or a lowergear is easily accomplished.Press the clutch pedal down fullywhile shifting, then release it slowly.If your vehicle is equipped with anignition lock switch, the engine willnot start when starting the enginewithout depressing the clutch pedal.(if equipped)

The gearshift lever must be returnedto the neutral position before shiftinginto R (Reverse).

Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into R(Reverse).Never operate the engine with thetachometer (RPM) in the red zone.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION (IF EQUIPPED)

CAUTION• When downshifting from fifth

gear to fourth gear, cautionshould be taken not to inad-vertently press the gear shiftlever sideways in such a man-ner that second gear isengaged. Such a drasticdownshift may cause theengine speed to increase tothe point that the tachometerwill enter the red-zone. Suchover-revving of the enginemay possibly cause enginedamage.

• Do not downshift more than 2gears or downshift the gearwhen the engine is running athigh speed (5,000 RPM orhigher). Such downshiftingmay damage the engine,clutch and the transmission.

• When shifting into 5th or 6thgear, press the shift lever tothe right. Otherwise, theengine could be damaged byaccidentally engaging 3rd or4th gear.

OBK052005


145

• During cold weather, shifting maybe difficult until the transmissionlubricant has warmed up. This isnormal and not harmful to thetransmission.

• If you've come to a complete stopand it's hard to shift into 1st orR(Reverse), put the shift lever inN(Neutral) position and release theclutch. Press the clutch pedal backdown, and then shift into 1st orR(Reverse) gear position.

Using the clutchThe clutch should be pressed all theway to the floor before shifting, thenreleased slowly. The clutch pedalshould always be fully released whiledriving. Do not rest your foot on theclutch pedal while driving. This cancause unnecessary wear. Do notpartially engage the clutch to holdthe car on an incline. This causesunnecessary wear. Use the footbrake or parking brake to hold thecar on an incline. Do not operate theclutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly.CAUTION

• To avoid premature clutchwear and damage, do notdrive with your foot resting onthe clutch pedal. Also, don’tuse the clutch to hold thevehicle stopped on an uphillgrade, while waiting for a traf-fic light, etc.

• Do not use the shift lever as ahandrest during driving, asthis can result in prematurewear of the transmission shiftforks.

WARNINGBefore leaving the driver’s seat,always set the parking brakefully and shut the engine off.Then make sure the transmis-sion is shifted into 1st gearwhen the vehicle is parked on alevel or uphill grade, and shiftedinto R (Reverse) on a downhillgrade. Unexpected and suddenvehicle movement can occur ifthese precautions are not fol-lowed in the order identified.

5 15


Shifting to R (Reverse)This manual transmission isdesigned with a detent to differenti-ate 1st and R (Reverse) gear. Toshift into reverse, you must shift past1st gear and the detent in order toget into the R (Reverse) gear gate.• R(Reverse) is located to the left

side of the 1st gear.• After the vehicle is stoped, push the

shift lever to the left side of the 1stgear past the detent then push theshift lever upward. The warningchime operates once.

DownshiftingWhen you must slow down in heavytraffic or while driving up steep hills,downshift before the engine starts tolabor. Downshifting reduces thechance of stalling and gives betteracceleration when you again need toincrease your speed. When the vehi-cle is traveling down steep hills,downshifting helps maintain safespeed and prolongs brake life.This vehicle is geared for improvedfuel economy and may need to bedriven in a lower gear when drivingup hills or into high winds. Using topgear is best for fuel economy, but youshould use the best gear for the roadconditions.

CAUTION• If you try to shift to the 1st

gear too quickly, it is possibleto shift to R (Reverse) insteadof 1st gear.

• Before driving, check that thewarning chime operates once,when you press the brakepedal and shift to R (Reverse).If the warning chime does notoperate when you shift to R(Reverse), contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible.

• Before driving you shouldlearn how to shift to R(Reverse), to 1st gear or 2ndgear.

• Shift to R only when the vehi-cle is stationary. When theshift lever is pressed to theleft, a slight resistance has tobe overcome.

OBK059013


165

Good driving practices• Never take the car out of gear and

coast down a hill. This is extremelyhazardous. Always leave the car ingear.

• Don't "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and mal-function. Instead, when you aredriving down a long hill, slow downand shift to a lower gear. When youdo this, engine braking will helpslow the car.

• Slow down before shifting to alower gear. This will help avoidover-revving the engine, which cancause damage.

• Slow down when you encountercross winds. This gives you muchbetter control of your car.

• Be sure the car is completelystopped before you attempt to shiftinto reverse. The transmission canbe damaged if you do not. To shiftinto reverse, depress the clutch,move the shift lever to neutral, wait3 seconds, then shift to the reverseposition.

• Exercise extreme caution whendriving on slippery surfaces. Beespecially careful when braking,accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt changein vehicle speed can cause thedrive wheels to lose traction andthe vehicle to go out of control.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a colli-

sion, an unbelted occupant issignificantly more likely to beseriously injured or killed thana properly belted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when cor-nering or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such assharp lane changes or fast,sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highwayspeeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steersharply. Instead, slow downbefore pulling back into thetravel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speedlimits.

5 17


Automatic transmission opera-tionThe automatic transmission has 8forward speeds and one reversespeed. The individual speeds areselected automatically in D(Drive)mode, depending on the position ofthe shift lever.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

OBK054006

Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.

The shift lever can be shifted freely.

Press the lock release button when shifting.

++++ ((((UUUUPPPP))))

LLLLoooocccckkkk rrrreeeelllleeeeaaaasssseeee bbbbuuuutttt ttttoooonnnn

---- ((((DDDDOOOOWWWWNNNN))))


185

✽✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehiclemay be somewhat abrupt. This is anormal condition, and the shiftingsequence will adjust after shifts arecycled a few times by the TCM(Transmission Control Module) orPCM (Powertrain Control Module).

For smooth operation, depress thebrake pedal when shifting from N(Neutral) to a forward or reversegear.

WARNING - Automatictransmission

• Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle forpeople, especially children,before shifting a car into D(Drive) or R (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’sseat, always make sure theshift lever is in the P (Park)position; then set the parkingbrake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected andsudden vehicle movementcan occur if these precautionsare not followed in the orderidentified.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to your

transmission, do not acceler-ate the engine in R (Reverse)or any forward gear positionwith the brakes on.

• When stopped on an incline,do not hold the vehicle sta-tionary with engine power.Use the service brake or theparking brake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral)or P (Park) into D (Drive), or R(Reverse) when the engine isabove idle speed.

5 19


Transmission rangesThe indicator in the instrument clusterdisplays the shift lever position whenthe ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into P (Park). This posi-tion locks the transmission and pre-vents the drive wheels from rotating.

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transmission are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freelyeven on the slightest incline unlessthe parking brake or service brakesare applied.

(Continued)• Before leaving the driver’s

seat, always make sure theshift lever is in the P (Park)position. Set the parkingbrake fully, shut the engine offand take the key with you.Unexpected and sudden vehi-cle movement can occur ifyou do not follow these pre-cautions in the order speci-fied.

WARNING• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion will causethe drive wheels to lock whichwill cause you to lose controlof the vehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) posi-tion in place of the parkingbrake. Always make sure theshift lever is latched in the P(Park) position and set theparking brake fully.

• Never leave a child unattend-ed in a vehicle.

(Continued)

CAUTIONThe transmission may be dam-aged if you shift into P (Park)while the vehicle is in motion.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransmission if you shift into Rwhile the vehicle is in motion,except as explained in “Rockingthe vehicle” in this section.


205

D (Drive)

This is the normal forward drivingposition. The transmission will auto-matically shift through a 8-gearsequence, providing the best fueleconomy and power.

For extra power when passing anoth-er vehicle or climbing grades,depress the accelerator fully, atwhich time the transmission willautomatically downshift to the nextlower gear (or gears, as appropri-ate).

✽✽ NOTICEAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into D (Drive).

Sport mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary orin motion, sport mode is selected bypushing the shift lever from the D(Drive) position into the manual gate.To return to D (Drive) range opera-tion, push the shift lever back into themain gate.

In sport mode, it is possible to shiftthe gear by using either the shiftlever or the steering wheel shift pad-dles (dynamic shift).

OBK054007

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)

Sportmode

OBK052036

5 21


Using the shift lever

Up (+) : Push the lever forwardonce to shift up one gear(1).

Down (-) : Pull the lever backwardsonce to shift down onegear (2).

Using the steering wheel shift paddles

Up(+) : Pull the right-hand shift pad-dle once to shift up one gear(3).

Down(-) : Pull the left-hand shift pad-dle once to shift down onegear (4).

✽✽ NOTICEWhen the shift lever is in the P, N orR position, you can't shift the gearby using the steering wheel shiftpaddles. In sport mode, if you pull the leftand right hand shift paddles at thesame time, you can't shift the gear.

✽✽ NOTICE• In sport mode, the driver must

execute upshifts in accordancewith road conditions, taking careto keep the engine speed below thered zone.

• In sport mode, only the 8 forwardgears can be selected. To reverseor park the vehicle, move the shiftlever to the R (Reverse) or P(Park) position as required.

• In sport mode, downshifts aremade automatically when thevehicle slows down. When thevehicle stops, 1st gear is automati-cally selected.

• In sport mode, when the enginerpm approaches the red zone thetransmission will upshift automat-ically.

• If the driver presses the lever to+(up) or -(Down) position, thetransmission may not make therequested gear change if the nextgear is outside of the allowableengine rpm range.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When starting from a stop on a

slippery road, push the shift leverforward into the +(up) position orpull the right-hand shift paddle.This causes the transmission toshift into the 2nd gear which isbetter for smooth driving on aslippery road. Push the shift leverto the -(down) side or pull the left-hand shift paddle to shift back tothe 1st gear.


225

Shift lock system For your safety, the automatic trans-mission has a shift lock systemwhich prevents shifting the transmis-sion from P (Park) or N (Neutral) intoR (Reverse) unless the brake pedalis depressed.To shift the transmission from P(Park) or N (Neutral) into R(Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.

Shift-lock override

If the shift lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) or N (Neutral) posi-tion into R (Reverse) position withthe brake pedal depressed, continuedepressing the brake, then do the fol-lowing:1. Carefully remove the cap covering

the shift-lock override access hole.2. Insert a screwdriver into the

access hole and press down onthe screwdriver.

3. Move the shift lever.4. Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealerimmediately.

Ignition key interlock systemThe ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P(Park) position. If the ignition switchis in any other position, the key can-not be removed.

WARNINGAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and while shiftingout of the P (Park) position intoanother position to avoid inad-vertent motion of the vehiclewhich could injure persons inor around the car.

OBK054008N

5 23


Good driving practices• Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any otherposition with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P(Park) when the vehicle is inmotion.

• Be sure the car is completelystopped before you attempt to shiftinto R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Never take the car out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may beextremely hazardous. Always leavethe car in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and mal-function. Instead, when you aredriving down a long hill, slow down,move the shift lever to the manualgate and shift to a lower gear.When you do this, engine brakingwill help slow the car.

• Slow down before shifting to alower gear. Otherwise, the lowergear may not be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Donot depend on placing the trans-mission in P (Park) to keep the carfrom moving.

• Exercise extreme caution whendriving on a slippery surface. Beespecially careful when braking,accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt changein vehicle speed can cause thedrive wheels to lose traction andthe vehicle to go out of control.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing theaccelerator pedal.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a colli-

sion, an unbelted occupant issignificantly more likely to beseriously injured or killed thana properly belted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when cor-nering or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such assharp lane changes or fast,sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose controlof your vehicle at highwayspeeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steersharply. Instead, slow downbefore pulling back into thetravel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speedlimits.


245

Moving up a steep grade from astanding startTo move up a steep grade from astanding start, press the brake pedal,shift the shift lever to D (Drive) andrelease the parking brake. Depressthe accelerator gradually whilereleasing the brake pedal. Whenaccelerating from a stop on a steephill, the vehicle may have a tendencyto roll backwards.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehiclefree by moving it forward andbackward. Do not attempt thisprocedure if people or objectsare anywhere near the vehicle.During the rocking operationthe vehicle may suddenly moveforward or backward as itbecomes unstuck, causinginjury or damage to nearby peo-ple or objects.

5 25


Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assistedbrakes that adjust automaticallythrough normal usage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of astalled engine or some other reason,you can still stop your vehicle byapplying greater force to the brakepedal than you normally would. Thestopping distance, however, will belonger.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partiallydepleted each time the brake pedalis applied. Do not pump the brakepedal when the power assist hasbeen interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only whennecessary to maintain steering con-trol on slippery surfaces.

BRAKE SYSTEM

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot

resting on the brake pedal.This will create abnormal highbrake temperatures, exces-sive brake lining and padwear, and increased stoppingdistances.

• When descending a long orsteep hill, shift to a lower gearand avoid continuous applica-tion of the brakes. Continuousbrake application will causethe brakes to overheat andcould result in a temporaryloss of braking performance.

• Wet brakes may impair thevehicle’s ability to safely slowdown; the vehicle may alsopull to one side when thebrakes are applied. Applyingthe brakes lightly will indicatewhether they have beenaffected in this way. Alwaystest your brakes in this fash-ion after driving through deepwater.

(Continued)

(Continued)To dry the brakes, apply themlightly while maintaining a safeforward speed until brake per-formance returns to normal.

• Always, confirm the position ofthe brake and acceleratorpedal before driving. If youdon't check the position of theaccelerator and brake pedalbefore driving, you maydepress the acceleratorinstead of the brake pedal. Itmay cause a serious accident.


265

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate whilethe vehicle is in motion, you canmake an emergency stop with theparking brake. The stopping dis-tance, however, will be much greaterthan normal.

Disc brakes wear indicator Your vehicle has disc brakes.When your brake pads are worn andnew pads are required, you will heara high-pitched warning sound fromyour front brakes or rear brakes. Youmay hear this sound come and go orit may occur whenever you depressthe brake pedal.Please remember that some drivingconditions or climates may cause abrake squeal when you first apply (orlightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-mal and does not indicate a problemwith your brakes.

WARNING - Brake wearThis brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs serv-ice. If you ignore this audiblewarning, you will eventually losebraking performance, whichcould lead to a serious accident.

CAUTION• To avoid costly brake repairs,

do not continue to drive withworn brake pads.

• Always replace brake pads ascomplete front or rear axlesets.

WARNING - Parking brakeApplying the parking brakewhile the vehicle is moving atnormal speeds can cause asudden loss of control of thevehicle. If you must use theparking brake to stop the vehi-cle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.

5 27


Parking brake Applying the parking brakeTo engage the parking brake, firstapply the foot brake and then withoutpressing the release button in, pullthe parking brake lever up as far aspossible. In addition it is recommend-ed that when parking the vehicle ona gradient, the shift lever should bepositioned in the appropriate lowgear on manual transmission vehi-cles or in the P (Park) position onautomatic transmission vehicles.

Releasing the parking brakeTo release the parking brake, firstapply the foot brake and pull up theparking brake lever slightly. Secondlydepress the release button (1) andlower the parking brake lever (2)while holding the button.

OBK059010

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brakeapplied will cause excessivebrake pad and brake rotor wear.

OBK059009


285

Check the brake warning light by turn-ing the ignition switch ON (do not startthe engine).This light will be illuminat-ed when the parking brake is appliedwith the ignition switch in the STARTor ON position.Before driving, be sure the parkingbrake is fully released and the brakewarning light is off.If the brake warning light remains onafter the parking brake is releasedwhile engine is running, there may bea malfunction in the brake system.Immediate attention is necessary.

WARNING• To prevent unintentional move-

ment when stopped and leav-ing the vehicle, do not use thegearshift lever in place of theparking brake. Set the parkingbrake AND make sure thegearshift lever is securely posi-tioned in 1st (First) gear or R(Reverse) for manual transmis-sion equipped vehicles and inP (Park) for automatic trans-mission equipped vehicles.

• Never allow anyone who isunfamiliar with the vehicle totouch the parking brake. If theparking brake is released unin-tentionally, serious injury mayoccur.

• All vehicles should alwayshave the parking brake fullyengaged when parking to avoidinadvertent movement of thecar which can injure occupantsor pedestrians.

W-75

CAUTIONDo not operate the parkingbrake while the vehicle is mov-ing except in an emergency sit-uation. It could damage thevehicle system and endangerdriving safety.

5 29


If at all possible, cease driving thevehicle immediately. If that is not pos-sible, use extreme caution whileoperating the vehicle and only con-tinue to drive the vehicle until youcan reach a safe location or repairshop.

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)

The ABS continuously senses thespeed of the wheels. If the wheelsare going to lock, the ABS systemrepeatedly modulates the hydraulicbrake pressure to the wheels.When you apply your brakes underconditions which may lock thewheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-responding sensation in the brakepedal. This is normal and it meansyour ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum ben-efit from your ABS in an emergencysituation, do not attempt to modulateyour brake pressure and do not try topump your brakes. Press your brakepedal as hard as possible or as hardas the situation warrants and allowthe ABS to control the force beingdelivered to the brakes.

WARNINGABS (or ESC) will not preventaccidents due to improper ordangerous driving maneuvers.Even though vehicle control isimproved during emergencybraking, always maintain a safedistance between you andobjects ahead. Vehicle speedsshould always be reduced duringextreme road conditions.The braking distance for carsequipped with an anti-lock brak-ing system (or ElectronicStability Control system) may belonger than for those without it inthe following road conditions.During these conditions thevehicle should be driven atreduced speeds:• Rough, gravel or snow-cov-

ered roads.• With tire chains installed.• On roads where the road sur-

face is pitted or has differentsurface height.

(Continued)

(Continued)The safety features of an ABS(or ESC) equipped vehicleshould not be tested by highspeed driving or cornering.Thiscould endanger the safety ofyourself or others.


305

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehi-cle begins to move after the engine isstarted. These conditions are normaland indicate that the anti-lock brakesystem is functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake sys-tem, your vehicle still requires suf-ficient stopping distance. Alwaysmaintain a safe distance from thevehicle in front of you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannotprevent accidents resulting fromexcessive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brakesystem may result in a longer stop-ping distance than for vehiclesequipped with a conventionalbrake system.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, theengine may not run as smoothly andthe ABS warning light may turn onat the same time. This happensbecause of the low battery voltage. Itdoes not mean your ABS is malfunc-tioning.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

W-78

CAUTION• If the ABS warning light is on

and stays on, you may have aproblem with the ABS. In thiscase, however, your regularbrakes will work normally.

• The ABS warning light will stayon for approximately 3 secondsafter the ignition switch is ON.During that time, the ABS willgo through self-diagnosis andthe light will go off if everythingis normal. If the light stays on,you may have a problem withyour ABS. Contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible.

CAUTION• When you drive on a road hav-

ing poor traction, such as anicy road, and operate yourbrakes continuously, the ABSwill be active continuously andthe ABS warning light may illu-minate. Pull your car over to asafe place and stop the engine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then yourABS system is normal.Otherwise, you may have aproblem with the ABS. Contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealeras soon as possible.

5 31


Electronic stability control(ESC)The Electronic Stability control (ESC)system is designed to stabilize thevehicle during cornering maneuvers.ESC checks where you are steeringand where the vehicle is actuallygoing. ESC applies the brakes atindividual wheels and intervenes inthe engine management system tostabilize the vehicle.

The Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system is an electronic systemdesigned to help the driver maintainvehicle control under adverseconditions. It is not a substitute forsafe driving practices. Factorsincluding speed, road conditions anddriver steering input can all affectwhether ESC will be effective inpreventing a loss of control. It is stillyour responsibility to drive and cornerat reasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.When you apply your brakes underconditions which may lock thewheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-responding sensation in the brakepedal. This is normal and it meansyour ESC is active.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehi-cle begins to move after the engine isstarted. These conditions are normaland indicate that the ElectronicStability Control System is function-ing properly.

WARNINGNever drive too fast for the roadconditions or too quickly whencornering. Electronic stabilitycontrol (ESC) will not preventaccidents. Excessive speed inturns, abrupt maneuvers andhydroplaning on wet surfacescan still result in serious acci-dents. Only a safe and attentivedriver can prevent accidents byavoiding maneuvers that causethe vehicle to lose traction.Even with ESC installed, alwaysfollow all the normal precau-tions for driving - including driv-ing at safe speeds for the condi-tions.

OBK059011


325

ESC operationESC ON condition

• When the ignition is turnedON, ESC and ESC OFFindicator lights illuminatefor approximately 3 sec-onds, then ESC is turnedon.

• Press the ESC OFF buttonfor at least half a sec-

ond after turning the igni-tion ON to turn ESC off.(ESC OFF indicator willilluminate). To turn theESC on, press the ESCOFF button (ESC OFFindicator light will gooff).

• When starting the engine,you may hear a slight tick-ing sound. This is the ESCperforming an automaticsystem self-check anddoes not indicate a prob-lem.

When operating

When the ESC is in opera-tion, the ESC indicator light

blinks.• When the Electronic

Stability Control is operat-ing properly, you can feel aslight pulsation in the vehi-cle. This is only the effectof brake control and indi-cates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of themud or driving on a slip-pery road, pressing theaccelerator pedal may notcause the engine rpm(revolutions per minute) toincrease.

ESC operation offESC OFF state

This vehicle has 2 kinds ofESC off states.If the engine stops whenESC is off, ESC remains off.Upon restarting the engine,the ESC will automaticallyturn on again.

-

5 33


• ESC off state 1To cancel ESC operation, press theESC OFF button (ESC OFF )shortly (ESC OFF indicator light(ESC OFF ) illuminates). At thisstate, the engine control functiondoes not operate. It means the trac-tion control function does not oper-ate. Brake control function onlyoperates.

• ESC off state 2To cancel ESC operation, press theESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) formore than 3 seconds. ESC OFFindicator light (ESP OFF ) illumi-nates and ESP OFF warning chimewill sound. At this state, the enginecontrol function and brake controlfunction do not operate. It meansthe vehicle stability control functiondoes not operate any more.

ESC indicator (ElectronicStability Control)

The ESC indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turnedON, but should go off after approxi-mately 3 seconds. When the ESC ison, it monitors the driving conditionsand under normal driving conditions,the ESC indicator will remain off.When a slippery or low traction con-dition is encountered, the ESC willoperate, and the ESC indicator will blink to indicate the ESC is oper-ating.If ESC indicator illuminates whileESC is operating, the ESC may havea malfunction. Take your car to anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer andhave the system checked.

OBK052037L OBK052038L

For supervision cluster For supervision cluster


345

ESC OFF indicator

The ESC OFF indicator will illumi-nate when the ignition switch isturned ON, but should go off afterapproximately 3 seconds. To switchto ESC OFF mode, press the ESCOFF button . The ESC OFF indica-tor will illuminate indicating theESC is deactivated.If this indicator stays on when ESCOFF is not selected, the ESC mayhave a malfunction. Take your car toan authorized HYUNDAI dealer andhave the system checked.With the ESC system in the stand byposition, if you use the parking braketo stop the vehicle due to abnormalbrake operation, the ESC systemmay be stopped and ESC OFF indi-cator may illuminate for about 5minutes.

ESC OFF usageWhen driving

• ESC should be turned on for dailydriving whenever possible. If ESCis turned off, it may be difficult tomake a turn or drive up a hill.

• To turn ESC off while driving, pressthe ESC OFF button while driv-ing on a flat road surface.

Never press the ESC OFF button while ESC is operating (ESC indica-tor light blinks).If ESC is turned off while ESC isoperating, it may be very dangerousbecause of unexpected vehicle slip.

✽✽ NOTICE• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that theESC is turned off (ESC OFF light

illuminated). If the ESC is lefton, it may prevent the vehiclespeed from increasing, and resultin false diagnosis.

• Turning the ESC off does notaffect ABS or brake system opera-tion.

CAUTIONDriving with varying tire orwheel sizes may cause the ESCsystem to malfunction. Whenreplacing tires, make sure theyare the same size as your origi-nal tires.

WARNINGThe Electronic Stability Controlsystem is only a driving aid; useprecautions for safe driving byslowing down on curved, snowy,or icy roads. Drive slowly anddon’t attempt to acceleratewhenever the ESC indicatorlight is blinking, or when theroad surface is slippery.

CAUTIONDo not use the parking brake tostop the vehicle, except in anemergency situation.

5 35


Hill-start assist control (HAC) (if equipped)A vehicle has the tendency to slipback on a steep hill when it starts togo after stopping. The Hill-start AssistControl (HAC) prevents the vehiclefrom slipping back by operating thebrakes automatically for about 2 sec-onds. The brakes are released whenthe accelerator pedal is depressed orafter about 2 seconds.

✽✽ NOTICE• The HAC does not operate when

the transaxle shift lever is in the P(Park) or N (Neutral) position.

• The HAC activates even thoughthe ESP is off but it does not acti-vate when the ESP has malfunc-tioned.

• The HAC applies only to vehicleswith manual transmission.

Good braking practicesWARNING

Never press the ESC OFF but-ton while ESC is operating.If the ESC is turned off whileESC is operating, the vehiclemay go out of control.To turn ESC off while driving,press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road sur-face.

WARNING• Whenever leaving vehicle or

parking, always set the park-ing brake as far as possibleand fully engage the vehicle'stransmission into the parkposition. Vehicles not fullyengaged in park with the park-ing brake set are at risk formoving inadvertently andinjuring yourself or others.

• All vehicles should alwayshave the parking brake fullyengaged when parking toavoid inadvertent movementof the car which can injureoccupants or pedestrians.

WARNINGThe HAC is activated only forabout 2 seconds, so when thevehicle is starting off alwaysdepress the accelerator pedal.


365

• After parking the vehicle, check tobe sure the parking brake is notengaged and that the parkingbrake indicator light is out beforedriving away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the car is washed. Wetbrakes can be dangerous! Your carwill not stop as quickly if the brakesare wet. Wet brakes may cause thecar to pull to one side.To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking actionreturns to normal, taking care tokeep the car under control at alltimes. If the braking action doesnot return to normal, stop as soonas it is safe to do so and call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer forassistance.

• Don't coast down hills with the carout of gear. This is extremely haz-ardous. Keep the car in gear at alltimes, use the brakes to slowdown, then shift to a lower gear sothat engine braking will help youmaintain a safe speed.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal.Resting your foot on the brakepedal while driving can be danger-ous because it can result in thebrakes overheating and losing theireffectiveness. It also increases thewear of the brake components.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driv-ing, apply the brakes gently andkeep the car pointed straightahead while you slow down. Whenyou are moving slowly enough for itto be safe to do so, pull off the roadand stop in a safe place.

• If your car is equipped with anautomatic transmission, don't letyour car creep forward. To avoidcreeping forward, keep your footfirmly on the brake pedal when thecar is stopped.

• Use caution when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brakeand place the shift lever in P. If yourcar is facing downhill, turn the frontwheels into the curb to help keepthe car from rolling. If your car isfacing uphill, turn the front wheelsaway from the curb to help keepthe car from rolling. If there is nocurb or if it is required by other con-ditions to keep the car from rolling,block the wheels.

• Under some conditions your park-ing brake can freeze in theengaged position. This is most like-ly to happen when there is anaccumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or ifthe brakes are wet. If there is a riskthat the parking brake may freeze,apply it only temporarily while youput the shift lever in P (automatictransmission) and block the rearwheels so the car cannot roll. Thenrelease the parking brake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on an uphillwith the accelerator pedal.This cancause the transmission to over-heat. Always use the brake pedalor parking brake.

5 37


The cruise control system allows youto program the vehicle to maintain aconstant speed without pressing theaccelerator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 25 mph (40km/h).

✽✽ NOTICEDuring normal cruise control opera-tion, when the SET switch is activat-ed or reactivated after applying thebrakes, the cruise control will ener-gize after approximately 3 seconds.This delay is normal.

✽✽ NOTICETo activate cruise control, depressthe brake pedal at least once afterturning the ignition switch to the ONposition or starting the engine. Thisis to check if the brake switch whichis important part to cancel cruisecontrol is in normal condition.

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING• If the cruise control is left on,

(CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster illuminat-ed) the cruise control can beswitched on accidentally.Keep the cruise control sys-tem off (CRUISE indicatorlight OFF) when the cruisecontrol is not in use, to avoidinadvertently setting a speed.

• Use the cruise control systemonly when traveling on openhighways in good weather.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not use the cruise control

when it may not be safe tokeep the car at a constantspeed, for instance, driving inheavy or varying traffic, or onslippery (rainy, icy or snow-covered) or winding roads orover 6% up-hill or down-hillroads.

• Pay particular attention to thedriving conditions wheneverusing the cruise control sys-tem.

• Be careful when driving down-hill using the cruise controlsystem, which may increasethe vehicle speed.

WARNING - Misuse cruisecontrol

Do not use cruise control if thetraffic situation does not allowyou to drive safely at a constantspeed and with sufficient dis-tance to the vehicle in front.


385

To set cruise control speed:1. Push the cruise switch on the

steering wheel to turn the systemon. The CRUISE indicator light inthe instrument cluster will illumi-nate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed,which must be more than 25 mph(40 km/h) and less than 113 mph(180 km/h).

3. Move the lever (1) down (to SET-),and release it at the desiredspeed. The SET indicator light inthe instrument cluster will illumi-nate. Release the acceleratorpedal. The desired speed willautomatically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle mayslow down or speed up slightly whilegoing uphill or downhill.

To increase cruise control setspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever (1) up (to RES+)

and hold it. Your vehicle will accel-erate. Release the lever at thespeed you want.

• Move the lever (1) up (to RES+)and release it immediately. Thecruising speed will increase by 1.0mph (1.6 km/h) each time youmove the lever up (to RES+) in thismanner.

OBK052031 OBK052030OBK052029

5 39


To decrease the cruisingspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever (1) down (to SET-)

and hold it. Your vehicle will gradu-ally slow down. Release the leverat the speed you want to maintain.

• Move the lever (1) down (to SET-)and release it immediately. Thecruising speed will decrease by 1.0mph (1.6 km/h) each time youmove the lever down (to SET-) inthis manner.

To temporarily accelerate withthe cruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarilywhen the cruise control is on,depress the accelerator pedal.Increased speed will not interferewith cruise control operation orchange the set speed.To return to the set speed, take yourfoot off the accelerator.If you move the lever down (to SET-)at increased speed, the cruisingspeed will be set again. To cancel cruise control, do

one of the following:• Press the brake pedal.• Shift the shift lever into N (Neutral)

with an automatic transmission.• Press the CANCEL switch located

on the steering wheel.• Decrease the vehicle speed lower

than the memory speed by 9 mph(15 km/h).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to lessthan approximately 20 mph (32km/h).

• Increase the vehicle speed to morethan approximately 125 mph (200km/h).

OBK052032OBK052031


405

• Operate the parking brake. Do notoperate the parking brake whiledriving except in an emergency sit-uation.

Each of these actions will cancelcruise control operation (the SETindicator light in the instrument clus-ter will go off), but it will not turn thesystem off. If you wish to resumecruise control operation, move thelever up (to RES+). You will return toyour previously preset speed. To resume cruising speed at

more than approximately 40km/h (25 mph):If any method other than the cruiseswitch was used to cancel cruisingspeed and the system is still activat-ed, the most recent set speed willautomatically resume when youmove the lever (1) up (to RES+).It will not resume, however, if thevehicle speed has dropped belowapproximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

To turn cruise control off, doone of the following:• Push the cruise switch (the

CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will go off).

• Turn the engine off.Both of these actions cancel cruisecontrol operation. If you want toresume cruise control operation,repeat the steps provided in “To setcruise control speed” on the previouspage.

OBK052030

5 41


Your vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, whereyou drive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects howmany miles (kilometers) you can getfrom a gallon (liter) of fuel. To operateyour vehicle as economically as possi-ble, use the following driving sugges-tions to help save money in both fueland repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a mod-

erate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit"starts or full-throttle shifts and main-tain a steady cruising speed. Don'trace between stoplights.Try to adjustyour speed to that of the other trafficso you don't have to change speedsunnecessarily. Avoid heavy trafficwhenever possible. Always maintaina safe distance from other vehiclesso you can avoid unnecessary brak-ing. This also reduces brake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. Thefaster you drive the more fuel yourvehicle uses. Driving at a moderatespeed, in the highest gear appropri-ate for the conditions, especially onthe highway, is one of the most effec-tive ways to reduce fuel consump-tion.

• Don't "ride" the brake or clutchpedal. This can increase fuel con-sumption and also increase wearon these components. In addition,driving with your foot resting on thebrake pedal may cause the brakesto overheat, which reduces theireffectiveness and may lead tomore serious consequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pres-sure. Incorrect inflation, either toomuch or too little, results in unnec-essary tire wear. Check the tirepressures at least once a month.

• Be sure that the wheels arealigned correctly. Improper align-ment can result from hitting curbsor driving too fast over irregularsurfaces. Poor alignment causesfaster tire wear and may also resultin other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your car in good condition.For better fuel economy andreduced maintenance costs, main-tain your car in accordance withthe maintenance schedule in sec-tion 7. If you drive your car insevere conditions, more frequentmaintenance is required (see sec-tion 7 for details).

• Keep your car clean. For maximumservice, your vehicle should bekept clean and free of corrosivematerials. It is especially importantthat mud, dirt, ice, etc. not beallowed to accumulate on theunderside of the car. This extraweight can result in increased fuelconsumption and also contribute tocorrosion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces-sary weight in your car. Weightreduces fuel economy.

• Don't let the engine idle longerthan necessary. If you are waiting(and not in traffic), turn off yourengine and restart only whenyou're ready to go.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION


425

• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. Afterthe engine has started, allow theengine to run for 10 to 20 secondsprior to placing the vehicle in gear.In very cold weather, however, giveyour engine a slightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in toohigh a gear resulting in the enginebucking. If this happens, shift to alower gear. Over-revving is racingthe engine beyond its safe limit.This can be avoided by shifting atthe recommended speeds.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system isoperated by engine power so yourfuel economy is reduced when youuse it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offsetsome of this loss, slow down whendriving in these conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operatingcondition is important both for econ-omy and safety. Therefore, have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer performscheduled inspections and mainte-nance.

WARNING - Engine offduring motion

Never turn the engine off tocoast down hills or anytime thevehicle is in motion. The powersteering and power brakes willnot function properly withoutthe engine running. Instead,keep the engine on and down-shift to an appropriate gear forengine braking effect. In addi-tion, turning off the ignitionwhile driving could engage thesteering wheel lock resulting inloss of vehicle steering whichcould cause serious injury ordeath.

5 43


Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditionsare encountered such as water,snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz-ards, follow these suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra

distance for braking.• Avoid sudden movements in brak-

ing or steering.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,use second gear. Accelerate slow-ly to avoid spinning the drivewheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, orother non-slip material under thedrive wheels to provide tractionwhen stalled in ice, snow, or mud.

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle tofree it from snow, sand, or mud, firstturn the steering wheel right and leftto clear the area around your frontwheels. Then, shift back and forthbetween 1st (First) and R (Reverse)in vehicles equipped with a manualtransmission or R (Reverse) and anyforward gear in vehicles equippedwith an automatic transmission. Donot race the engine, and spin thewheels as little as possible. If you arestill stuck after a few tries, have thevehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle toavoid engine overheating and possi-ble damage to the transmission.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

WARNING - ABSDo not pump the brake pedal ona vehicle equipped with ABS.

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an automatictransmission, while driving onslippery surfaces can cause anaccident. The sudden change intire speed could cause the tiresto skid. Be careful when down-shifting on slippery surfaces.

CAUTIONProlonged rocking may causeengine over-heating, transmis-sion damage or failure, and tiredamage.

OBK052019L


445

✽✽ NOTICEThe ESC system should be turnedOFF prior to rocking the vehicle. Smooth cornering

Avoid braking or gear changing incorners, especially when roads arewet. Ideally, corners should alwaysbe taken under gentle acceleration. Ifyou follow these suggestions, tirewear will be held to a minimum.

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight,here are some important tips toremember:• Slow down and keep more dis-

tance between you and other vehi-cles, as it may be more difficult tosee at night, especially in areaswhere there may not be any streetlights.

WARNING - Spinningtires

Do not spin the wheels. Spinningthe wheels at high speeds whenthe vehicle is stationary couldcause a tire to overheat whichcould result in tire damage thatmay injure bystanders.

OBK059021

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehiclefree by moving it forward andbackward. Do not attempt thisprocedure if people or objectsare anywhere near the vehicle.During the rocking operation thevehicle may suddenly move for-ward of backward as it becomesunstuck, causing injury or dam-age to nearby people or objects.

OBK059020N

5 45


• Adjust your mirrors to reduce theglare from other driver's head-lights.

• Keep your headlights clean andproperly aimed. Dirty or improperlyaimed headlights will make it muchmore difficult to see at night.Headlight operation when usingwindshield wipers is mandatory insome states.

• Avoid staring directly at the head-lights of oncoming vehicles. Youcould be temporarily blinded, and itwill take several seconds for youreyes to readjust to the darkness.

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re notprepared for the slick pavement.Here are a few things to considerwhen driving in the rain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder

to see and will increase the dis-tance needed to stop your vehicle,so slow down.

• Keep your windshield wipingequipment in good shape. Replaceyour windshield wiper blades whenthey show signs of streaking ormissing areas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condi-tion, making a quick stop on wetpavement can cause a skid andpossibly lead to an accident. Besure your tires are in good shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make iteasier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large pud-dles can affect your brakes. If youmust go through puddles, try todrive through them slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal brakingoperation returns.

OBK052022L


465

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is nohigher than the bottom of the wheelhub. Drive through any water slowly.Allow adequate stopping distancebecause brake performance may beaffected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them sev-eral times while the vehicle is movingslowly.

Driving off-road Drive carefully off-road because yourvehicle may be damaged by rocks orroots of trees. Become familiar withthe off-road conditions where youare going to drive before you begindriving.

Highway drivingTiresAdjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pres-sures will result in overheating andpossible failure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tireswhich may result in reduced tractionor tire failure.

✽✽ NOTICENever exceed the maximum tireinflation pressure shown on the tires.

OBK022001

5 47


Fuel, engine coolant and engineoilHigh speed travel consumes morefuel than urban motoring. Do not for-get to check both engine coolant andengine oil.

Drive beltA loose or damaged drive belt mayresult in overheating of the engine.

WARNING• Underinflated or overinflated

tires can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, andsudden tire failure leading toaccidents, injuries, and evendeath. Always check tires forproper inflation before driv-ing. For proper tire pressures,refer to “Tires and wheels” insection 8.

• Driving on tires with no orinsufficient tread is danger-ous. Worn-out tires can resultin loss of vehicle control, col-lisions, injury, and even death.Worn-out tires should bereplaced as soon as possibleand should never be used fordriving. Always check the tiretread before driving your car.For further information andtread limits, refer to “Tires andwheels” in section 7.


485

More severe weather conditions ofwinter result in greater wear andother problems. To minimize winterdriving problems, you should followthese suggestions:

Snowy or icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, itmay be necessary to use snow tiresor to install tire chains on your tires.If snow tires are needed, it is neces-sary to select tires equivalent in sizeand type of the original equipmenttires. Failure to do so may adverselyaffect the safety and handling of yourcar. Furthermore, speeding, rapidacceleration, sudden brake applica-tions, and sharp turns are potentiallyvery hazardous practices.During deceleration, use enginebraking to the fullest extent. Suddenbrake applications on snowy or icyroads may cause skids to occur. Youneed to keep sufficient distancebetween the vehicle in operation infront and your vehicle. Also, applythe brake gently. It should be notedthat installing tire chains will providea greater driving force, but will notprevent side skids.

✽✽ NOTICETire chains are not legal in all coun-tries. Check the country laws beforefitting tire chains.

Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehi-cle, make sure they are radial tires ofthe same size and load range as theoriginal tires. Mount snow tires on allfour wheels to balance your vehicle’shandling in all weather conditions.Keep in mind that the traction provid-ed by snow tires on dry roads maynot be as high as your vehicle's orig-inal equipment tires.You should drivecautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer formaximum speed recommendations.

Do not install studded tires withoutfirst checking local, state and munic-ipal regulations for possible restric-tions against their use.

WINTER DRIVING

WARNING - Snow tiresize

Snow tires should be equivalentin size and type to the vehicle'sstandard tires. Otherwise, thesafety and handling of your vehi-cle may be adversely affected.

OBK059025

5 49


Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tires arethinner, they can be damaged bymounting some types of tire chains onthem. Therefore, the use of snow tiresis recommended instead of tirechains. Do not mount tire chains onvehicles equipped with aluminumwheels; tire chains may cause dam-age to the wheels. If tire chains mustbe used, use wire-type chains with athickness of less than 0.47 in (12 mm).Damage to your vehicle caused byimproper tire chain use is not coveredby your vehicle manufacturers war-ranty.Install tire chains only on the rear tires.

Chain installation

When installing chains, follow themanufacturer's instructions andmount them as tightly as you can.Drive slowly with chains installed. Ifyou hear the chains contacting thebody or chassis, stop and tightenthem. If they still make contact, slowdown until it stops. Remove thechains as soon as you begin drivingon cleared roads.

CAUTION• Make sure the tire chains are

the correct size and type foryour tires. Incorrect tirechains can cause damage tothe vehicle body and suspen-sion and may not be coveredby your vehicle manufacturerwarranty. Also, the tire chainconnecting hooks may bedamaged from contactingvehicle components causingthe tire chains to come loosefrom the tire. Make sure thetire chains are SAE class “S”certified.

• Always check chain installa-tion for proper mounting afterdriving approximately 0.3 to0.6 miles (0.5 to 1 km) toensure safe mounting.Retighten or remount thechains if they are loose.

WARNING - Mounting chains

When mounting tire chains,park the vehicle on level groundaway from traffic. Turn on thevehicle Hazard Warning flashersand place a triangular emer-gency warning device behindthe vehicle if available. Alwaysplace the vehicle in P (Park),apply the parking brake andturn off the engine beforeinstalling tire chains.

1JBA4068


505

Use high quality ethylene gly-col coolantYour vehicle is delivered with highquality ethylene glycol coolant in thecooling system. It is the only type ofcoolant that should be used becauseit helps prevent corrosion in the cool-ing system, lubricates the waterpump and prevents freezing. Be sureto replace or replenish your coolantin accordance with the maintenanceschedule in section 7. Before winter,have your coolant tested to assurethat its freezing point is sufficient forthe temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens onthe battery system. Visually inspectthe battery and cables as describedin section 7. The level of charge inyour battery can be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or aservice station.

Change to "winter weight" oilif necessaryIn some climates it is recommendedthat a lower viscosity "winter weight"oil be used during cold weather. Seesection 8 for recommendations. Ifyou aren't sure what weight oil youshould use, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Check spark plugs and igni-tion systemInspect your spark plugs asdescribed in section 7 and replacethem if necessary. Also check allignition wiring and components to besure they are not cracked, worn ordamaged in any way.

WARNING - Tire chains• The use of chains may

adversely affect vehicle han-dling.

• Do not exceed 20 mph (30km/h) or the chain manufac-turer’s recommended speedlimit, whichever is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoidbumps, holes, sharp turns,and other road hazards, whichmay cause the vehicle tobounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel braking.

CAUTION• Chains that are the wrong size

or improperly installed candamage your vehicle's brakelines, suspension, body andwheels.

• Stop driving and retighten thechains any time you hear themhitting the vehicle.

5 51


To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing,squirt an approved de-icer fluid orglycerine into the key opening. If alock is covered with ice, squirt it withan approved de-icing fluid to removethe ice. If the lock is frozen internally,you may be able to thaw it out byusing a heated key. Handle the heat-ed key with care to avoid injury.

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the windowwasher system from freezing, add anapproved window washer anti-freezesolution in accordance with instruc-tions on the container. Window wash-er anti-freeze is available from anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer andmost auto parts outlets. Do not useengine coolant or other types of anti-freeze as these may damage thepaint finish.

Don't let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engagedposition. This is most likely to hap-pen when there is an accumulationof snow or ice around or near therear brakes or if the brakes are wet.If there is a risk the parking brakemay freeze, apply it only temporarilywhile you put the gear shift lever in Pand block the rear wheels so the carcannot roll. Then release the parkingbrake.

Don't let ice and snow accu-mulate underneathUnder some conditions, snow andice can build up under the fendersand interfere with the steering. Whendriving in severe winter conditionswhere this may happen, you shouldperiodically check underneath thecar to be sure the movement of thefront wheels and the steering com-ponents is not obstructed.

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of theweather where you drive your car,you should carry appropriate emer-gency equipment. Some of the itemsyou may want to carry include tirechains, tow straps or chains, flash-light, emergency flares, sand, ashovel, jumper cables, a windowscraper, gloves, ground cloth, cover-alls, a blanket, etc.

Don't place foreign objects ormaterials in the engine com-partmentPlacement of foreign object or mate-rials which prevent cooling of theengine, in the engine compartment,may cause a failure or combustion.The manufacturer is not responsiblefor the damage caused by suchplacement.


525

Tire and loading informationlabelThe label located on the driver's doorsill gives the original tire size, coldtire pressures recommended for yourvehicle, the number of people thatcan be in your vehicle and vehiclecapacity weight.

Vehicle capacity weight:710 lbs. (322 kg)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo.

Seating capacity:Total : 4 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 2 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximumnumber of occupants including adriver, your vehicle may carry.However, the seating capacity maybe reduced based upon the weight ofall of the occupants, and the weightof the cargo being carried.Do not overload the vehicle as thereis a limit to the total weight, or loadlimit including occupants and cargo,the vehicle can carry.

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

OBK063106N

OBK063107N

OBK063108N

OBK063105N

5 53


Towing capacity:We do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.

Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehiclewill increase or decrease dependingon the weight and the number ofoccupants.

Steps for determining correctload limit1. Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle'splacard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example, ifthe "XXX" amount equals 1400lbs. and there will be five 150 lbs.passengers in your vehicle, theamount of available cargo and lug-gage load capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight maynot safely exceed the availablecargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-er, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of yourvehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEWe do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.


545

OBK059034N

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity 688 lbs

Weight (312 kg)Subtract Occupant

B Weight 688 lbs

172 lbs (78 kg) × 4(312 kg)

CAvailable Cargo and 0 lbs

Luggage weight (0 kg)

Example 3

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weightand seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle'scapacity weight.

C190F01JM




B Weight 300 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 2(136 kg)



Example 1

A B C

OBK059035N




B Weight 600 lbs

150 lbs (68 kg) × 4(272 kg)



Example 2

5 55


Certification labelThe certification label is located onthe driver's door sill at the center pil-lar.This label shows the maximumallowable weight of the fully loadedvehicle. This is called the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of thevehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo.This label also tells you the maxi-mum weight that can be supportedby the front and rear axles, calledGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

To find out the actual loads on yourfront and rear axles, you need to goto a weigh station and weigh yourvehicle.Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out your loadequally on both sides of the center-line.

The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle- like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else - they are moving asfast as the vehicle. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is a crash,the items will keep going and cancause an injury if they strike the driv-er or a passenger.

OEN056020

WARNING - Over loading• Never exceed the GVWR for

your vehicle, the GAWR foreither the front or rear axleand vehicle capacity weight.Exceeding these ratings cancause an accident or vehicledamage.You can calculate theweight of your load by weigh-ing the items (or people)before putting them in thevehicle. Be careful not to over-load your vehicle.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not load your vehicle any

heavier than the GVWR, eitherthe maximum front or rearGAWR and vehicle capacityweight. If you do, parts,including tires on your vehiclecan break, and it can changethe way your vehicle handlesand braking ability. This couldcause you to lose control andcrash. Also, overloading canshorten the life of your vehi-cle.


565

WARNING• Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in yourvehicle's tires and possibletire failure that could lead to acrash.

• Overloading your vehicle cancause increased stopping dis-tances that could lead to acrash.

• A crash resulting from poorhandling, vehicle damage, tirefailure, or increased stoppingdistances could result in seri-ous injury or death.

WARNING - Loose cargoItems you carry inside yourvehicle can strike and injureoccupants in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.• Put items in the cargo area of

your vehicle. Try to spread theweight evenly.

• Never stack items, like suit-cases, inside the vehicleabove the tops of the seats.

• Do not leave an unsecuredchild restraint in your vehicle.

• When you carry somethinginside the vehicle, secure it.

CAUTION• Overloading your vehicle may

cause damage. Repairs wouldnot be covered by your warran-ty. Do not overload your vehicle.

• Using heavier suspension com-ponents to get added durabilitymight not change your weightratings. Ask your dealer to helpyou load your vehicle the rightway.

5 57


This section will guide you in theproper loading of your vehicle, tokeep your loaded vehicle weightwithin its design rating capability.Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehi-cle design performance. Before load-ing your vehicle, familiarize yourselfwith the following terms for determin-ing your vehicle's weight ratings,from the vehicle's specifications andthe certification label:

Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicleincluding a full tank of fuel and allstandard equipment. It does notinclude passengers, cargo, or option-al equipment.

Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your deal-er plus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight addedto the Base Curb Weight, includingcargo and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed oneach axle (front and rear) - includingvehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowableweight that can be carried by a singleaxle (front or rear). These numbersare shown on the certification label.The total load on each axle mustnever exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plusactual Cargo Weight plus passen-gers.

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowableweight of the fully loaded vehicle(including all options, equipment,passengers and cargo). The GVWRis shown on the certification labellocated on the driver’s (or front pas-senger’s) door sill.

OverloadingVEHICLE WEIGHT

WARNING - Vehicleweight

The gross axle weight rating(GAWR) and the gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR) for yourvehicle are on the certificationlabel attached to the driver'sdoor. Exceeding these ratingscan cause an accident or vehi-cle damage. You can calculatethe weight of your load byweighing the items (and people)before putting them in the vehi-cle. Be careful not to overloadyour vehicle.

We do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.

TRAILER TOWING

5 58


What to do in an emergency

Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

In case of an emergency while driving. . . . . . . . . . 6-2• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing . . . . . 6-2• If you have a flat tire while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2• If engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

If the engine does not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3• If engine dose not turn over or turns over slowly . . 6-3• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . 6-3

Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4• Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

If the engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) . . . . . . . 6-7• TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) malfunction

indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9• Changing a tire with TPMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

• Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12• Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13• Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13• Jack label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21• Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21• Removable towing hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22• Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

6


26

ROAD WARNING

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher servesas a warning to other drivers to exer-cise extreme caution whenapproaching, overtaking, or passingyour vehicle.

It should be used whenever emer-gency repairs are being made orwhen the vehicle is stopped near theedge of a roadway.Depress the flasher switch with theignition switch in any position. Theflasher switch is located in the centerconsole switch panel. All turn signallights will flash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher oper-ates whether your vehicle is run-ning or not.

• The turn signals do not work whenthe hazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when usingthe hazard warning flasher whilethe vehicle is being towed.

If the engine stalls at a cross-road or crossingIf the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push thevehicle to a safe place.

If you have a flat tire whiledrivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driv-ing:1.Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal and let the car slow downwhile driving straight ahead. Do notapply the brakes immediately orattempt to pull off the road as thismay cause a loss of control. Whenthe car has slowed to such a speedthat it is safe to do so, brake care-fully and pull off the road. Drive offthe road as far as possible andpark on firm, level ground. If youare on a divided highway, do notpark in the median area betweenthe two traffic lanes.

IN CASE OF AN EMER-GENCY WHILE DRIVING

OBK042044N

6 3


2.When the car is stopped, turn onyour emergency hazard flashers,set the parking brake and put thetransmission in P (automatic trans-mission) or reverse (manual trans-mission).

3.Have all passengers get out of thecar. Be sure they all get out on theside of the car that is away fromtraffic.

4.When changing a flat tire, followthe instruction provided later in thissection.

If engine stalls while driving1. Reduce your speed gradually,

keeping a straight line. Move cau-tiously off the road to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If

your vehicle will not start, contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer orseek other qualified assistance.

If engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly1. If your vehicle has an automatic

transmission, be sure the gearselector lever is in N(Neutral) orP(Park) and the emergency brakeis set.

2. Check the battery connections tobe sure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you oper-ate the starter, the battery is dis-charged.

4. Check the starter connections tobe sure they are securely tight-ened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle tostart it. See instructions for "Jumpstarting".

If the engine turns over nor-mally but does not start1. Check fuel level.2. With the ignition switch in the

LOCK position, check all connec-tors at the ignition coils and sparkplugs. Reconnect any that may bedisconnected or loose.

3. If the engine still does not start,call an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er or seek other qualified assis-tance.

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

WARNINGIf the engine will not start, donot push or pull the car to startit.This could result in a collisionor cause other damage.


46

EMERGENCY STARTING

Connect cables in numerical orderand disconnect in reverse order.

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous ifdone incorrectly. Therefore, to avoidharm to yourself or damage to yourvehicle or battery, follow the jumpstarting procedures. If in doubt, westrongly recommend that you have acompetent technician or towing serv-ice jump start your vehicle.

CAUTIONUse only a 12-volt jumper sys-tem. You can damage a 12-voltstarting motor, ignition system,and other electrical partsbeyond repair by use of a 24-voltpower supply (either two 12-voltbatteries in series or a 24-voltmotor generator set).

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks

away from the battery. Thebattery produces hydrogengas which may explode ifexposed to flame or sparks.If these instructions are notfollowed exactly, serious per-sonal injury and damage tothe vehicle may occur! If youare not sure how to follow thisprocedure, seek qualifiedassistance. Automobile bat-teries contain sulfuric acid.This is poisonous and highlycorrosive. When jump start-ing, wear protective glassesand be careful not to get acidon yourself, your clothing oron the car.

• Do not attempt to jump startthe vehicle if the dischargedbattery is frozen or if the elec-trolyte level is low; the batterymay rupture or explode.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery asthis may cause the battery torupture or explode causing seri-ous injury.

OBK062023

6 5


Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is

12-volt and that its negative termi-nal is grounded.

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehiclesto touch.

3. Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4. Connect the jumper cables in theexact sequence shown in the illus-tration. First connect one end of ajumper cable to the positive termi-nal of the discharged battery (1),then connect the other end to thepositive terminal on the boosterbattery (2).Proceed to connect one end of theother jumper cable to the negativeterminal of the booster battery (3),then the other end to a solid, sta-tionary, metallic point (for example,the engine lifting bracket) awayfrom the battery (4). Do not con-nect it to or near any part thatmoves when the engine is cranked.Do not allow the jumper cables tocontact anything except the correctbattery terminals or the correctground. Do not lean over the bat-tery when making connections.

5. Start the engine of the vehicle withthe booster battery and let it run at2,000 rpm, then start the engine ofthe vehicle with the dischargedbattery.

6. After jump start of your vehicle runthe vehicle for at least 15 minuteseither at idle or driving the vehiclebefore turning off the engine. Thiswill assure the vehicle can bestarted next time after the engineis shut off.

If the cause of your battery discharg-ing is not apparent, you should haveyour vehicle checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Push-starting Your manual transmission-equippedvehicle should not be push-startedbecause it might damage the emis-sion control system.Vehicles equipped with automatictransmission cannot be push-started.Follow the directions in this sectionfor jump-starting.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge for-ward when the engine startscould cause a collision with thetow vehicle.

CAUTION - Battery cablesDo not connect the jumpercable from the negative terminalof the booster battery to thenegative terminal of the dis-charged battery. This can causethe discharged battery to over-heat and crack, releasing bat-tery acid.


66

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIf your temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, you experience a lossof power, or hear loud pinging orknocking, the engine is probably toohot. If this happens, you should:1. Pull off the road and stop as soon

as it is safe to do so.2. Place the shift lever in P (automat-

ic transmission) or neutral (manualtransmission) and set the parkingbrake. If the air conditioning is on,turn it off.

3. If engine coolant is running outunder the car or steam is comingout from underneath the hood,stop the engine. Do not open thehood until the coolant has flowstopped. If there is no visible lossof engine coolant and no steam,leave the engine running andcheck to be sure the engine cool-ing fan is operating. If the fan isnot running, turn the engine off.

4. Check to see if the water pumpdrive belt is missing. If it is notmissing, check to see that it istight. If the drive belt seems to besatisfactory, check for coolantleaking from the radiator, hoses orunder the car. (If the air condition-ing had been in use, it is normalfor cold water to be draining from itwhen you stop).

5. If the water pump drive belt is bro-ken or engine coolant is leakingout, stop the engine immediatelyand call the nearest authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

6.If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the enginetemperature has returned to nor-mal. Then, if coolant has been lost,carefully add coolant to the reser-voir to bring the fluid level in thereservoir up to the halfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keepingalert for further signs of overheat-ing. If overheating happens again,call an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er for assistance.

WARNINGWhile the engine is running,keep hair, hands and clothingaway from moving parts suchas the fan and drive belts to pre-vent injury.

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. Thismay result in coolant to beblown out of the opening andcause serious burns.

CAUTIONSerious loss of coolant indicatesthere is a leak in the cooling sys-tem and this should be checkedas soon as possible by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

6 7


TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)

(1) Low Tire Pressure Telltale/TPMSMalfunction Indicator

(2) Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehiclemanufacturer on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label.As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pres-sure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a signifi-cantly under-inflated tire causes thetire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reducesfuel efficiency and tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire maintenance,and it is the driver’s responsibility tomaintain correct tire pressure, even ifunder-inflation has not reached thelevel to trigger illumination of theTPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is not oper-ating properly.The TPMS malfunctionindicator is combined with the low tirepressure telltale. When the systemdetects a malfunction, the telltale willflash for approximately one minuteand then remain continuously illumi-nated. This sequence will continueupon subsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.When the TPMS malfunction indica-tor remains illuminated after blinkingfor approximately 1 minute, the sys-tem may not be able to detect or sig-nal low tire pressure as intended.TPMS malfunctions may occur for avariety of reasons, including theinstallation of replacement or alter-nate tires or wheels on the vehiclethat prevent the TPMS from function-ing properly.

OBK062024

OBK044281L

■ Supervision Type


86

Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alter-nate tires and wheels allow the TPMSto continue to function properly.

✽✽ NOTICEIf any of the below happens, we rec-ommend that the system be checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.1.The low tire pressure telltale/

TPMS malfunction indicator doesnot illuminate for 3 seconds whenthe ignition switch is turned to theON or engine is running.

2.The TPMS malfunction indicatorremains illuminated after blinkingfor approximately 1 minute.

3.The Low tire pressure positiontelltale remains illuminated.

Low tire pressuretelltale

Low tire pres-sure positiontelltale

When the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning indicators are illumi-nated and warning massage dis-played on the cluster LCD display,one or more of your tires is signifi-cantly under-inflated. The low tirepressure position telltale light willindicate which tire is significantlyunder-inflated by illuminating the cor-responding position light.If either telltale illuminates, immedi-ately reduce your speed, avoid hardcornering and anticipate increasedstopping distances. You should stopand check your tires as soon as pos-sible. Inflate the tires to the properpressure as indicated on the vehi-cle’s placard or tire inflation pressurelabel located on the driver’s side cen-ter pillar outer panel.

If you cannot reach a service stationor if the tire cannot hold the newlyadded air, replace the low pressuretire with the spare tire.The Low Tire Pressure Telltale willremain on and the TPMS MalfunctionIndicator may blink for one minuteand then remain illuminated (whenthe vehicle is driven approximately20 minutes at speed above 15.5 mph(25 km/h)) until you have the lowpressure tire repaired and replacedon the vehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEThe spare tire is not equipped with atire pressure sensor.

OBK044281L

6 9


TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator

The TPMS malfunction indicator willilluminate after it blinks for approxi-mately one minute when there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitoring System.Have the system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible to determine the causeof the problem.

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is a malfunction with theTPMS, the low tire pressure positiontelltale will not be displayed eventhough the vehicle has an under-inflated tire.

WARNING - Low pressuredamage

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable andcan contribute to loss of vehiclecontrol and increased brakingdistances.Continued driving on low pres-sure tires can cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

CAUTIONIn winter or cold weather, thelow tire pressure telltale may beilluminated if the tire pressurewas adjusted to the recom-mended tire inflation pressurein warm weather. It does notmean your TPMS is malfunction-ing because the decreased tem-perature leads to a proportionallowering of tire pressure.When you drive your vehiclefrom a warm area to a cold areaor from a cold area to a warmarea, or the outside temperatureis greatly higher or lower, youshould check the tire inflationpressure and adjust the tires tothe recommended tire inflationpressure.


106

Changing a tire with TPMSIf you have a flat tire, the Low TirePressure and Position telltales willcome on. Have the flat tire repairedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealeras soon as possible or replace theflat tire with the spare tire.

The spare tire (if equipped) does notcome with a tire pressure monitoringsensor. When the low pressure tire orthe flat tire is replaced with the sparetire, the Low Tire Pressure Telltalewill remain on. Also, the TPMSMalfunction Indicator will illuminateafter blinking for one minute if thevehicle is driven at speed above 15.5mph (25 km/h) for approximately 20minutes.

Once the original tire equipped witha tire pressure monitoring sensor isreinflated to the recommended pres-sure and reinstalled on the vehicle,the Low Tire Pressure Telltale andTPMS Malfunction Indicator will gooff within a few minutes.If the indicators do not extinguishafter a few minutes, please visit anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.Each wheel is equipped with a tirepressure sensor mounted inside thetire behind the valve stem (except forthe spare tire). You must use TPMSspecific wheels. It is recommendedthat you always have your tires serv-iced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.

CAUTION• The TPMS malfunction indica-

tor may blink for approximate-ly 1 minute and then remaincontinuously illuminated if thevehicle is moving around elec-tric power supply cables orradio transmitter such as atpolice stations, governmentand public offices, broadcast-ing stations, military installa-tions, airports, or transmittingtowers, etc. This can interferewith normal operation of theTire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

• The TPMS malfunction indica-tor may blink for approximate-ly 1 minute and then remaincontinuously illuminated if thesnow chains are used or someseparate electronic devicessuch as notebook computer,mobile charger, remote starteror navigation etc., are used inthe vehicle. This can interferewith normal operation of theTire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

CAUTIONNever use a puncture-repairingagent not approved by HYUNDAIdealer to repair and/or inflate alow pressure tire.Tire sealant notapproved by HYUNDAI dealermay damage the tire pressuresensor.

6 11


You may not be able to identify a tirewith low pressure by simply lookingat it. Always use a good quality tirepressure gauge to measure. Pleasenote that a tire that is hot (from beingdriven) will have a higher pressuremeasurement than a tire that is cold.A cold tire means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hourperiod.Allow the tire to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always besure the tire is cold before inflating tothe recommended pressure.

This device complies with Part15 of the FCC rules.Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2. This device must accept any inter-


WARNING - ProtectingTPMS

Tampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) com-ponents may interfere with thesystem's ability to warn the driv-er of low tire pressure condi-tions and/or TPMS malfunctions.Tampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) com-ponents may void the warrantyfor that portion of the vehicle.

WARNING - TPMS• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire dam-age caused by external factorssuch as nails or road debris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-ity, immediately take your footoff the accelerator, apply thebrakes gradually with lightforce, and slowly move to asafe position off the road.

CAUTIONChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliancecould void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.


126

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

Jack and toolsThe jack, jack handle, and wheel lugnut wrench are stored in the luggagecompartment. Pull up the luggagebox cover to reach this equipment.(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel lug nut wrench

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

OBK069001AWARNING - Changing

tires• Never attempt vehicle repairs

in the traffic lanes of a publicroad or highway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tire. The jack shouldbe used on level firm ground.If you cannot find a firm, levelplace off the road, call a tow-ing service company forassistance.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Be sure to use the correct front

and rear jacking positions onthe vehicle; never use thebumpers or any other part ofthe vehicle for jacking support.

• The vehicle can easily roll offthe jack causing serious injuryor death. No person shouldplace any portion of their bodyunder a vehicle that is support-ed only by a jack; use vehiclesupport stands.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.

6 13


Removing and storing thespare tire Turn the tire hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise.Store the tire in the reverse order ofremoval.To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom “rattling” while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

❈ If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-downwing bolt by a hand, you can loosen iteasily using the Jack handle.

1. Put the Jack handle (1) into theinside of tire hold-down wing bolt.

2. Turn the tire hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise by the Jack han-dle to utilize the principles of thelever and fulcrum.

Changing tires 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.2. Shift the shift lever into R(Reverse)

with manual transmission or P(Park)with automatic transmission.

3. Activate the hazard warning flasher.

OBK069002 OBK063002 OBK062004L


146

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

OBK069003

WARNING - Changing atire

• To prevent vehicle movementwhile changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle beblocked, and that no personremain in the vehicle that isbeing jacked.

OBK062014L

6 15


7. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tireyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame. The jacking positionsare plates welded to the framewith two tabs and a raised dot toindex with the jack.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 30 mm (1.2 in).Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

9. Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the wheel on the hub, pick upthe spare tire, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheelonto them. If this is difficult, tip thewheel slightly and get the top holein the wheel lined up with the topstud. Then jiggle the wheel backand forth until the wheel can beslid over the other studs.

WARNING - Jack locationTo reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

OBK069022OBK069015


166

10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it onthe studs, put the wheel nuts onthe studs and tighten them fingertight.The nuts should be installedwith their tapered small diameterends directed inward. Jiggle thetire to be sure it is completelyseated, then tighten the nuts asmuch as possible with your fin-gers again.

11. Insert the jack handle into thejack and turn it counterclockwiseto lower the vehicle to theground.

Then position the wrench as shownin the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use anextension pipe over the wrench han-dle. Go around the wheel tighteningevery other nut until they are all tight.Then double-check each nut fortightness. After changing wheels,have an authorized HYUNDAI dealertighten the wheel nuts to their propertorque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminum alloy wheel:65~79 lb·ft (9~11 kg·m)

WARNINGWheels may have sharp edges.Handle them carefully to avoidpossible severe injury. Beforeputting the wheel into place, besure that there is nothing on thehub or wheel (such as mud, tar,gravel, etc.) that prevents withthe wheel from fitting solidlyagainst the hub.If there is, remove it. If there isnot good contact on the mount-ing surface between the wheeland hub, the wheel nuts couldcome loose and cause the lossof a wheel. Loss of a wheel mayresult in loss of control of thevehicle. This may cause seriousinjury or death.

OBK069016

6 17


If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting tire pressure. If the cap isnot replaced, air may leak from thetire. If you lose a valve cap, buyanother and install it as soon as pos-sible.After you have changed wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure thewheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel.This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING - Inadequatespare tire pressure

Check the inflation pressuresas soon as possible afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjustit to the specified pressure, ifnecessary. Refer to “Tires andwheels” section 8.


186

Important - use of compact sparetire (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tire. This compact sparetire takes up less space than a regu-lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than aconventional tire and is designed fortemporary use only.

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 60 psi (420 kPa).

✽✽ NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); ahigher speed could damage thetire.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately 1inch (25 mm), which could result indamage to the vehicle.

CAUTION• You should drive carefully

when the compact spare tireis in use. The compact sparetire should be replaced by theproper conventional tire andrim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicleis not recommended withmore than one compact sparetire in use at the same time.

WARNINGThe compact spare tire is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at speeds over50 mph (80 km/h). The originaltire should be repaired orreplaced as soon as possible toavoid failure of the spare possi-bly leading to personal injury ordeath.

6 19


• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use tire chains on the com-pact spare tire. Because of thesmaller size, a tire chain will not fitproperly. This could damage thevehicle and result in loss of thechain.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• The compact spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-pact spare tire is installed.


206

Jack label

1. Model Name2. Maximum allowable load3. When using the jack, set your

parking brake.4. When using the jack, stop the

engine.5. Do not get under a vehicle that is

supported by a jack.6. The designated locations under

the frame7. When supporting the vehicle, the

base plate of jack must be verticalunder the lifting point.

8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicleswith manual transaxle or move theshift lever to the P position onvehicles with automatic transaxle.

9. The jack should be used on firmlevel ground.

10. Jack manufacture11. Production date12. Representative company and

address

❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

• Type A ■ Example

• Type B

• Type C

OHYK065010

OHYK065011

OHYK064002

6 21


TOWING

Towing serviceIf emergency towing is necessary,we recommend having it done by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or acommercial tow-truck service.Proper lifting and towing proceduresare necessary to prevent damage tothe vehicle. The use of wheel dolliesor flatbed is recommended.

It is acceptable to tow the vehiclewith the front wheels on the ground(without dollies) and the rear wheelsoff the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or sus-pension components are damagedor the vehicle is being towed with therear wheels on the ground, use atowing dolly under the rear wheels.When being towed by a commercialtow truck and wheel dollies are notused, the rear of the vehicle shouldalways be lifted, not the front.

OBK069017

A

B

Cdolly

OBK069018

OBK069019

CAUTION• Do not tow the vehicle with the

rear wheels on the ground asthis may cause damage to thevehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-typeequipment. Use wheel lift orflatbed equipment.


226

When towing your vehicle in anemergency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC

position.2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

Removable towing hook (if equipped)1. Open the trunk, and remove the

towing hook from the tool case.2. Remove the hole cover pressing

the lower part of the cover on thefront or rear bumper.

3. Install the towing hook by turning itclockwise into the hole until it isfully secured.

4. Remove the towing hook andinstall the cover after use.

CAUTIONFailure to place the shift lever inN (Neutral) may cause internaldamage to the transmission.

OBK062010

■ Front

OBK062011

■ Rear

6 23


Emergency towingIf towing is necessary, we recom-mend you to have it done by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or acommercial tow truck service.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may betemporarily towed using a cable orchain secured to the emergency tow-ing hook under the front (or rear) ofthe vehicle. Use extreme cautionwhen towing the vehicle. A drivermust be in the vehicle to steer it andoperate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be doneonly on hard-surfaced roads for ashort distance and at low speeds.Also, the wheels, axles, power train,steering and brakes must all be ingood condition.• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a

vehicle out of mud, sand or otherconditions from which the vehiclecannot be driven out under its ownpower.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier thanthe vehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other fre-quently.

• Before emergency towing, checkthat the hook is not broken or dam-aged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steadyand even force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, donot pull from the side or at a verti-cal angle. Always pull straightahead.

CAUTION• Attach a towing strap to the

tow hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks fortowing may damage the bodyof your vehicle.

• Use only a cable or chainspecifically intended for usein towing vehicles. Securelyfasten the cable or chain tothe towing hook provided.

OBK062012

OBK062013

Front

Rear

• Use a towing strap less than 16 feet(5 m) long. Attach a white or redcloth (about 12 inches (30 cm)wide) in the middle of the strap foreasy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towingstrap is not loosened during towing.

Emergency towing precautions• Place the ignition switch in ACC so

the steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transmission shift lever in

N (Neutral).• Release the parking bake.• Press the brake pedal with more

force than normal since you willhave reduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will berequired because the power steer-ing system will be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill,the brakes may overheat and brakeperformance will be reduced. Stopoften and let the brakes cool off.

WARNING Use extreme caution when tow-ing the vehicle.• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving maneuvers whichwould place excessive stresson the emergency towing hookand towing cable or chain. Thehook and towing cable or chainmay break and cause seriousinjury or damage.

• If the disabled vehicle can notbe moved, do not forcibly con-tinue the towing. Contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer ora commercial tow truck serv-ice for assistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straightahead as possible.

• Keep away from the vehicleduring towing.

OBK069020

CAUTION - Automatictransmission

• If the car is being towed with allfour wheels on the ground, itcan be towed only from thefront. Be sure that the transmis-sion is in neutral. Be sure thesteering is unlocked by placingthe ignition switch in the ACCposition. A driver must be inthe towed vehicle to operatethe steering and brakes.

• To avoid serious damage tothe automatic transmission,limit the vehicle speed to 10mph and drive less than 1mile when towing.

• Before towing, check the levelof the automatic transmissionfluid. If it is below the "HOT"range on the dipstick, add fluid.If you cannot add fluid, a tow-ing dolly must be used.

6 24


Maintenance

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

• Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4• Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Owner maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5• Owner maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7• Normal maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8• Maintenance under severe usage conditions . . . . . . 7-19

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . 7-20Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25Brake and clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29Automatic transmission fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30Manual transmission fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33Wiper blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38

Tires and wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41• Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41• Recommended cold tire inflation pressures . . . . . . . 7-41• Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42• Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43• Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44• Tire replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45• Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46• Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47• Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47• Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47• Tire terminology and definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51• All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52• Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53• Snow tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53• Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53• Radial-ply tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55• Instrument panel fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56• Engine compartment fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . 7-57• Fuse/relay panel description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58 7

Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66• Headlight, parking light, turn signal light,

sidemarker light, front fog light bulb replacement . . 7-67• Rear combination light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 7-72• Side repeater light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74• High mounted stop light replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74• License plate light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74• Interior light bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75

Appearance care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76• Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82

Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-83California perchlorate notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86

7

Maintenance

7 3

Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

7 3

Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

1. Negative battery terminal

2. Positive battery terminal

3. Fuse and relay box

4. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

5. Power steering fluid reservoir

6. Air cleaner

7. Radiator cap

8. Engine oil dipstick

9. Engine oil filler cap

10. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir

11. Engine coolant reservoir

OBK012004

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

Maintenance

47

MAINTENANCE SERVICESYou should exercise the utmost careto prevent damage to your vehicleand injury to yourself whenever per-forming any maintenance or inspec-tion procedures.Should you have any doubts con-cerning the inspection or servicing ofyour vehicle, we strongly recom-mend that you have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer perform this work.An authorized HYUNDAI dealer hasfactory-trained technicians and gen-uine HYUNDAI parts to service yourvehicle properly. For expert adviceand quality service, see an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-cient servicing may result in opera-tional problems with your vehicle thatcould lead to vehicle damage, anaccident, or personal injury.

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsi-bility.

You should retain documents thatshow proper maintenance has beenperformed on your vehicle in accor-dance with the scheduled mainte-nance service charts shown on thefollowing pages. You need this infor-mation to establish your compliancewith the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle war-ranties.Detailed warranty information is pro-vided in your Owner’s Handbook &Warranty Information booklet.Repairs and adjustments required asa result of improper maintenance ora lack of required maintenance arenot covered.We recommend you have your vehi-cle maintained and repaired by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer. Anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer meets

HYUNDAI’s high service qualitystandards and receives technicalsupport from HYUNDAI in order toprovide you with a high level of serv-ice satisfaction.

Owner maintenance precau-tions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section,several procedures can be done onlyby an authorized HYUNDAI dealerwith special tools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance dur-ing the warranty period may affectwarranty coverage. For details, readthe separate Owner’s Handbook &Warranty Information booklet pro-vided with the vehicle. If you'reunsure about any servicing or main-tenance procedure, have it done byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7 5

Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checksand inspections that should be per-formed by the owner or an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequen-cies indicated to help ensure safe,dependable operation of your vehi-cle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your deal-er as soon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checksare generally not covered by war-ranties and you may be charged forlabor, parts and lubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check the coolant level in coolant

reservoir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

WARNING - Maintenancework

• Performing maintenance workon a vehicle can be danger-ous. You can be seriouslyinjured while performing somemaintenance procedures. Ifyou lack sufficient knowledgeand experience or the propertools and equipment to do thework, have it done by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Working under the hood withthe engine running is danger-ous. It becomes even moredangerous when you wearjewelry or loose clothing.These can become entangledin moving parts and result ininjury. Therefore, if you mustrun the engine while workingunder the hood, make certainthat you remove all jewelry(especially rings, bracelets,watches, and necklaces) andall neckties, scarves, and sim-ilar loose clothing before get-ting near the engine or cool-ing fans.

WARNING Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hotcoolant and steam may blowout under pressure. This couldcause burns or other seriousinjury.

Maintenance

67

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of

the exhaust or any smell ofexhaust fumes in the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steer-ing effort or looseness in the steer-ing wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position.

• Notice if your vehicle constantlyturns slightly or “pulls” to one sidewhen traveling on smooth, levelroad.

• When stopping, listen and checkfor unusual sounds, pulling to oneside, increased brake pedal travelor “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in theoperation of your transmissionoccurs, check the transmissionfluid level.

• Check automatic transmission P(Park) function.

• Check parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your

vehicle (water dripping from the airconditioning system during or afteruse is normal).

At least monthly:• Check the coolant level in the

engine coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turnsignals and hazard warning flash-ers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall):• Check the radiator, heater and air

conditioning hoses for leaks ordamage.

• Check the windshield washerspray and wiper operation. Cleanthe wiper blades with clean clothdampened with washer fluid.

• Check the headlight alignment.• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for

wear and function.• Check for worn tires and loose

wheel lug nuts.

7 7

Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE At least once a year:• Clean the body and door drain

holes.• Lubricate the door hinges and

checks, and hood hinges.• Lubricate the door and hood locks

and latches.• Lubricate the door rubber weather-

strips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Check the power steering fluid

level.• Inspect and lubricate the automat-

ic transmission linkage and con-trols.

• Clean the battery and terminals.• Check the brake fluid level.

Follow Normal MaintenanceSchedule if the vehicle is usuallyoperated where none of the followingconditions apply. If any of the followingconditions apply, follow MaintenanceUnder Severe Usage Conditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or

sandy areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are being used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in

cold temperatures and/or extremelyhumid climates.

• More than 50% driving in heavycity traffic during hot weatherabove 90°F (32°C).

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you shouldinspect, replace or refill more fre-quently than the following NormalMaintenance Schedule. After 120months or 150,000 miles (240,000km) continue to follow the prescribedmaintenance intervals.

Maintenance

87

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULEThe following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keepreceipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the fre-quency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.

*1 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 350 miles(500 km) or before starting a long trip.

*2 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occuror tension is reduced excessively.

*3 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, onebottle of additive is recommended. Additives areavailable from your authorized HYUNDAI dealeralong with information on how to use them. Do notmix other additives.

*4 : Rear differential oil should be changed anytime theyhave been submerged in water.

*5 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to bemaintenance free but periodic inspection is recom-mended for this maintenance schedule depends onfuel quality. If there are some important safety matterslike fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hardstarting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediatelyregardless of maintenance schedule and consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

*6 : When adding coolant, use only deionized water orsoft water for your vehicle and never mix hard waterin the coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolantmixture can result in serious malfunction or enginedamage.

*7 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibra-tion and adjust if necessary. We recommend that thesystem be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7 9

Maintenance

7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 6 months

❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Replace engine oil and filter *1

❑ Add fuel additive *3 (7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months)


❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Inspect power steering pump, belt and hoses❑ Inspect propeller shaft❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace engine oil and filter *1


❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean orreplace.

Maintenance

107



❑ Add fuel additive *3

(22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 36 months)


❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint

(Continued)

(Continued)

❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid ❑ Inspect fuel filter *5

❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *5

❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect propeller shaft❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Inspect power steering pump, belt and hoses❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace air cleaner filter❑ Replace engine oil and filter *1



7 11

Maintenance


❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect rear differential oil *4

❑ Inspect manual transmission fluid (if equipped)❑ Replace engine oil and filter *1



❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect propeller shaft❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Inspect power steering pump, belt and hoses❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace engine oil and filter *1



Maintenance

127


❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts

(Continued)

(Continued)

❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid ❑ Inspect fuel filter *5


❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect propeller shaft❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Inspect power steering pump, belt and hoses❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Inspect valve clearance *7 (60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72

months)❑ Inspect drive belts *2

(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months after every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)

❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace air cleaner filter❑ Replace engine oil and filter *1






7 13

Maintenance





❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Inspect power steering pump, belt and hoses❑ Inspect propeller shaft❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect rear differential oil *4

❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm balljoint, upper arm ball joint

❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect manual transmission fluid (if equipped)❑ Inspect drive belts *2


❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)❑ Replace engine oil and filter *1



Maintenance

147


❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint

(Continued)

(Continued)

❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid ❑ Inspect fuel filter *5


❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect propeller shaft❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Inspect power steering pump, belt and hoses❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Inspect drive belts *2








7 15

Maintenance





❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Inspect power steering pump, belt and hoses❑ Inspect propeller shaft❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect manual transmission fluid (if equipped)❑ Inspect drive belts *2



❑ Replace spark plug❑ Add fuel additive *3 (75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 120 months)


Maintenance

167


❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads (if equipped)❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid ❑ Inspect fuel filter *5

(Continued)


❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect manual transmission fluid (if equipped)❑ Inspect rear differential oil *4

❑ Replace engine oil and filter *1



(Continued)


❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Inspect power steering pump, belt and hoses❑ Inspect propeller shaft❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Inspect valve clearance *7

❑ Inspect drive belts *2



❑ Replace coolant*6 (First, 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 120months after that every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24months)


7 17

Maintenance


❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Inspect power steering pump, belt and hoses❑ Inspect propeller shaft❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect drive belts *2

(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months after that every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)







Maintenance

187




(Continued)

❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *5

❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect propeller shaft❑ Inspect power steering fluid❑ Inspect power steering pump, belt and hoses❑ Inspect rear differential oil *4

❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Inspect drive belts *2



❑ Replace coolant*6 (First, 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 120months after every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months)



❑ Rotate tire❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines❑ Inspect propeller shaft❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers and rotors❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball

joint, upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect manual transmission fluid (if equipped)❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid ❑ Inspect fuel filter *5

❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections

(Continued)

No check, No service required

❑ Automatic transmission fluid (if equipped)


7 19

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS

A - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) innormal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing tem-perature

B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distancesC - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread

roadsD - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very

cold weather

E - Driving in sandy areasF - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle tow-ingJ - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Referto the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE ITEMMAINTENANCE

OPERATIONMAINTENANCE INTERVALS DRIVING CONDITION

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER R EVERY 3,750 MILES (7,500 KM) OR 6 MONTHS A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J,K, L

AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY A, B, H, I, K

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID R EVERY 60,000 MILES (96,000 KM) C, D, E, G, H, I, J

MANUAL TRANSMISSION FLUID R EVERY 75,000 MILES (120,000 KM) C, D, E, G, H, I, J

BRAKE/PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, F, G

REAR DISC BRAKE/PAD, PARKING BRAKE I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, G, H

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BALL JOINT

I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, F, G, H, I

DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, F

REAR DIFFERENTIAL OIL R EVERY 75,000 MILES (120,000 KM) C, E, G, H, I, J

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

PROPELLER SHAFT I EVERY 7,500 MILES (12,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS C, E

Maintenance

207

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSEngine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified inthe maintenance schedule. If the caris being driven in severe conditions,more frequent oil and filter changesare required.

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oilsaturation and replace if necessary.

Fuel filterA clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven,damage the emission system andcause multiple issues such as hardstarting. If an excessive amount offoreign matter accumulates in thefuel tank, the filter may requirereplacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run theengine for several minutes, andcheck for leaks at the connections.Fuel filters should be installed by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses andconnections for leakage and dam-age. Have an authorized HYUNDAIdealer replace any damaged or leak-ing parts immediately.

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler capshould be inspected at those inter-vals specified in the maintenanceschedule. Make sure that a newvapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor-rectly replaced.

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhoses (if equipped)Inspect the surface of hoses for evi-dence of heat and/or mechanicaldamage. Hard and brittle rubber,cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, andexcessive swelling indicate deterio-ration. Particular attention should bepaid to examine those hose surfacesnearest to high heat sources, suchas the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assurethat the hoses do not come in con-tact with any heat source, sharpedges or moving component whichmight cause heat damage ormechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps andcouplings, to make sure they aresecure, and that no leaks are pres-ent. Hoses should be replacedimmediately if there is any evidenceof deterioration or damage.

7 21

Maintenance

Air cleaner filterA Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner fil-ter is recommended when the filter isreplaced.

Spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugsof the correct heat range.

Valve clearanceInspect excessive valve noise and/orengine vibration and adjust if neces-sary. An authorized HYUNDAI dealershould perform the operation.

Cooling systemCheck cooling system components,such as radiator, coolant reservoir,hoses and connections for leakageand damage. Replace any damagedparts.

CoolantThe coolant should be changed atthe intervals specified in the mainte-nance schedule.

Manual transmission fluid(if equipped)Inspect the manual transmissionfluid according to the maintenanceschedule.

Automatic transmission fluid Automatic transmission fluid shouldnot be checked under normal usageconditions.But in severe conditions, the fluidshould be changed at an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer in accordance tothe scheduled maintenance at thebeginning of this chapter.

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration andany leakage. Replace any deteriorat-ed or damaged parts immediately.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transmissionmalfunction and failure.Use only specified automatictransmission fluid. (Refer to“Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

Maintenance

227

Brake fluidCheck brake fluid level in the brakefluid reservoir. The level should bebetween “MIN” and “MAX” marks onthe side of the reservoir. Use onlyhydraulic brake fluid conforming toDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake systemincluding the parking brake pedaland cables.

Brake discs, pads, calipersand rotorsCheck the pads for excessive wear,discs for run out and wear, andcalipers for fluid leakage.

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connectionsfor looseness or damage. Retightento the specified torque.

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engineoff, check for excessive free-play inthe steering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or dam-age. Check the dust boots and balljoints for deterioration, cracks, ordamage. Replace any damagedparts.

Power steering pump, belt andhosesCheck the power steering pump andhoses for leakage and damage.Replace any damaged or leakingparts immediately. Inspect the powersteering belt (or drive belt) for evi-dence of cuts, cracks, excessivewear, oiliness and proper tension.Replace or adjust it if necessary.

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots andclamps for cracks, deterioration, ordamage. Replace any damagedparts and, if necessary, repack thegrease.

Air conditioning refrigerant (if equipped)Check the air conditioning lines andconnections for leakage and dam-age.

7 23

Maintenance

ENGINE OIL

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level

ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to

reach normal operating tempera-ture.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for afew minutes (about 5 minutes) forthe oil to return to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,and re-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again andcheck the level. The level shouldbe between F and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil tobring the level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oilfrom being spilled on engine com-ponents.

Use only the specified engine oil.(Refer to “Recommended lubricantsand capacities” in section 8.)

WARNING - Radiatorhose

Be very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it maybe hot enough to burn you.

CAUTION• Do not overfill with engine oil.

Engine damage may result.• Do not spill engine oil, when

adding or changing engine oil.If you drop the engine oil onthe engine room, wipe it offimmediately.

OBK079035 OBK079036

Maintenance

247

Changing the engine oil andfilterHave engine oil and filter changed byan authorized HYUNDAI dealeraccording to the MaintenanceSchedule at the beginning of thissection.


Engine oil contains chemicalsknown to the State of Californiato cause cancer, birth defectsand reproductive harm. Usedengine oil may cause irritationor cancer of the skin if left incontact with the skin for pro-longed periods of time. Alwaysprotect your skin by washingyour hands thoroughly withsoap and warm water as soonas possible after handling usedoil.

7 25

Maintenance

The high-pressure cooling systemhas a reservoir filled with year-roundantifreeze coolant. The reservoir isfilled at the factory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, atthe beginning of the winter season,and before traveling to a colder cli-mate.

Checking the coolant level ENGINE COOLANT

(Continued)• Even if the engine is not oper-

ating, do not remove the radi-ator cap or the drain plugwhile the engine and radiatorare hot. Hot coolant andsteam may still blow outunder pressure, causing seri-ous injury.

WARNINGRemoving radiatorcap

• Never attempt to remove theradiator cap while the engineis operating or hot. Doing somight lead to cooling systemand engine damage and couldresult in serious personalinjury from escaping hotcoolant or steam.

• Turn the engine off and waituntil it cools down. Useextreme care when removingthe radiator cap. Wrap a thicktowel around it, and turn itcounterclockwise slowly to thefirst stop. Step back while thepressure is released from thecooling system. When you aresure all the pressure has beenreleased, press down on thecap, using a thick towel, andcontinue turning counterclock-wise to remove it.

(Continued)

Maintenance

267

Check the condition and connectionsof all cooling system hoses andheater hoses. Replace any swollenor deteriorated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F and L marks on the sideof the coolant reservoir when theengine is cool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughdistilled (deionized) water. Bring thelevel to F, but do not overfill. If fre-quent additions are required, see anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for acooling system inspection.

Recommended engine coolant• When adding coolant, use only

deionized water or soft water foryour vehicle and never mix hardwater in the coolant filled at the fac-tory. An improper coolant mixturecan result in serious malfunction orengine damage.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-minum engine parts and must beprotected by an ethylene-glycol-based coolant to prevent corrosionand freezing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the spec-ified coolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or lessthan 35% antifreeze, which wouldreduce the effectiveness of thesolution.

WARNING The electric motor(cooling fan) is con-trolled by enginecoolant temperature,refrigerant pressure

and vehicle speed. It may some-times operate even when theengine is not running. Useextreme caution when workingnear the blades of the coolingfan so that you are not injuredby a rotating fan blades. As theengine coolant temperaturedecreases, the electric motorwill automatically shut off. Thisis a normal condition.

OBK072037

7 27

Maintenance

For mixture percentage, refer to thefollowing table.

Changing the coolantHave coolant changed by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer according tothe Maintenance Schedule at thebeginning of this section.

WARNING Radiator cap

Do not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiatorare hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure causing seriousinjury.

CAUTIONPut a thick cloth around theradiator cap before refilling thecoolant in order to prevent thecoolant from overflowing intoengine parts such as the gener-ator.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and maycause loss of vehicle control ordamage to paint and body trim.

5°F (-15°C) 35 65

-13°F (-25°C) 40 60

-31°F (-35°C) 50 50

-49°F (-45°C) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

OBK072005

Maintenance

287

BRAKE AND CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED) FLUID

Checking the brake/clutchfluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoirperiodically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.Before removing the reservoir capand adding brake/clutch fluid, cleanthe area around the reservoir capthoroughly to prevent brake/clutchfluid contamination.

If the level is low, add fluid to theMAX level. The level will fall withaccumulated mileage. This is a nor-mal condition associated with thewear of the brake linings. If the fluidlevel is excessively low, have thebrake system checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only the specified brake/clutchfluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubri-cants or capacities” in section 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

WARNING - Brake fluidWhen changing and addingbrake/clutch fluid, handle itcarefully. Do not let it come incontact with your eyes. Ifbrake/clutch fluid should comein contact with your eyes, imme-diately flush them with a largequantity of fresh tap water. Haveyour eyes examined by a doctoras soon as possible.

WARNING - Loss ofbrake fluid

In the event the brake systemrequires frequent additions offluid, the vehicle should beinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

OBK079007

CAUTIONDo not allow brake/clutch fluidto contact the vehicle's bodypaint, as paint damage willresult. Brake/clutch fluid, whichhas been exposed to open airfor an extended time shouldnever be used as its quality can-not be guaranteed. It should bedisposed of properly. Don't putin the wrong kind of fluid. A fewdrops of mineral-based oil, suchas engine oil, in your brake /clutch system can damagebrake / clutch system parts.

7 29

Maintenance

POWER STEERING FLUID

Checking the power steeringfluid level With the vehicle on level ground,check the fluid level in the powersteering reservoir periodically. Thefluid should be between MAX andMIN marks on the side of the gaugeat the normal temperature.Before adding power steering fluid,thoroughly clean the area around thereservoir cap to prevent power steer-ing fluid contamination.If the level is low, add fluid to theMAX level.

✽✽ NOTICECheck that the fluid level is in the"HOT" range on the gauge. If thefluid is cold, check that it is in the"COLD" range.

In the event the power steering sys-tem requires frequent addition offluid, the vehicle should be inspectedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only the specified power steeringfluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubri-cants or capacities" in section 8.)

Checking the power steeringhoseCheck the connections for oil leaks,damage and twists in the powersteering hose before driving.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to the power

steering pump, do not operatethe vehicle for prolonged peri-ods with a low power steeringfluid level.

• Never start the engine whenthe reservoir tank is empty.

• When adding fluid, be carefulthat dirt does not get into thetank.

• Too little fluid can result inincreased steering effortand/or noise from the powersteering system.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The use of the non-specified

fluid could reduce the effective-ness of the power steering sys-tem and cause damage to it.

OBK072006

Maintenance

307

It is recommended that the automat-ic transmission fluid should bechecked or changed at an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer in accordance tothe scheduled maintenance.

It is recommended that the manualtransmission fluid should be checkedor changed at an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer in accordance tothe scheduled maintenance.

Checking the washer fluidlevel The reservoir is translucent so thatyou can check the level with a quickvisual inspection.Check the fluid level in the washerfluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-sary. Plain water may be used ifwasher fluid is not available.However, use washer solvent withantifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMIS-SION FLUID (IF EQUIPPED)

MANUAL TRANSMISSIONFLUID (IF EQUIPPED)

WASHER FLUID

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transmissionmalfunction and failure.Use only specified automatictransmission fluid. (Refer to“Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transmissionmalfunction and failure.Use only specified manualtransmission fluid. (Refer to“Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

OBK072008

7 31

Maintenance

Checking the parking brake Check the stroke of the parkingbrake by counting the number of“clicks’’ heard while fully applying itfrom the released position. Also, theparking brake alone should securelyhold the vehicle on a fairly steepgrade. If the stroke is more or lessthan specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Stroke : 5 notches at a force of 44 lbs (20 kg, 196 N).

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility whensprayed on the windshieldand may cause loss of vehiclecontrol or damage to paintand body trim.

• Windshield Washer fluidagents contain some amountsof alcohol and can be flamma-ble under certain circum-stances. Do not allow sparksor flame to contact the washerfluid or the washer fluid reser-voir. Damage to the vehicle oroccupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid ispoisonous to humans and ani-mals. Do not drink and avoidcontacting windshield washerfluid. Serious injury or deathcould occur.

OBK059009

PARKING BRAKE

Maintenance

327

AIR CLEANER

Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary,and should not be washed andreused.You can clean the filter when inspect-ing the air cleaner element.Clean the filter by using compressedair.

1. Loosen the air cleaner coverattaching clips and open the cover.

2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.3. Replace the air cleaner filter.4. Lock the cover with the cover

attaching clips.Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extreme-ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the element more often than the usual recommended intervals. (Refer to“Maintenance under severe usageconditions” in this section.)

OBK072009 OBK072010 OBK079011

7 33

Maintenance

Filter inspectionThe climate control air filter shouldbe replaced according to theMaintenance Schedule. If the vehicleis operated in severely air-pollutedcities or on dusty rough roads for along period, it should be inspectedmore frequently and replaced earlier.When you replace the climate controlair filter, replace it performing the fol-lowing procedure, and be careful toavoid damaging other components.

Filter replacement1. Open the glove box and remove

the support rod (1).

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air clean-

er removed; this will result inexcessive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleanerfilter, be careful that dust ordirt does not enter the airintake, or damage may result.

• Use a HYUNDAI genuine part.Use of non-genuine partscould damage the air flow sen-sor.

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)

OBK079014

Maintenance

347

2. With the glove box open, removethe stoppers on both sides to allowthe glove box to hang freely on thehinges.

3. Remove the climate control air fil-ter case pulling out both sides ofthe cover.

4. Replace the climate control air filter.5. Reassemble in the reverse order

of disassembly.

✽✽ NOTICEInstall a new climate control air fil-ter in the correct direction with thearrow symbol (↓↓) facing down-wards. Otherwise, the climate con-trol effects may decrease, possiblywith a noise.

OBK079016 OBK075017OBK079015

7 35

Maintenance

WIPER BLADES

Blade inspection✽✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied byautomatic car washes have beenknown to make the windshield diffi-cult to clean.

Contamination of either the wind-shield or the wiper blades with for-eign matter can reduce the effective-ness of the windshield wipers.Common sources of contaminationare insects, tree sap, and hot waxtreatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are notwiping properly, clean both the win-dow and the blades with a goodcleaner or mild detergent, and rinsethoroughly with clean water.

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer cleanadequately, the blades may be wornor cracked, and require replacement.

1JBA5122

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specifiedwiper blade could result inwiper malfunction and failure.

Maintenance

367

Front windshield wiper bladeType A

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn thewiper blade assembly to exposethe plastic locking clip.

2. Compress the clip and slide theblade assembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

Type B

1. Raise the wiper arm.

1LDA5023

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm tofall against the windshield,since it may chip or crack thewindshield.

1JBA7037

1JBA7038

OHM078059

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm tofall against the windshield,since it may chip or crack thewindshield.

7 37

Maintenance

2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Thenpull down the blade assembly andremove it.

3. Install the new blade assembly inthe reverse order of removal.

OHM078060 OHM078061

Maintenance

387

(Continued)

If any electrolyte getsinto your eyes, flush youreyes with clean water forat least 15 minutes andget immediate medicalattention.If electrolyte gets on yourskin, thoroughly washthe contacted area. If youfeel a pain or a burningsensation, get medicalattention immediately.

Wear eye protectionwhen charging or work-ing near a battery.Always provide ventila-tion when working in anenclosed space.

An inappropriately dis-posed battery can beharmful to the environ-ment and human health.Dispose the batteryaccording to your locallaw(s) or regulation.

(Continued)

For best battery service• Keep the battery securely mount-

ed.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connec-

tions clean, tight, and coated withpetroleum jelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte fromthe battery immediately with asolution of water and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to beused for an extended time, discon-nect the battery cables.

BATTERY

OBK079018

WARNING - Battery dangers

Always read the follow-ing instructions carefullywhen handling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettesand all other flames orsparks away from thebattery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cellsand may explode if ignit-ed.

Keep batteries out of thereach of childrenbecause batteries con-tain highly corrosiveSULFURIC ACID. Do notallow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

(Continued)

7 39

Maintenance

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.If the battery becomes dischargedtry jump starting the battery fromanother vehicle's battery accordingto the instructions of section 6-4. Besure to run vehicle for at least 15minutes to charge the batteryenough to be able to restart the vehi-cle after it is shut off.

(Continued)

• When lifting a plastic-casedbattery, excessive pressureon the case may cause batteryacid to leak, resulting in per-sonal injury. Lift with a batterycarrier or with your hands onopposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the batterycables are connected.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage.Never touch these compo-nents with the engine runningor the ignition switched on.

Failure to follow the abovewarnings can result in seriousbodily injury or death.

CAUTION• When you don’t use the vehi-

cle for a long time in low tem-perature weather, separate thebattery and keep it indoors.

• Always charge the battery fullyto prevent battery case damagein low temperature weather.

• If you connect unauthorizedelectronic devices to the bat-tery, the battery may be dis-charged. Never use unautho-rized devices.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSI-TION 65 WARNING

Battery posts, terminals, andrelated accessories containlead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer, birthdefects and reproductive harm.Batteries also contain otherchemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer.Wash hands after handling.

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precau-tions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed inan area with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,or flame near the battery.

(Continued)

Maintenance

407

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the bat-tery has been discharged or the bat-tery has been disconnected.• Sunroof (See section 4)• Trip computer (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4)• Audio (See section 4)• Auto up/down window

(See section 4)

WARNING• Before performing mainte-

nance or recharging the bat-tery, turn off all accessoriesand stop the engine.

• The negative battery cablemust be removed first andinstalled last when the batteryis disconnected.

• Operation related to the bat-tery should be done in anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTION• Keep the battery away from

water or any liquid.• Use genuine HYUNDAI batter-

ies, available at HYUNDAIdealers, when you replace thebattery.

(Continued)• Watch the battery during charg-

ing, and stop or reduce thecharging rate if the battery cellsbegin gassing (boiling) violent-ly or if the temperature of theelectrolyte of any cell exceeds120°F (49°C).

• Wear eye protection whenchecking the battery duringcharging.

• Disconnect the battery chargerin the following order.

1.Turn off the battery chargermain switch.

2. Unhook the negative clampfrom the negative battery ter-minal.

3. Unhook the positive clampfrom the positive battery ter-minal.

7 41

Maintenance

CAUTION• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also ispossible. Keep your tire pres-sures at the proper levels. If atire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Overinflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe center of the tire tread, anda greater possibility of dam-age from road hazards.

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

Recommended cold tire infla-tion pressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less thanone mile (1.6 km).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, top vehi-cle handling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressure,refer to “Tire and wheels” in section 8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the vehicle.

WARNING - Tire underin-flation

Severe underinflation can leadto severe heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tire failures that can resultin the loss of vehicle controlleading to severe injury ordeath. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OBK082005L

Maintenance

427

Checking tire inflation pres-sureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

How to checkUse a good quality gage to check tirepressure.You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by look-ing at them. Radial tires may lookproperly inflated even when they'reunderinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1 mile (1.6 km).

WARNING - Tire InflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

CAUTION - Tire pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the

tires are cold. (After vehiclehas been parked for at leastthree hours or hasn't beendriven more than one mile (1.6km) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tire each time you checkthe pressure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badlyworn, or if your tires havebeen damaged, replace them.

CAUTION• Warm tires normally exceed

recommended cold tire pres-sures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41kPa). Do not release air fromwarm tires to adjust the pres-sure or the tires will be under-inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tireinflation valve caps. Withoutthe valve cap, dirt or moisturecould get into the valve coreand cause air leakage. If avalve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

7 43

Maintenance

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gage firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gage. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.

WARNING• Inspect your tires frequently

for proper inflation as well aswear and damage. Always usea tire pressure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly caus-ing poor handling, loss of vehi-cle control, and sudden tirefailure leading to accidents,injuries, and even death. Therecommended cold tire pres-sure for your vehicle can befound in this manual and onthe tire label located on the dri-ver's side center pillar.

• Worn tires can cause acci-dents. Replace tires that areworn, show uneven wear, orare damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tire.HYUNDAI recommends thatyou check the spare every timeyou check the pressure of theother tires on your vehicle.

Maintenance

447

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

✽✽ NOTICEThe front tire size is different fromthe rear tire size. So when you rotatetires, check the tire and wheel size.

Wheel alignment and tire bal-ance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

OBK079038

Without a spare tireWARNING

Do not mix bias ply and radialply tires under any circum-stances.This may cause unusu-al handling characteristics thatcould result in death, severeinjury, or property damage.

CAUTIONImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.

7 45

Maintenance

Tire replacementIf the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

Your vehicle is equipped with asym-metric tires, when you replace thetires, check the inside and outside ofthe tire.The mark INSIDE(1) and OUT-SIDE(2) is inscribed on the side ofthe tire.The mark INSIDE(1) should beinside of the vehicle and the markOUTSIDE(2) should be outside ofthe vehicle.

OBK079047

Tread wear indicator WARNING - Replacingtires

To reduce the chance or seriousor fatal injuries from an acci-dent caused by tire failure orloss of vehicle control:• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or aredamaged. Worn tires cancause loss of braking effec-tiveness, steering control, andtraction.

• Do not drive your vehicle withtoo little or too much pressurein your tires. This can lead touneven wear and tire failure.

• When replacing tires, nevermix radial and bias-ply tireson the same car. You mustreplace all tires (including thespare) if moving from radial tobias-ply tires.

(Continued)

OBK079039

Maintenance

467

Compact spare tire replacement(if equipped)A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

✽✽ NOTICEThe front tire size is different fromthe rear tire size. So when you rotatetires, check the tire and wheel size.

(Continued)• Using tires and wheel other

than the recommended sizescould cause unusual handlingcharacteristics and poor vehi-cle control, resulting in a seri-ous accident.

• Wheels that do not meetHYUNDAI’s specificationsmay fit poorly and result indamage to the vehicle orunusual handling and poorvehicle control.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Tiresize can affect wheel speed.When replacing tires, all 4tires must use the size origi-nally supplied with the vehi-cle. Using tires of a differentsize can cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) and ESC(Electronic Stability Control)to work irregularly.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handlingcharacteristics, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance,snow chain clearance,speedometer and odometer cal-ibration, headlight aim andbumper height.

7 47

Maintenance

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. To reduce the possibility oflosing control, slow down wheneverthere is rain, snow or ice on the road.

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

Tire sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)225/45R18 91V

225 - Tire width in millimeters.45 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).18 - Rim diameter in inches.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

Maintenance

487

91 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

V - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:7.5JX18

7.5 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.18 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger car tires. Thespeed rating is part of the tire sizedesignation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1615 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2015.

S 112 mph (180 km/h)

T 118 mph (190 km/h)

H 130 mph (210 km/h)

V 149 mph (240 km/h)

W 168 mph (270 km/h)

Y 186 mph (300 km/h)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

7 49

Maintenance

4. Tire ply composition and mate-rial

The number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric in the tire.Tire manu-facturers also must indicate the materi-als in the tire, which include steel,nylon, polyester, and others. The letter"R" means radial ply construction; theletter "D" means diagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter "B" meansbelted-bias ply construction.

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example:TREAD wear 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.

WARNING - Tire ageTires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, it is recommended thattires generally be replaced aftersix (6) years of normal service.Heat caused by hot climates orfrequent high loading condi-tions can accelerate the agingprocess. Failure to follow thiswarning can result in suddentire failure, which could lead toa loss of control and an acci-dent involving serious injury ordeath.

Maintenance

507

These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclemay vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tire’s ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

Temperature -A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B, and C, representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade C cor-responds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higherlevels of performance on the labora-tory test wheel than the minimumrequired by law.

WARNING The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

WARNINGThe temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentire failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

7 51

Maintenance

Tire terminology and definitionsAir Pressure: The amount of airinside the tire pressing outward onthe tire. Air pressure is expressed inpounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascal (kPa).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional acces-sories. Some examples of optionalaccessories are, automatic transmis-sion, power seats, and air conditioning.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inpounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-pascals (kPa) before a tire has builtup heat from driving.

Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including the max-imum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant,but without passengers and cargo.DOT Markings: A code molded intothe sidewall of a tire signifying thatthe tire is in compliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation motorvehicle safety standards. The DOTcode includes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric des-ignator which can also identify thetire manufacturer, production plant,brand and date of production.GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Rear axle.Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Light truck (LT) tire: A tire designat-ed by its manufacturer as primarilyintended for use on lightweight trucksor multipurpose passenger vehicles.

Load ratings: The maximum loadthat a tire is rated to carry for a giveninflation pressure.Load Index: An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that corre-sponds to the load carrying capacityof a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which acold tire may be inflated. The maxi-mum air pressure is molded onto thesidewall.Maximum Load Rating: The loadrating for a tire at the maximum per-missible inflation pressure for thattire.Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by 150pounds (68 kg).Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.

Maintenance

527

Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The outwardfacing sidewall bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same moldings onthe inner facing sidewall.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.Ply: A layer of rubber-coated parallelcordsPneumatic tire: A mechanical devicemade of rubber, chemicals, fabric andsteel or other materials, that, whenmounted on an automotive wheelprovides the traction and contains thegas or fluid that sustains the load.Production options weight: Thecombined weight of installed regularproduction options weighing over 5lb.(2.3 kg) in excess of the standarditems which they replace, not previ-ously considered in curb weight oraccessory weight, including heavyduty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack,heavy duty battery, and special trim.

Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-ed tire inflation pressure and shownon the tire placard.Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seat-ed.Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.Speed Rating: An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicating themaximum speed at which a tire canoperate.Traction: The friction between thetire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called "wearbars", that show across the tread of atire when only 2/32 inch of treadremains.

UTQGS: Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards, a tire informationsystem that provides consumers withratings for a tire's traction, tempera-ture and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testing proce-dures. The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus therated cargo and luggage load.Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tire due tocurb and accessory weight plusmaximum occupant and cargoweight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to eachaxle its share of the curb weight,accessory weight, and normal occu-pant weight and dividing by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-ly attached to a vehicle showing theoriginal equipment tire size and rec-ommended inflation pressure.

7 53

Maintenance

All season tires HYUNDAI specifies all season tireson some models to provide goodperformance for use all year round,including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All season tires are identifiedby ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snowtires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires HYUNDAI specifies summer tires onsome models to provide superiorperformance on dry roads. Summertire performance is substantiallyreduced in snow and ice. Summertires do not have the tire traction rat-ing M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tireside wall. if you plan to operate yourvehicle in snowy or icy conditions.HYUNDAI recommends the use ofsnow tires or all season tires on allfour wheels.

Snow tiresIf you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28kPa) more air pressure than thepressure recommended for the stan-dard tires on the tire label on the dri-ver's side of the center pillar, or up tothe maximum pressure shown on thetire sidewall, whichever is less.Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120km/h) when your car is equipped withsnow tires.

Tire chainsTire chains, if necessary, should beinstalled on the drive wheels (rearwheels).Be sure that the chains are installedin accordance with the manufactur-er's instructions.To minimize tire and chain wear, donot continue to use tire chains whenthey are no longer needed.

WARNING - Snow or ice • When driving on roads cov-

ered with snow or ice, drive atless than 20 mph (30 km/h).

• Use the SAE “S” class or wirechains.

• If you hear noise caused bychains contacting the body,retighten the chain to avoidcontact with the vehicle body.

• To prevent body damage,retighten the chains after driv-ing 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).

• Do not use tire chains onvehicles equipped with alu-minum wheels. In unavoid-able circumstance, use a wiretype chain.

• Use wire chains less than 0.47inches (12 mm) to preventdamage to the chain’s con-nection.

Maintenance

547

Radial-ply tiresRadial-ply tires provide improvedtread life, road hazard resistance andsmoother high speed ride. The radi-al-ply tires used on this vehicle are ofbelted construction, and are selectedto complement the ride and handlingcharacteristics of your vehicle.Radial-ply tires have the same loadcarrying capacity, as bias-ply or biasbelted tires of the same size, and usethe same recommended inflationpressure. Mixing of radial-ply tireswith bias-ply or bias belted tires isnot recommended. Any combina-tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or biasbelted tires when used on the samevehicle will seriously deterioratevehicle handling. The best rule to fol-low is: Identical radial-ply tires shouldalways be used as a set of four.Longer wearing tires can be moresusceptible to irregular tread wear. Itis very important to follow the tirerotation interval shown in this sectionto achieve the tread life potential ofthese tires. Cuts and punctures inradial-ply tires are repairable only inthe tread area, because of sidewallflexing. Consult your tire dealer forradial-ply tire repairs.

Low aspect ratio tire (if equipped) Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspectratio is lower than 50, are providedfor sporty looks.Because the low aspect ratio tiresare optimized for handling and brak-ing, it may be more uncomfortable toride in and there is more noise com-pare with normal tires.

CAUTION Because the sidewall of the lowaspect ratio tire is shorter thanthe normal, the wheel and tire ofthe low aspect ratio tire is easi-er to be damaged. So, follow theinstructions below.- When driving on a rough road

or off road, drive cautiouslybecause tires and wheels maybe damaged. And after driving,inspect tires and wheels.

- When passing over a pothole,speed bump, manhole, or curbstone, drive slowly so that thetires and wheels are not dam-aged.

(Continued)

CAUTION • It is not easy to recognize the

tire damage with your owneyes. But if there is the slight-est hint of tire damage, eventhough you cannot see the tiredamage with your own eyes,have the tire checked orreplaced because the tiredamage may cause air leak-age from the tire.

• If the tire is damaged by driv-ing on a rough road, off road,pothole, manhole, or curbstone, it will not be covered bythe warranty.

• You can find out the tire infor-mation on the tire sidewall.

(Continued)- If the tire is impacted, we rec-

ommend that you inspect thetire condition or contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

- To prevent damage to the tire,inspect the tire condition andpressure every 3,000miles.

7 55

Maintenance

FUSES

A vehicle’s electrical system is pro-tected from electrical overload dam-age by fuses.

This vehicle has 3 fuse panels, onelocated in the driver’s side panel bol-ster, the others in the engine com-partment.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, checkthe appropriate circuit fuse. If a fusehas blown, the element inside thefuse will be melted.If the electrical system does notwork, first check the driver’s sidefuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse withone of the same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, thisindicates an electrical problem. Avoidusing the system involved and imme-diately consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: bladetype for lower amperage rating, car-tridge type, and fusible link for higheramperage ratings.

OBK079042

Normal

Normal

Blade type

Cartridge type

Fusible link

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire or alu-minum foil instead of the prop-er fuse - even as a temporaryrepair. It may cause extensivewiring damage and a possiblefire.

CAUTIONDo not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to removefuses because it may cause ashort circuit and damage thesystem.

Maintenance

567

Instrument panel fuse replace-ment1. Turn the ignition switch and all

other switches off.2. Open the fuse panel cover.3. Pull the suspected fuse straight

out. Use the removal tool providedin the main fuse box in the enginecompartment.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace itif it is blown.

5. Push in a new fuse of the samerating, and make sure it fits tightlyin the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

If you do not have a spare, use afuse of the same rating from a circuityou may not need for operating thevehicle, such as the cigarette lighterfuse.If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work and thefuses are OK, check the fuse panelin the engine compartment. If a fuseis blown, it must be replaced.

OBK079019

CAUTION• When replacing a blown fuse

or relay with a new one, makesure the new fuse or relay fitstightly into the clips. Theincomplete fastening fuse orrelay may cause the vehiclewiring and electric systemsdamage and a possible fire.

• Do not remove fuses, relaysand terminals fastened withbolts or nuts.The fuses, relaysand terminals may be fas-tened incompletely, and it maycause a possible fire. If fuses,relays and terminals fastenedwith bolts or nuts are blown,consult with an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not input any other objectsexcept fuses or relays intofuse/relay terminals such as adriver or wiring. It may causecontact failure and systemmalfunction.

7 57

Maintenance

Fuse switchAlways, put the fuse switch at the ONposition.If you move the switch to the OFFposition, some items such as audioand digital clock must be reset andtransmitter (or smart key) may notwork properly.

Engine compartment fusereplacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all

other switches off.2. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling up.

3. Check the removed fuse; replace itif it is blown. To remove or insertthe fuse, use the fuse puller in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the samerating, and make sure it fits tightlyin the clips. If it fits loosely, consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONAlways place the fuse switch inthe ON position while drivingthe vehicle.

OBK072042

OBK072021

OBK079048

CAUTIONAfter checking the fuse panel inthe engine compartment,securely install the fuse panelcover. If not, electrical failuresmay occur from water contact.

Maintenance

587

Multi fuseIf the multi fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Turn off the engine.2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.3. Remove the fuse panel on the

right side in the engine compart-ment.

4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-ture above.

5. Replace the fuse with a new oneof the same rating.

6. Reinstall in the reverse order ofremoval.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the multi fuse is blown, consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Fuse/relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay panel covers,you can find the fuse/relay labeldescribing fuse/relay name andcapacity.

✽✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions inthis manual may be applicable toyour vehicle. It is accurate at thetime of printing. When you inspectthe fuse panel in your vehicle, referto the fuse panel label.

OBK072022

7 59

Maintenance

Instrument panel fuse panel

✽✽ NOTICEThe actual fuse/relay panel labelmay differ from equipped items.

OBK072049N

OBK079023

Maintenance

607

Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel)

Description Fuse rating Protected component

AUDIO 15AAudio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Multi Gauge, Multi MonitorFront Monitor, MTS Module

DRV P/SEAT 30A Driver Seat Manual Switch, Driver Lumbar Support Switch

HAZARD 15A BCM, Flasher Sound Relay

PDM1 25A PDM

ROOM LP 10ADriver/Passenger Door Lamp, Trunk Room LampDriver/Passenger Door Scuff Lamp, Vanity Lamp LH/RHMap Lamp

C/LIGHTER 15A Front Power Outlet

MEMORY1 10A

BCM, Data Link Connector, Auto Light & Photo SensorIgnition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch, Electro Chromic MirrorInstrument Cluster (IND. MICOM), A/C Control ModuleTire Pressure Monitoring Module

MEMORY2 7.5A RF Receiver

ABS 7.5AE/R Junction Box LH (Multipurpose Check Connector)ESC Module, ESC & PAS Switch, Steering Angle Sensor

A/BAG IND 7.5A Instrument Cluster (Air Bag IND.)

A/BAG 15A SRS Control Module, A/C Control Module, PODS Module

B/UP LP 15A Back-Up Lamp Switch, TCM, Transmission Range Switch

MODULE3 10A ECM, PDM, Smart Key Control Module, Injector Drive Box (G6DJ)

MODULE1 7.5AAMP, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Multi Monitor, MTS ModuleFront Monitor, Map Lamp, Power Outside Mirror Switch

POWEROUTLET

15A Console Power Outlet

MODULE6 10A BCM, PDM, Smart Key Control Module

7 61

Maintenance


MODULE2 7.5A

IPS Control Module, Instrument Cluster (IND, MICOM), BCM, ATM Shift Lever IND., Multifunction Switch (Remote Control), Multi Gauge, Cruise Clutch Pedal Position Switch, A/C Control Module, Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Unit, Stop Lamp Switch, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, MTS Module, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH/RH, Front Parking Assist Sensor LH/RHRear Parking Assist Sensor Side LH/RHRear Parking Assist Sensor Center LH/RH

MODULE5 7.5A Sport Mode Switch (A/T), Key Solenoid

STOP LP 15A Stop Signal Relay

MODULE7 7.5A Blower Relay, Sunroof Control Module, A/C Control Module, Cluster Ionizer (Auto A/C)

MODULE4 7.5ABCM, PDM, IPS Control Module, Vacuum SwitchE/R Junction Box LH (Vacuum Pump Relay)

WIPER FRT 25AMultiFunction Switch (Wiper), Front Wiper MotorE/R Junction Box LH (Wiper FRT Relay)

START 10AE/R Junction Box LH (Start Relay), Ignition Lock Switch, PDMTransmission Range Switch, ECM (G6DJ), B/Alarm Relay

BLOWER 7.5A A/C Control Module

HTD MIRR 7.5A A/C Control Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror

TRUNK 10A Trunk Lid & Fuel Filler Door Switch, ICM Relay Box (Trunk Lid Relay)

PDM2 10A PDM, Smart Key Control Module, Start Stop Button Switch, FOB Holder

SAFETY POWERWINDOW RH

25A Passenger Safety Power Window Module

FOG LP RR 10A (Not Used)

S/HEATER 15A Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module

AMP 25A AMP (JBL)

SAFETY POWERWINDOW LH

25A Driver Safety Power Window Module

Maintenance

627

Engine compartment fusepanel


OBK072025

OBK074050N

7 63

Maintenance

Engine compartment main fuse panel


MULTIFUSE

C/FAN 60A Cooling Fan (High) Relay, Cooling Fan (Low) Relay

B+1 60ASmart Junction Box ((Fuse : S/HEATER, AMP, SAFETY POWER WINDOW LH/RH), IPS 2, IPS Control Module)

BLOWER 40A Smart Junction Box (Blower Relay)

ABS2 40A Multipurpose Check Connector, ESC Module

ABS1 40A Multipurpose Check Connector, ESC Module

ALT 150AAlternator, Multi Fuse (ABS1, ABS2, BLOWER, B+1, C/FAN), Fuse (S/ROOF FRT, DEICER, VACUUM PUMP)

RR HTD 40A RR HTD Relay

B+2 60ASmart Junction Box ((Fuse : HAZARD, PDM1, MODULE5, STOP LP, TRUNK, PDM2), IPS 1, ARISU 2, IPS Control Module)

B+3 60ASmart Junction Box ((Fuse : AUDIO, DRV P/SEAT, ROOM LP, MEMORY1, MEMORY2), ARISU 1, IPS Control Module, Leak Current Autocut Device Switch, Leak Current Autocut Device Relay)

FUSE

IG2 30A Start Relay, IG2 Relay, Ignition Switch

IG1 40A IG1 Relay, ACC Relay, Ignition Switch

S/ROOF FRT 20A Sunroof Control Module

DEICER 15A Deicer Relay

VACUUM PUMP 15A Vacuum Pump Relay (G4KF A/T)

DR LOCK 10A Smart Junction Box (Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay), ICM Relay Box (Two Turn Unlock Relay)

BRAKE SW 10A Stop Lamp Switch

HORN 15A Horn Relay

DEDICATED DRL 10A Dedicated DRL Relay

B/UP LP 10AM/T - Back-Up Lamp SwitchA/T - Rear Combination Lamp LH/RH, Electro Chromic Mirror, A/V & Navigation Head Unit

Maintenance

647

Engine compartment fusepanel


OBK072024

OBK074051N

7 65

Maintenance

Engine compartment sub fuse panel


B+ 50A Fuse (EMS 30A, ECU1 10A, F/PUMP 20A)

EMS 30A Engine Control Relay

F/PUMP 20A F/Pump Relay

ECU 1 10AG4KF ECM, TCM

G6DJ ECM, TCM, Injector Drive Box

INJECTOR 15AG4KF F/Pump Relay, Injector #1/#2/#3/#4

G6DJ F/Pump Relay, Fuel Pump Relay (Low), ECM

IGN COIL 20AG4KF Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4, Condenser

G6DJ Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6, Condenser #1/#2

ECU 2 20AG4KF ECM

G6DJ Injector Drive Box

SENSOR 1 10AG4KF Cooling Fan (High)/(Low) Relay, Oxygen Sensor (Up)/(Down)

G6DJ Cooling Fan (High)/(Low) Relay, ECM, Oxygen Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4

SENSOR 2 15AG4KF

Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2, RCV Control Solenoid Valve, Immobilizer Module, Canister Close Valve, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Crankshaft Position Sensor, Oil Control Valve #1/#2

G6DJ ECM, Oil Control Valve #1/#2/#3/#4, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Immobilizer Module, Canister Close Valve

Maintenance

667

LIGHT BULBS

Use only the bulbs of the specifiedwattage.

✽✽ NOTICEAfter heavy, driving rain or washing,headlight and taillight lenses couldappear frosty. This condition iscaused by the temperature differencebetween the lamp inside and outside.This is similar to the condensation onyour windows inside your vehicleduring the rain and doesn’t indicatea problem with your vehicle. If thewater leaks into the lamp bulb cir-cuitry, have the vehicle checked byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING - Working onthe lights

Prior to working on the light,firmly apply the parking brake,ensure that the ignition switchis turned to the LOCK positionand turn off the lights to avoidsudden movement of the vehi-cle and burning your fingers orreceiving an electric shock.

CAUTIONBe sure to replace the burned-out bulb with one of the samewattage rating. Otherwise, itmay cause damage to the fuseor electric wiring system.

CAUTIONIf you don’t have necessarytools, the correct bulbs and theexpertise, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. In many cases,it is difficult to replace vehiclelight bulbs because other partsof the vehicle must be removedbefore you can get to the bulb.This is especially true if youhave to remove the headlightassembly to get to the bulb(s).Removing/installing the head-light assembly can result indamage to the vehicle.

7 67

Maintenance

Headlight, parking light, turnsignal light, side marker lightand front fog light bulbreplacementType A(1) Front turn signal light /

Position light (2) Headlight (High) /

DRL (If equipped)(3) Headlight (Low)(4) Front fog light (6) Side marker light

Type B (1) Front turn signal light /

Position light(2) Headlight (High)(3) Headlight (Low)(4) Front fog light (5) Day time running light (DRL)

(if equipped)(6) Side marker light

1.Open the hood.

OBK072052

OBK072053

OBK072054N

OBK072026

Maintenance

687

2. Disconnect the negative batterycable.

3. Loosen the retaining bolts .- Head lights assembly : 2 EA- Air duct : 4 EA- Front bumper upper board : 2 EA- Front bumper under cover : 2 EA- Front bumper cover : 1 EA

4.Remove the air duct.5.Pull the front bumper cover out. (1)6.Pull the headlights assembly out to

the front of the vehicle. (2)7.Disconnect the power connector(s)

from the back of the headlightassembly.

Headlight bulbOHD076046

WARNING - Halogenbulbs

• Halogen bulbs contain pres-surized gas that will produceflying pieces of glass if broken.

• Always handle them carefully,and avoid scratches and abra-sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoidcontact with liquids.

• Never touch the glass withbare hands. Residual oil maycause the bulb to overheat andburst when lit.

(Continued)

OBK072055

7 69

Maintenance

8. Remove the headlight bulb coverby turning it counter clockwise.

9. Disconnect the headlight bulbsocket connector.

10. Unsnap the headlight bulb retain-ing wire by depressing the endand pushing it upward.

11. Remove the bulb from the head-light assembly.

12. Install a new headlight bulb andsnap the headlight bulb retainingwire into position by aligning thewire with the groove on the bulb.

13. Connect the headlight bulb sock-et connector.

14. Install the headlight bulb cover byturning it clockwise.

15. Connect the power connector(s)to the back of the headlightassembly.

16. Reinstall the headlight assemblyto the body of the vehicle.

(Continued)• If a bulb becomes damaged or

cracked, replace it immediate-ly and carefully dispose of it.

• Wear eye protection whenchanging a bulb. Allow thebulb to cool down before han-dling it.

OBK072045N

Maintenance

707

Turn signal light and side markerbulb replacement8. Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socketcounter clockwise until the tabs onthe socket align with the slots onthe assembly.

9. Remove the bulb from the socketby pressing it in and rotating it untilthe tabs on the bulb align with theslots in the socket. Pull the bulbout of the socket.

10. Insert a new bulb by inserting itinto the socket and rotating it untilit locks into place.

11. Install the socket into the assem-bly by aligning the tabs on thesocket with the slots in theassembly. Push the socket intothe assembly and turn the socketclockwise.

Headlight (HID type) bulb replace-ment

WARNING - HID Headlightlow beam (if equipped)

Do not attempt to replace orinspect the low beam (XENONbulb) due to electric shock dan-ger. If the low beam (XENONbulb) is not working, have yourvehicle checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI Dealer

OBK072064N

CAUTIONIf your vehicle is equipped withHigh Intensity Discharge (HID)headlights, these headlightscontain mercury. So if you needto have your vehicle disposed,you should remove the HIDHeadlights before disposal. Theremoved HID headlights shouldbe recycled, re-used or dis-posed as hazardous waste.

7 71

Maintenance

✽✽ NOTICEHID lamps have superior perform-ance vs. halogen bulbs. HID lampsare estimated by the manufacturer tolast twice as long or longer than halo-gen bulbs depending on their fre-quency of use. They will probablyrequire replacement at some point inthe life of the vehicle. Cycling theheadlamps on and off more than typ-ical use will shorten HID lamps life.HID lamps do not fail in the samemanner as halogen incandescentlamps. If a headlamp goes out after aperiod of operation but will immedi-ately relight when the headlampswitch is cycled it is likely the HIDlamp needs to be replaced. HID light-ing components are more complexthan conventional halogen bulbs thushave higher replacement cost.

If the light bulb is not operating, havethe vehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Front fog light bulb replacement(if equipped)1. Turn the steering wheel fully. (If

you want to replace driver side foglamp, turn the steering wheel tothe front passenger side.)

2. Open the hood.3. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.4. Loosen the retaining bolt on the

service cover. And then pull downthe service cover.

5. Remove the fog light bulb cover byturning it counter clockwise.

6. Remove the socket from theassembly by turning the socketcounterclockwise until the tabs onthe socket align with the slots onthe assembly

7. Pull the bulb out of the socket.8. Insert a new bulb into the socket.9. Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socketwith the slots in the assembly.Push the socket into the assemblyand turn the socket clockwise.

10. Install the fog light bulb cover byturning it clockwise. And thenassemble the service cover.

OBK072056 OBK072057

Maintenance

727

Rear combination light bulbreplacement(1) Back-up light(2) Rear turn signal light(3) Stop and tail light(4) Side marker

1. Open the trunk lid.2. Remove the service cover by

pulling out the service cover.

3. Loosen the assembly retainingnuts.

4. Remove the rear combination lightassembly from the body of thevehicle.

OBK072028 OBK072029

OBK072061

OBK072062

7 73

Maintenance

Turn signal light5. Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socketcounterclockwise until the tabs onthe socket align with the slots onthe assembly.

6. Remove the bulb from the socketby pressing it in and rotating itcounterclockwise until the tabs onthe bulb align with the slots in thesocket. Pull the bulb out of thesocket.

7. Insert a new bulb by inserting itinto the socket and rotating it untilit locks into place.

8. Install the socket in the assemblyby aligning the tabs on the socketwith the slots in the assembly.Push the socket into the assemblyand turn the socket clockwise.

Back up light5. Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socketcounterclockwise until the tabs onthe socket align with the slots onthe assembly.

6. Remove the bulb by pulling it out.7. Inset a new bulb by inserting it into

the socket.8. Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socketwith the slots in the assembly.Push the socket into the assemblyand turn the socket clockwise.

Tail light, Stop and tail light (LED),Side marker (LED) If the light is not operating, we rec-ommend that you checked anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OBK072063

Back up

Turn signal

Maintenance

747

Side repeater light bulbreplacement (if equipped) If the light bulb is not operating, havethe vehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

High mounted stop lightreplacementIf the light is not operating, have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

License plate light bulbreplacement 1. Remove the lens by pressing the

tabs.2. Remove the socket by turning the

socket counter clockwise.3. Remove the bulb by pulling it

straight out.4. Install a new bulb in the socket

and install the socket to the lens.5. Reinstall the lens securely.

OBK049023

OBK079031

OBK072031

■ Type A

■ Type BOFD067030

7 75

Maintenance

Interior light bulb replacement1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lens (map lamp) orlamp (luggage lamp, glove boxlamp and sunvisor lamp) from theinterior light housing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling itstraight out.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.4. Align the lens tabs with the interior

light housing notches and snapthe lens into place.

CAUTIONUse care not to dirty or damagelens, lens tab, and plastic hous-ings.

WARNING Prior to working on the InteriorLights, ensure that the “OFF”button is depressed to avoidburning your fingers or receiv-ing an electric shock.

Sunvisor lamp

Luggage lamp

Map lamp

Glove box lamp

OBK079033/OTD079035/OBK079032/OBK079049

Maintenance

767

Exterior careExterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warningand caution statements that appearon the label.

High-pressure washing• When using high-pressure wash-

ers, make sure to maintain suffi-cient distance from the vehicle.Insufficient clearance or excessivepressure can lead to componentdamage or water penetration.

• Do not spray the camera, sensorsor its surrounding area directly witha high pressure washer. Shockapplied from high pressure watermay cause the device to not oper-ate normally.

• Do not bring the nozzle tip close toboots (rubber or plastic covers) orconnectors as they may be dam-aged if they come into contact withhigh pressure water.

Finish maintenanceWashing

To help protect your vehicle’s finishfrom rust and deterioration, wash itthoroughly and frequently at leastonce a month with lukewarm or coldwater.If you use your vehicle for off-roaddriving, you should wash it after eachoff-road trip. Pay special attention tothe removal of any accumulation ofsalt, dirt, mud, and other foreignmaterials. Make sure the drain holesin the lower edges of the doors androcker panels are kept clear andclean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similardeposits can damage your vehicle’sfinish if not removed immediately.Even prompt washing with plainwater may not completely remove allthese deposits. A mild soap, safe foruse on painted surfaces, may beused.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water.Do not allow soap to dry on the fin-ish.

APPEARANCE CARE

CAUTION• Do not use strong soap, chem-

ical detergents or hot water,and do not wash the vehicle indirect sunlight or when thebody of the vehicle is warm.

• Do not wash the side windowstoo close with high pressurewater. Water may leak throughthe windows and wet the inte-rior.

• To prevent damage to theplastic parts and lamps, donot clean with chemical sol-vents or strong detergents.

WARNING - Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, testthe brakes while driving slowlyto see if they have been affectedby water. If braking performanceis impaired, dry the brakes byapplying them lightly whilemaintaining a slow forwardspeed.

7 77

Maintenance

Waxing

A good coat of wax is a barrierbetween your paint and contaminate.Keeping a good coat of wax on yourvehicle will help protect it.Wax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehiclebefore waxing. Use a good qualityliquid or paste wax, and follow themanufacturer’s instructions. Wax allmetal trim to protect it and to main-tain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-als with a spot remover will usuallystrip the wax from the finish. Be sure tore-wax these areas even if the rest ofthe vehicle does not yet need waxing.

CAUTION• Wiping dust or dirt off the

body with a dry cloth willscratch the finish.

• Do not use steel wool, abra-sive cleaners, or strong deter-gents containing highly alka-line or caustic agents onchrome-plated or anodizedaluminum parts. This mayresult in damage to the protec-tive coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.CAUTION

• Water washing in the enginecompartment including highpressure water washing maycause the failure of electricalcircuits or engine and relatedpart located in the enginecompartment.

• Never allow water or other liq-uids to come in contact withelectrical/electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle asthis may damage them.

OJB037800

Maintenance

787

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quicklyrust and may develop into a majorrepair expense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged andrequires any metal repair orreplacement, be sure the body shopapplies anti-corrosion materials tothe parts repaired or replaced.

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects,

use a tar remover, not a scraper orother sharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metal parts from corrosion, apply acoating of wax or chrome preser-vative and rub to a high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal partswith a heavier coating of wax orpreservative. If necessary, coat theparts with non-corrosive petroleumjelly or other protective compound.

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control maycollect on the underbody. If thesematerials are not removed, acceler-ated rusting can occur on underbodyparts such as the fuel lines, frame,floor pan and exhaust system, eventhough they have been treated withrust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-body and wheel openings with luke-warm or cold water once a month,after off-road driving and at the end ofeach winter. Pay special attention tothese areas because it is difficult tosee all the mud and dirt. It will domore harm than good to wet down theroad grime without removing it. Thelower edges of doors, rocker panels,and frame members have drain holesthat should not be allowed to clog withdirt; trapped water in these areas cancause rusting.

7 79

Maintenance

Aluminum wheel maintenanceThe aluminum wheels are coatedwith a clear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,

polishing compound, solvent, orwire brushes on aluminum wheels.They may scratch or damage thefinish.

• Clean the wheel when it hascooled.

• Use only a mild soap or neutraldetergent, and rinse thoroughlywith water. Also, be sure to cleanthe wheels after driving on saltedroads. This helps prevent corro-sion.

• Avoid washing the wheels withhigh-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any alkaline or aciddetergent. It may damage and cor-rode the aluminum wheels coatedwith a clear protective finish.

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corro-sion

By using the most advanced designand construction practices to combatcorrosion, we produces cars of thehighest quality. However, this is onlypart of the job. To achieve the long-term corrosion resistance your vehi-cle can deliver, the owner's coopera-tion and assistance is also required.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corro-sion on your car are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneaththe car.

• Removal of paint or protectivecoatings by stones, gravel, abra-sion or minor scrapes and dentswhich leave unprotected metalexposed to corrosion.

WARNING• After washing the vehicle, test

the brakes while driving slow-ly to see if they have beenaffected by water. If brakingperformance is impaired, drythe brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining aslow forward speed.

• If the underbody of you vehi-cle is sprayed with coatingsubstances, the high-speeddrive system parts such asthe drive shaft or propellershaft will be out of balanceand make noise or vibrate.Moreover, the high-speeddrive system parts may bedamaged.

Maintenance

807

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your caris regularly exposed to corrosivematerials, corrosion protection isparticularly important. Some of thecommon causes of accelerated cor-rosion are road salts, dust controlchemicals, ocean air and industrialpollution.

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions inwhich corrosion is most likely tooccur. For example, corrosion isaccelerated by high humidity, partic-ularly when temperatures are justabove freezing. In such conditions,the corrosive material is kept in con-tact with the car surfaces by moisturethat is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosivebecause it is slow to dry and holdsmoisture in contact with the vehicle.Although the mud appears to be dry,it can still retain the moisture andpromote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceler-ate corrosion of parts that are notproperly ventilated so the moisturecan be dispersed. For all these rea-sons, it is particularly important tokeep your car clean and free of mudor accumulations of other materials.This applies not only to the visiblesurfaces but particularly to theunderside of the car.

To help prevent corrosion

You can help prevent corrosion fromgetting started by observing the fol-lowing:

7 81

Maintenance

Keep your car cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion isto keep your car clean and free ofcorrosive materials. Attention to theunderside of the car is particularlyimportant.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area— where road salts are used, nearthe ocean, areas with industrialpollution, acid rain, etc.—, youshould take extra care to preventcorrosion. In winter, hose off theunderside of your car at least oncea month and be sure to clean theunderside thoroughly when winteris over.

• When cleaning underneath the car,give particular attention to thecomponents under the fenders andother areas that are hidden fromview. Do a thorough job; just damp-ening the accumulated mud ratherthan washing it away will acceler-ate corrosion rather than prevent it.Water under high pressure andsteam are particularly effective inremoving accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members,be sure that drain holes are keptopen so that moisture can escapeand not be trapped inside to accel-erate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your car in a damp, poor-ly ventilated garage. This creates afavorable environment for corrosion.This is particularly true if you washyour car in the garage or drive it intothe garage when it is still wet or cov-ered with snow, ice or mud. Even aheated garage can contribute to cor-rosion unless it is well ventilated somoisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good con-ditionScratches or chips in the finishshould be covered with "touch-up"paint as soon as possible to reducethe possibility of corrosion. If baremetal is showing through, the atten-tion of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings arehighly corrosive and may damagepainted surfaces in just a few hours.Always remove bird droppings assoon as possible.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floormats and carpeting to cause corro-sion. Check under the mats periodi-cally to be sure the carpeting is dry.Use particular care if you carry fertil-izers, cleaning materials or chemi-cals in the car.These should be carried only inproper containers and any spills orleaks should be cleaned up, flushedwith clean water and thoroughlydried.

Maintenance

827

Interior careInterior general precautions Prevent chemicals such as perfume,cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner,and air freshener from contacting theinterior parts because they may causedamage or discoloration. If they docontact the interior parts, wipe them offimmediately. See the instructions thatfollow for the proper way to clean vinyl.

Cleaning the upholstery and inte-rior trim Vinyl

Remove dust and loose dirt fromvinyl with a whisk broom or vacuumcleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with avinyl cleaner.

Fabric

Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-ric with a whisk broom or vacuumcleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-tion recommended for upholstery orcarpets. Remove fresh spots immedi-ately with a fabric spot cleaner. Iffresh spots do not receive immediateattention, the fabric can be stainedand its color can be affected. Also, itsfire-resistant properties can bereduced if the material is not properlymaintained.

Cleaning the lap/shoulder beltwebbing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended forcleaning upholstery or carpet. Followthe instructions provided with thesoap. Do not bleach or re-dye thewebbing because this may weaken it.

Cleaning the interior windowglass If the interior glass surfaces of thevehicle become fogged (that is, cov-ered with an oily, greasy or waxyfilm), they should be cleaned withglass cleaner. Follow the directionson the glass cleaner container.

CAUTIONNever allow water or other liq-uids to come in contact withelectrical/electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle as thismay damage them.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommend-ed cleaners and proceduresmay affect the fabric’s appear-ance and fire-resistant proper-ties.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch theinside of the rear window. Thismay result in damage to the rearwindow defroster grid.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning leather products(steering wheel, seats etc.), useneutral detergents or low alco-hol content solutions. If you usehigh alcohol content solutionsor acid/alkaline detergents, thecolor of the leather may fade orthe surface may get stripped off.

7 83

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMThe emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warrantyinformation contained in the Owner’sHandbook & Warranty Informationbooklet in your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with anemission control system to meet allapplicable emission regulations.There are three emission controlsystems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control sys-tem

(2) Evaporative emission control sys-tem

(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper functionof the emission control systems, it isrecommended that you have yourcar inspected and maintained by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer inaccordance with the maintenanceschedule in this manual.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system)• To prevent the vehicle from mis-

firing during dynamometer test-ing, turn the Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system off bypressing the ESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing iscompleted, turn the ESC systemback on by pressing the ESCswitch again.

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilationsystem is employed to prevent airpollution caused by blow-by gasesbeing emitted from the crankcase.This system supplies fresh filtered airto the crankcase through the airintake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-bygases, which then pass through thePCV valve into the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission con-trol (including ORVR:Onboard Refueling VaporRecovery) system

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.(The ORVR system is designed toallow the vapors from the fuel tank tobe loaded into a canister while refu-eling at the gas station, preventingthe escape of fuel vapors into theatmosphere.)

Maintenance

847

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed inthe canister are drawn into the surgetank through the purge control sole-noid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve(PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve iscontrolled by the Engine ControlModule (ECM); when the enginecoolant temperature is low duringidling, the PCSV closes so that evap-orated fuel is not taken into theengine. After the engine warms-upduring ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel tothe engine.

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission ControlSystem is a highly effective systemwhich controls exhaust emissionswhile maintaining good vehicle per-formance.

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle couldaffect its performance, safety ordurability and may even violate gov-ernmental safety and emissions reg-ulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modifi-cation may not be covered underwarranty.• If you use unauthorized electronic

devices, it may cause the vehicle tooperate abnormally, wire damage,battery discharge and fire. For yoursafety, do not use unauthorizedelectronic devices.

Engine exhaust gas precautions(carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present

with other exhaust fumes.Therefore, if you smell exhaustfumes of any kind inside your vehi-cle, have it inspected and repairedimmediately. If you ever suspectexhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with allthe windows fully open. Have yourvehicle checked and repairedimmediately.

• Do not operate the engine in con-fined or closed areas (such asgarages) any more than what isnecessary to move the vehicle in orout of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a shorttime with the engine running,adjust the ventilation system (asneeded) to draw outside air into thevehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stoppedvehicle for any extended time withthe engine running.

7 85

Maintenance

• When the engine stalls or fails tostart, excessive attempts to restartthe engine may cause damage tothe emission control system.

Operating precautions for catalyticconverters (if equipped)

WARNING - Fire• A hot exhaust system can

ignite flammable items underyour vehicle. Do not park,idle, or drive the vehicle overor near flammable objects,such as grass, vegetation,paper, leaves, etc.

• The exhaust system and cat-alytic system are very hotwhile the engine is running orimmediately after the engine isturned off. Keep away from theexhaust system and catalytic,you may get burned.Also, do not remove the heatsink around the exhaust sys-tem, do not seal the bottom ofthe vehicle or do not coat thevehicle for corrosion control.It may present a fire risk undercertain conditions.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases containcarbon monoxide (CO). Thoughcolorless and odorless, it isdangerous and could be lethal ifinhaled. Follow the instructionson this page to avoid CO poi-soning.


Engine exhaust and a wide vari-ety of automobile componentsand parts, including compo-nents found in the interior fur-nishings in a vehicle, contain oremit chemicals known to theState of California to cause can-cer and birth defects and repro-ductive harm. In addition, cer-tain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of compo-nent wear contain or emit chem-icals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproduc-tive harm.

Maintenance

867

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-alytic converter emission controldevice.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for

gasoline engines.• Do not operate the vehicle when

there are signs of engine malfunc-tion, such as misfire or a noticeableloss of performance.

• Do not misuse or abuse theengine. Examples of misuse arecoasting with the ignition off anddescending steep grades in gearwith the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at highidle speed for extended periods (5minutes or more).

• Do not modify or tamper with anypart of the engine or emission con-trol system. All inspections andadjustments must be made by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Avoid driving with a very low fuellevel. If you run out of gasoline, itcould cause the engine to misfireand result in excessive loading ofthe catalytic converter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyt-ic converter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could voidyour warranties.

Perchlorate Material-special handlingmay apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Notice to California VehicleDismantlers :Perchlorate containing materials,such as air bag inflators, seatbeltpretensioners and keyless remoteentry batteries, must be disposed ofaccording to Title 22 California Codeof Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATENOTICE

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Bulb wattage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Tires and wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Weight and volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Recommended lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . 8-4

• Recommended SAE viscosity number . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Vehicle certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Engine number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Consumer information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

8

Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects

28

DIMENSIONS

BULB WATTAGE

Item in (mm)

Overall length 182.2 (4,630)

Overall width 73.4 (1,865)

Overall height 54.5 (1,385)

Front tread 63.2 (1,605) / 63.0 (1,601)*1

Rear tread 64.0 (1,625) / 63.8 (1,621)*1

Wheelbase 111 (2,820)

ENGINE

Item Gasoline 3.8

Displacement [cu.in(cc)]230.5

(3,778)

Bore x Stroke [in(mm)]3.78 x 3.42(96 x 87)

Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6

No. of cylinders 6, V-Type

Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type

Headlights (Low)55 or

35 (HID)H7HPLL

Headlights (High) 55 H7HPLL

Front turn signal lights 28 PY28WLL

Front side maker 5 W5WLL

Front fog lights 35 H8L

Front position lights 8 PY28/8WLL

Daytime running lights* LED LED

Stop and tail lights LED LED

Rear turn signal lights 27 P27WL

Back-up lights 16 W16W

Rear side marker LED LED

High mounted stop light LED LED

License plate lights 5 W5WL

Map lamps 10 W10W

Luggage lamp 5 FESTOON

Glove box lamp 5 FESTOON

Vanity mirror lamps 5 FESTOON

Side repeater lights* LED LED

* : if equipped

*1 : with R19 tire

8 3


TIRES AND WHEELSInflation pressure

psi (kPa)

Front Rear

225/45R18 7.5J×18 35 (240) -

245/45R18 8.0J×18 - 35 (240)

225/40R19 8.0J×19 35 (240) -

245/40R19 8.5J×19 - 35 (240)

T135/90D17 4.0T×1760 (420) 60 (420)

T135/80R18 4.0T×18

Full size tire

Compactspare tire

Wheel lug nut torque

lb•ft (kg•m, N•m)

65~79

(9~11 , 88~107)

ItemTire

sizeWheel size

ItemGasoline 3.8

M/T A/T

Gross vehicle weight lbs. (kg)

4343(1970)

4409(2000)

Luggage volumecu ft (l) 10 (284)

WEIGHT/VOLUME


48

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.

*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducingthe amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’stime, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

*3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL, ILSAC GF-4, ACEA 3.

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *1 *2

(drain and refill)Recommends

6.02 US qt. (5.7 l) API service SM, ILSAC GF-4, ACEA A5 or above*3

Automatic transmission fluid 10.14 US qt. (9.6 l)GS ATF SP-IV-RR, HYUNDAI genuine

ATF SP-IV-RR or other brands meeting the above specificationapproved by HYUNDAI Motor Co.,

Manual transmission fluid2.3 ~ 2.4 US qt.

(2.2 ~ 2.3 l)

HK MTF 70W (SK)SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W (H.K.SHELL)

GS MTF HD 70W (GS CALTEX)API GL-4, SAE 70W

Use the Manual transaxle fluid approved by HYUNDAI motor com-pany. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

Power steering 0.95 US qt. (0.9 l) Pentosin CHF 202

CoolantM/T 9.51 US qt. (9 l) Mixture of antifreeze and water

(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)A/T 9.30 US qt. (8.8 l)

Brake fluid 0.7 ~ 0.8 US qt. (0.7 ~ 0.8 l) SAE J1703, FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Fuel 17.17 US gal. (65 l) Unleaded gasoline

Rear differential oil 1.48 US qt. (1.4 l) Hypoid gear oil API GL-5, SAE 75W/90

Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and coldweather operating (engine start andengine oil flowability). Lower viscosityengine oils can provide better fueleconomy and cold weather perform-ance, however, higher viscosity engineoils are required for satisfactory lubri-cation in hot weather. Using oils of anyviscosity other than those recommend-ed could result in engine damage.

When choosing an oil, consider therange of temperature your vehicle willbe operated in before the next oilchange. Proceed to select the recom-mended oil viscosity from the chart.

CAUTIONAlways be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drainplug, or dipstick before check-ing or draining any lubricant.This is especially important industy or sandy areas and whenthe vehicle is used on unpavedroads. Cleaning the plug anddipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering theengine and other mechanismsthat could be damaged.

8 5


Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Gasoline Engine Oil *1

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

10W-30

5W-30

*1 For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil ofa viscosity grade SAE 5W-30 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4 / ACEA A5).However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select theproper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.


68

The vehicle identification number(VIN) is the number used in register-ing your car and in all legal matterspertaining to its ownership, etc.The number is punched on the floorunder the front passenger’s seat. Tocheck the number, open the cover.

The VIN is also on a plate attachedto the top of the dashboard. Thenumber on the plate can easily beseen through the windshield fromoutside.

The vehicle certification labelattached on the driver’s side centerpillar gives the vehicle identificationnumber (VIN).

OBK089001

Frame number

OBK082002LOBK089006N

VIN label (if equipped)

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

8 7


The tires supplied on your new vehi-cle are chosen to provide the bestperformance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver'sside center pillar gives the tire pres-sures recommended for your car.

The engine number is stamped onthe engine block as shown in thedrawing.

The refrigerant label is located onthe underside of the hood.The label contains the following infor-mation:• Type of refrigerant• Amount of refrigerant

OBK082005L

OBK089004

TIRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

ENGINE NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL

OBK082006N


88

This consumer information has beenprepared in accordance with regula-tions issued by the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration of theU.S. Department of Transportation.Your Hyundai dealer will help answerany questions you may have as youread this information.

Hyundai motor vehicles aredesigned and manufactured to meetor exceed all applicable safety stan-dards.

For your safety, however, we stronglyurge you to read and follow all direc-tions in this Owner's Manual, particu-larly the information under the head-ings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and"WARNING".

If, after reading this manual, youhave any questions regarding theoperation of your vehicle, pleasecontact your nearest Hyundai MotorAmerica Regional Office as listed inthe following:

Eastern Region: Connecticut,Delaware, Maine, Massachusetts,New Hampshire, New Jersey, NewYork, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island,Vermont.

Eastern Region1122 Cranbury South River RoadJamesburg, NJ 08831(800) 633-5151

Southern Region: Florida, Georgia,North Carolina, South Carolina,Virginia, and West Virginia.

Southern Region3025 Chastain Meadows Parkwaysuite 100 Marietta, GA 30066(800) 633-5151

South Central Region: Alabama,Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi,New Mexico, Oklahoma, Tennessee,Texas.

South Central Region1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400 Coppell, TX 75019(800) 633-5151

Central Region: Illinois, Indiana,lowa, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota,Nebraska, North Dakota, SouthDakota, Ohio, Wisconsin, Kansas,Missouri.

Central Region1705 Sequoia DriveAurora, Illinois 60506(800) 633-5151

Western Region: Alaska, Hawaii,Arizona, California, Colorado, ldaho,Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Utah,Washington, Wyoming.

Western Region10550 Talbert AvenueP.O.Box 20850Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850(800) 633-5151

CONSUMER INFORMATION

8 9


If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform theNational Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in additionto notifying HYUNDAI MOTORAMERICA. If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open an investiga-tion, and if it finds that a safety defectexists in a group of vehicles, it mayorder a recall and remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannot becomeinvolved in individual problemsbetween you, your dealer, orHYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov;or write to: Administrator, NHTSA,1200 New Jersey Ave SE., WestBuilding, Washington, D.C. 20590.You can also obtain other informationabout motor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

Index

I

Index

2I

ABS (Anti-lock brake system)·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-29

Active headrest · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-9

Air bag warning labels · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-63

Air bag warning light · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-40

Air bags ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-36

Air bag warning labels · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-63

Air bag warning light · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-40

Collision sensors ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-55

Curtain air bag ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-54

Driver's and passenger's front air bag ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-48

Occupant classification system··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-43

Side impact air bag·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-52

SRS components and functions ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-39

Air cleaner ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-32

Alarm system(see the Theft-alarm system) ·· · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-14

alcohol and methanol · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·1-4

Antenna (Glass) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-128

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-29

Appearance care

Exterior care ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-76

Interior care ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-82

Appearance care ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-76

Ashtray ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-122

Audio control · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-146

Audio system ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-128

Audio control· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-146

Bluetooth Hands free·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-181

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-178

Glass antenna·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-128

IPOD··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-170

Steering wheel audio control · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-129

USB device ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-166

Sirius XM satellite Radio·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-153

Auto Cruise (see the cruise control system) ·· · · · · · · · · · · ·5-37

Automatic climate control system ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-102

Air conditioning·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-111

Climate control air filter · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-100, 112

Automatic tranmission ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-17

Shift lock ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-22

Sports mode ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-20

Automatic tranmission fluid ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-31

Aux, USB and iPod port · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-127

Base curb weight· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-57

Battery·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-39

Battery saver function·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-82

Before driving ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-3

Bluetooth Hands free ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-181

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-178

Bottle holders, see cup holders· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-122

A

B

I 3

Index

Brake system ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-25

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-29

Electronic stability program (ESC) ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-31

Parking brake ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-27

Power brakes·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-25

Brakes/clutch fluid ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-28

Bulb replacement ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-67

Bulb wattage ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·8-2

California perchlorate notice ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-86

Capacities (Lubricants) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·8-4

Care

Exterior care ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-76

Interior care ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-82

Tire care ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-41

Cargo capacity ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-53

Cargo weight · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-57

Center console storage ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-120

Central door lock switch·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-18

Certification label· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-55

Certification label · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·8-6

Chains

Tire chains·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-49

Changing tires ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-13

Checking tire inflation pressure ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-43

Child restraint system ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-27

Lower anchor ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-34

Passerger's seat · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-38

Seat belt· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-30

Tether anchor system ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-32

Cigarette lighter · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-121

Climate control air filter· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-100, 112

Climate control air filter replacement· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-33

Clock (Digital)· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-124

Collision sensors ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-55

Combined instrument, see instrument cluster · · · · · · · · · · ·4-45

Compact spare tire replacement · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-46

Compass ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-37

Consumer information·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·8-8

Coolant · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-25

Cooling fluid, see engine coolant · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-25

Crankcase emission control system ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-83

Cruise control system ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-37

Cup holder ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-120

Curtain air bag ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-54

Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel illumination· ·4-46

Dashboard, see instrument cluster· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-45

Daytime running light (DRL) ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-83

Defogging (Windshield)· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-114

D

C

Index

4I

Defogging logic (Windshield) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-117

Defroster (Front window)

Front windshield deicer · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-91

Defroster (Rear window) ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-91

Defrosting (Windshield)· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-114

Digital clock ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-124

Dimensions·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·8-2

Display illumination, see instrument panel illumination · · ·4-46

Displays, see instrument cluster · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-45

Door locks ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-16

Central door lock switch ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-18

Speed sensing door lock system ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-19

Drinks holders, see cup holders · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-122

Driver's 3-point seat belt· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-18

Driver's and passenger's front air bag·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-48

Driving at night · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-44

Driving in flooded areas ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-46

Driving in the rain ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-45

Driving off-road·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-46

DRL ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-83

Economical operation ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-41

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-35

Electronic stability program (ESC) ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-31

Emergency fuel filler lid release·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-29

Emergency starting

Jump starting ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-4

Push starting ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-5

Emergency while driving ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-2

Emission control system··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-83

Crankcase emission control system··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-83

Evaporative emission control System ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-83

Exhaust emission control system ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-84

Engine compartment ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·2-6, 7-3

Engine compartment fuse label · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-60

Engine compartment panel fuse ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-57

Engine coolant · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-25

Engine coolcant temperature gauge ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-47

Engine number ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·8-7

Engine oil · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-23

Engine overheats · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-6

Engine Specification ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·8-2

Engine start/stop button ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-8

Engine will not start · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-3

Escort function ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-83

Evaporative emission control system ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-83

Exhaust emission control system··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-84

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ·· · · · · · · · · ·7-20

Exterior care ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-76

Exterior overview (front) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·2-2

Exterior overview (rear)· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·2-3

E

I 5

Index

Flat tire · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-12

Jack and tools · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-12

Changing tires ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-13

Removing and storing the spare tire· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-13

Jack label · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-20

Floor mat anchor(s) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-125

Fluid

Automatic tranmission fluid ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-30

Brakes/clutch fluid ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-28

Manual tranmission fluid·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-30

Power steering fluid·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-29

Washer fluid·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-30

Folding the outside rearviwe mirror · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-44

Folding the rear seat· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-13

Front seat adjustment (manual) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-4

Front seat adjustment (Power) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-5

Front windshield deicer · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-92

Fuel additives ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·1-5

Fuel filler lid·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-27

Emergency fuel filler lid release ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-29

Fuel gauge ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-48

Fuel requirements ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·1-3

Alcohol and methanol· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·1-4

Fuel additives·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·1-5

Fuse switch ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-57

Fuses·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-55

Engine compartment panel fuse·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-57

Fuse switch·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-57

Fuse/relay panel description ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-58

Instrument panel fuse ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-55

Label · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-58

Multi fuse·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-58

Gauge·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-46

Engine coolant temperature gauge·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-47

Fuel gauge·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-48

Multi gauge ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-71

GAW (Gross axle weight) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-57

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-57

Glass antenna ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-128

Glove box ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-120

Glove box lamp ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-90

GVW (Gross vehicle weight) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-57

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-57

Hazard warning flasher· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-81, 6-2

Hazardous driving conditions ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-43

Headlamp welcome function·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-82

F

G

H

Index

6I

Headlight escort function ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-82

Headrest · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-7

Highway driving ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-46

HomeLink system ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-38

Hood··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-26

Horn ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-34

How to use this manual · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·1-2

Immobilizer system ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-4

Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·1-8

Indicators and warnings ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-61

Inside rearview mirror · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-35

Instrument cluster· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-45

Engine coolant temperature gauge·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-47

Fuel gauge·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-48

Instrument panel illumination ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-46

LCD display warning ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-56

Odometer ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-49

Speedometer · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-46

Tachometer · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-47

Trip computer · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-49

User setting mode ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-53

Warning and indicators · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-61

Instrument panel fuse ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-56

Instrument panel fuse label· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-59

Instrument panel illumination·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-46

Instrument panel overview··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·2-5

Interior care·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-82

Interior features·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-121

Ashtray ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-122

Aux, USB and iPod port · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-127

Cigarette lighter · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-121

Cup holder ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-122

Digital clock · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-124

Floor mat anchor(s)· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-125

Outside thermometer · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-125

Power outlet · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-124

Sunvisor ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-123

Interior light · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-89

Glove box lamp··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-90

Map lamp··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-89

Trunk room lamp ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-90

Vanity mirror lamp ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-90

Interior overview ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·2-4

IPOD ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-170

Jack and tools · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-12

Jump starting·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-4

J

I

I 7

Index

Key positions ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-5

Keys ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-3

Immobilizer key·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-4

Remote key battery replacement · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-13

Smart key battery replacement· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-8

Label

Air bag warning labels · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-63

Engine compartment fuse label · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-60

Instrument panel fuse label · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-59

Refrigerant label · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·8-7

Tire sidewall labeling ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-47

Tire specification and pressure label · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·8-7

Vehicle certification label· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·8-6

LCD display warning ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-57

Light bulbs·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-66

Lighting ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-82

Battery saver function ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-82

Daytime running light (DRL) ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-83

Headlamp welcome function ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-82

Headlight escort function ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-82

Lighting control · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-83

Lighting control · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-83

Lower anchor·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-34

Lubricants and capacities · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·8-4

Luggage net · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-126

Lumbar support· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-9

Maintenance

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items · · · · · · · ·7-20

Maintenance services·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-4

Maintenance under severe usage conditions · · · · · · · · ·7-19

Normal maintenance schedule ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-8

Owner maintenance ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-5

Scheduled maintenance service·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-7

Tire maintenance ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-47

Maintenance schedule ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-7



Maintenance services ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-4

Manual climate control system ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-92

Air conditioning ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-98

Climate control air filter · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-100, 112

Heating and air conditioning ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-93

Manual tranmission ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-13

Manual tranmission fluid ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-30

Map lamp ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-89

K

L

M

Index

8I

Mirrors ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-35

Day/night rearview mirror · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-35

"Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with HomeLink system and compass" · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-35

Folding the outside rearviwe mirror · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-44

Inside rearview mirror · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-35

Outside rearview mirror · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-43

Remote control · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-44

Multi fuse ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-58

Multi gauge ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-71

Occupant classification system ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-43

Odometer ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-49

Oil (Engine) ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-23

Outside rearview mirror · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-43

Outside rearview mirror remote control · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-44

Outside thermometer · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-125

Overheats · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-6

Owner maintenance ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-6

Parking assist system··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-77

Parking brake·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-27

Parking brake·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-31

Passerger's seat for Child restraint system ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-38

Power brakes ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-25

Power outlet· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-124

Power steering ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-33

Power steering fluid ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-29

Pre-tensioner seat belt· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-20

Push starting ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-5

Rear parking assist system ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-74

Rear seat · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-13

Rear seat entry ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-12

Recommended cold tire inflation pressures· · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-41

Recommended lubricants and capacities · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·8-4

Recommended SAE viscosity number· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·8-5

Refrigerant label· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·8-7

Remote control (Mirror) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-44

Remote key battery replacement · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-13

Remote keyless entry·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-11

Remote key battery replacement · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-13

Removable towing hook·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-22

Replacement light bulb ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-67

Reportin safety defects · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·8-9

Road warning ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-2

Rocking the vehicle ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-43

O

P

R

I 9

Index

Satellite Radio ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-153

Scheduled maintenance service ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-7



Seat belt warning ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-17

Seat belts · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-16

Pre-tensioner seat belt · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-20

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-18

Seat belt warning ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-17

Shoulder belt extension guide ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-20

Seat Warmer ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-10

Seatback pocket · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-11

Seating capacity·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-52

Seats·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-2

Active headrest· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-9

Folding the rear seat · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-13

Front seat adjustment (manual) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-4

Front seat adjustment (Power) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-5

Headrest · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-7

Lumbar support · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-9

Rear seat · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-13

Rear seat entry ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-12

Seatback pocket· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-11

Walk in device ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-12

Warmer ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-10

Security indicator · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-16

Shift Lock·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-22

Shoulder belt extension guide ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-20

Side impact air bag ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-52

Sirius XM satellite Radio ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-153

Smart key·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-6

Smart key battery replacement· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-8

Smart key battery replacement · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-8

Smooth cornering ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-44

Snow tires·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-48

Spare tire

Compact spare tire replacement· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-47

Removing and storing the spare tire· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-13

Special driving conditions ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-43

Driving at night· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-44

Driving in flooded areas·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-46

Driving in the rain·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-45

Driving off-road ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-46

Hazardous driving conditions ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-43

Highway driving·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-46

Rocking the vehicle ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-43

Smooth cornering ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-44

Speed sensing door lock system··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-19

Speedometer ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-46

Sports mode ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-20

SRS components and functions·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-39

Starting difficulties, see engine will not start · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-3

S

Index

10I

Steering wheel· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-33

Horn ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-34

Power steering ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-33

Tilt & Telescope steering·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-34

Steering wheel audio control · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-129

Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit· · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-53

Storage compartment ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-120

Center console storage ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-120

Glove box ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-120

Luggage net· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-126

Sunglass holder ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-121

Sunglass holder ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-121

Sunroof ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-30

Sunvisor ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-123

Tachometer ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-47

Tether anchor system··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-32

Theft-alarm system ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-14

Tilt & Telescope steering ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-34

Tire and loading information label · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-52

Tire chains ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-49

Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-7

Tire specification and pressure label · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·8-7

Tires and wheels· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-41, 8-3

Checking tire inflation pressure ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-42

Compact spare tire replacement· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-46

Recommended cold tire inflation pressures · · · · · · · · · ·7-41

Tire care ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-41

Tire maintenance ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-47

Tire replacement·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-45

Tire rotation ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-43

Tire sidewall labeling ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-47

Tire traction ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-47

Wheel alignment and tire balance ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-44

Wheel replacement·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-46

Towing ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-20

Removable towing hook ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-21

Towing capacity·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-53

Towing hook·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-21

TPMS ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·6-7

Trailer Towing·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-58

Trip computer · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-50

Trunk ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-20

Trunk emergency safety release ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-21

Trunk room lamp ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-90

Ttranmission

Automatic tranmission·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-17

Manual tranmission ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-13

USB device ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-166

User setting mode ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-53

T

U

I 11

Index

Vanity mirror lamp ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-90

Vehicle break-in process ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·1-5

Vehicle capacity weight· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-52

Vehicle certification label · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·8-6

Vehicle curb weight · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-57

Vehicle data collection and event data recorders · · · · · · · · ·1-7

Vehicle identification number (VIN) ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·8-6

Vehicle load limit · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-52

Cargo capacity ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-53

Certification label · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-55

Seating capacity ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-52

Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit · · · · · · · · · ·5-53

Tire and loading information label· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-52

Towing capacity ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-53

Vehicle capacity weight · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-52

Vehicle weight · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-57

Base curb weight · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-57

Cargo weight · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-57

GAW (Gross axle weight)· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-57

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-57

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-57

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-57

Vehicle curb weight · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-57

VIN number·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·8-6

Volume/weight· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·8-3

Walk in device ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·3-12

Warning and indicators · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-62

Washer fluid ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-30

Weight/volume··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·8-3

Welcome function ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-84

Wheel alignment and tire balance ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-44

Wheel replacement ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-46

Windows ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-22

Auto up/down window ··· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-23

Windshield defrosting and defogging ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-115

Defogging logic ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-118

Winter driving·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-48

Snow tires ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-48

Tire chains·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·5-49

Wiper blades·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·7-35

Wipers and washers ·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·4-87

V W

2016 Hyundai Genesis Coupe Owner's Manual

Documents

Transcript of 2016 Hyundai Genesis Coupe Owner's Manual